Tag: advanced skills you sell
How to learn email for SaaS?
How to learn email for SaaS?
Transcript
My question for you is is just, where can is there where can I I keep I’ve looked every I I I was looking for a for a place to to learn more about it? The the the only course that I could find the the top rated course on Google was a guy who made it, like, twelve years ago. Doesn’t he’s not even a copywriter.
I don’t I the oldest web page in the world.
And so, I think I’m just you know? And I know email, and I I’m starting to get a good understanding of this, and I almost feel like I could make a pretty I mean, I feel like I have a pretty good I could make a pretty good go at it. But in terms of learning the skill, beyond doing ten x emails and you know?
Do you do you is there anyone that you would recommend to to to look to, who specializes in this?
No. Actually, it used to be Val Geisler. She was the right person to talk to about this sort of thing, just emails for SaaS. There are other people who do it.
Sophia Lee comes to mind. I just don’t know that she teaches anything anywhere.
I mean, this is the kind of stuff that I mean, the good signal here is it’s pretty blue ocean. So there’s no big fear that it’s filled with competition, unless those yeah.
So, no, there’s really not what I would say that you most likely need to do is research by talking to VPs marketing, CEOs, CMOs, and people who are looking to hire someone. So I’d go look at, like, what do job descriptions for life cycle marketer or life cycle email or VP life cycle or whatever? What are they? What are they calling for?
What are they asking for? And that becomes, like, your new social media like, every bullet is what you talk about now, and then you make sure that that gets in front of people. But I think there’s ever the people I know who have done good emails or SaaS always end up, doing what most freelancers do, which is now I also do web pages for SaaS. Now I also do this.
Now I also do that, or going in house, which is the most likely route for that’s where Val went to. She vanished in house and then came out without the same level of authority, sadly, that she had going in, and that she could have built out on her own. So there’s not a lot out there.
Because I I the thing is I I I want to start talking about it. I’m Yeah. Good. I love you know, I I mean, I didn’t love doing the LinkedIn, content, but I it was good. It was it was it was good. And so I wanna get back to it, but I just obviously, I don’t feel like I have the I don’t have the experience yet to to speak to to even really know the the the types of content that that would be attracting their my ideal lead. So that I think that’s where this question is coming from.
I feel like it’s very vague, but, yeah, I I I just Your question is where can you learn this stuff.
Right?
Yeah. Kind yeah. Yeah. Yeah.
Yeah. And then the answer is nowhere.
What? The answer is it’s email for SaaS. It’s just people who have SaaS companies that can afford you will call it life cycle.
That’s the thing. So if you search life cycle email, it doesn’t come up, probably because the right people who know all about it aren’t making content on it. They’re just looking for that. So they, like, their board mentions it to them.
Like, hey. How are we doing on life cycle? And they’re like, yeah. Super good. And then they go put together VP life cycle job posting.
So that’s the kind of, like, start by searching email for SaaS, and then follow the really clever stuff, like the really interesting things, not general email.
Instagram account audit
Instagram account audit
Transcript
Some more courses with David. Do you want me to audit your bio as well?
Yeah. Just any because I’m not getting results on Instagram. So, like, be as savage as you want. I just like, anywhere that I’m not doing it. Yeah.
Okay. Cool. So first up, I don’t know whether you write copy or whether you’re a business coach. So that’s not clear to me.
It says sell more courses with Avon Evergreen, but you could be just someone who’s teaching people, like, how to sell courses, but we don’t know whether you do it. Do what what do you do, basically? I don’t know that. So just kind of improving optimizing this section would really help. Also, let’s look at these are your pin posts, but let’s okay.
So oh, alright. I’m gonna give this over to you, Abby. Based on what you know now that your content must have a goal, what’s the goal here?
To nudge. I mean, yeah.
That was a goal.
It’s basically, just repurposed from LinkedIn, and they’re all just value posts.
Yep. So let’s say it’s supposed to build buzz or supposed to nurture your audience.
But, again, I don’t really know what we’re talking about here as someone who’s just visiting. You need to kind of keep this in mind, especially on Instagram. You need to keep it in mind that people are scrolling through your feed, and they’re going achieving this is less of a how to and more of a life of listening strategy. And if I don’t read this, I’m, like, kinda wondering what are we talking about here. And, again, I don’t really know what’s the goal here. Like, what what are you like, what how does this connect to what you do?
Mhmm.
So you need to kinda remind people, like, as as someone who works with creators, extending deep empathy in your transactions, just kinda reminding people about what it is that you do would, you know, really help them. Same thing with this is great. This is a really great example of a bus building post, but this is a huge waste.
Yeah.
Yeah. So, you know, we don’t know what you did. I’ll give you an example of something that just converted well for us.
So similar testimonial.
Right? Or once you’re going to share that, it has a copy, pass the person here to what did she do for us? Gave the complete testimonial here. Let’s looking for May, June. And, you know, we’ve had at least we’ve had over three people ask after this. So, similarly, here’s another example.
Oh, I’m zapped creatively struggling with copy. It doesn’t have to be that way. This is a carousel.
This was another client. So what was the challenge? You know? What was their hesitation?
Mhmm. What was the You know? What did they get?
So your what’s the goal?
So think about your goals when and you’re using a social media manager, are you?
Yeah. She does all of it. She just repurposes from LinkedIn and takes, like, testimonials on my website and post them with one hashtag. Apparently.
Yeah. So she needs to start thinking about this strategically because, honestly, like, anyone who’s doing your social media for you needs needs for it to need so, yes, their goal is not to convert people. Their but their goal is definitely to get people to reach out to you or at least visit your site. And And if that’s not happening, it’s a giant waste of time and money for you. Yeah. So so yeah. Something to think about.
Yeah. I mean, because it’s it’s it’s my my responsibility because she she just likes she’s a friend that likes doing a bit of design, so I’ve just brought her on to, like, to give her some work. But, yeah, I need to definitely be training her and telling her what to do. And I haven’t thought about it like this. So, yeah, the session’s been really eye opening, if painfully so.
Hey, Abby. Can I just really quick, refer you to check out Jo’s Instagram? She did a video about the mistake she made with her business.
Watch it through the whole thing, and then you’ll know why I referred you to it. Because what you just said about hiring a friend, Joe talks about that. And, yeah, just Yep.
Okay. Yeah.
So but yeah. Again, same thing here. Let’s do find my exact dispose. Like, I mean, this tells there is no goal. There is no I don’t know what’s happening here. I don’t know who you are. If I just see this somewhere, I will know that.
The other thing is, like, you’ve got some good content, but it’s not getting the attention it deserves because we don’t know we don’t know you. We don’t know what it is that you’re doing and how does this connect to what you do.
Mhmm. So I see many course creators leveraging loss aversion in the form of flow as in tapping into the machine aspect of missing a great deal, but then your caption needs to connect to this.
So this is this is great. This is great content, but your caption isn’t doing the heavy lifting and getting people to engage Mhmm. With you.
But yeah. I where I would start would be repurposing from LinkedIn. Yes. Mhmm. Continue doing that, but adapt it to the platform for it to be a good use of your time.
Otherwise, honestly, Abby, just stick to LinkedIn. Like, seriously, if you’re getting traction on LinkedIn, focus your energies there. Right? I mean, it’s really important to have, like, one platform do the heavy lifting for you instead of feeling like, oh, I need to be here, but I’m not doing a great job here.
Which is why I say, like, Instagram is our main platform.
LinkedIn is like, a far second.
And and I switched from and before Instagram, you know, I was, like, super, super all in on Facebook. Like, Facebook was doing brilliantly for us till it decided not to, which is when I realized, okay, I need to kind of put my energies into Instagram. Point being, you don’t have to be on on three different platforms. So when we also need to kind of get comfortable with the idea of just focusing on that one platform going all in. If it’s paying off for you, just focus there.
Yeah. I’m torn there because that’s that’s kind of how I thought in the past. But, I mean, Jo, she did say on Monday, like, you need to be on Instagram. Instagram.
And because I work with course creators, I do get the feeling that they’re more on Instagram than LinkedIn. Like, the people that reach out onto me on LinkedIn aren’t necessarily the best fit. So I do I do want to make it work, but I think, yeah, there’s there’s a lot of work to be done, to to get it working because it’s it’s totally new to me.
Yeah. Yeah. Yeah.
It and it is an ever changing fickle algorithm to dance with. I can, like, watch for it. You will get your head around something and start doing more of that, and then all of a sudden, they’re like, no. Thank you.
Now we want more of this. So, that is something to kind of keep in mind as well. But what you also need to just remind yourself is that doing social media management is not your job. You know?
I brought it in house for us because hiring it out was not making sense for us. Like, we were paying a few thousand dollars every month, and there was no ROI.
So it just it was not worth but, yeah, so bringing it in house again, we also need to kind of remember that this is just me. This is like I love social. It lights me up. And since I decided to have a lot a lot of fun with it, I just enjoyed way, way more than when I was creating content because I needed to, you know, we need to do this.
You know? Now we can do that. No. No. I don’t know. Yeah. Mhmm.
Yeah. Okay. So I think my two takeaways are to make sure that each post has a goal going forward and Yes. To try and connect to the part of me because I’m sure it’s there somewhere. I’m sure I’m capable of enjoying Instagram. So just try and connect to that part, find what I like about it. That’s what I’m gonna get.
Find what you’re gonna work on. Me adding to it. Yeah. Yeah. I love those camera facing reels.
Like, I I record a whole bunch of them, and then I kinda dip them out, you know, because so I’m like, I love talking to a camera.
I love, like, getting short tips. So I do more of those. I don’t do some of those more fancy complicated reads. I love b roll reels.
So you’ll see a lot of those as well. You know? So those are the ones that I so you kind of and I enjoy carousels. I love carousels because I tend to talk a lot, like, so it carousels will help me get my message across.
But you kinda need to figure out what is it that you really enjoy and then go from there. But yes. And the third important thing that I want you to take away from this is that you do not need to create fresh content all the time. Mhmm.
You may wanna create a full so you created a full intent, but then you saw how you can kind of repurpose it. Right? Mhmm. But it needs to be platform appropriate.
Thank you, Brenna. Really helpful. You’re welcome.
Abandoned cart emails
Abandoned cart emails
Transcript
I also have an abandoned cart question that is kind of urgent because I’m actually doing a VIP day right now, but take time out for this.
So it’s a seven day flow where they they sign up for a webinar, then they get a seven day discount, and then it expires, like, yeah, on day seven.
And I’m wondering, like, when you do abandoned cart emails, like, do would I do it before day seven? So or would I wait until after day seven? Because I don’t wanna overwhelm them with the emails. Or just how how does it yeah. How does an abandoned cart sequence fit into, like, a limited time offer?
So you would not wait till cart close then. That’s like a post.
Your abandoned cart will go out, technically, an hour or a couple of hours after they’ve abandoned their cart. Okay. You would tag them as abandoned car. They would get that, they would get that email asking them, hey.
You know, we noticed you were, you know, checking this out or you added this to cart. Did you get distracted or do you have questions? Whatever your core messaging is basically, for that abandoned cart email, but it should ideally go at two hours. So let’s say day three, someone adds it to cart.
You don’t wanna wait till the seven. You will send it out to them two hours or an hour after. You may wanna keep you may wanna see whether you wanna because it’s a, a time sensitive launch, you may wanna see whether you do wanna have two abandon cards or you just wanna keep the one.
You know? Because you’ll they’ll be getting another email in any case. So Yeah. Day four. But, but definitely one you would definitely wanna include just the one email.
Think of it as, you know, it’s basically a remarketing email. Right? So Mhmm.
You could, in fact, tag them and exclude them from day four if you’re sending out a couple more emails because here is someone who is sold on the program, they’ve added to the cart, have decided not to sign up. They’re in a very different state of awareness.
At a very different state of awareness is someone who’s probably opening up email number four for the first time. Yeah.
I mean, I I guess with that though, because it’s it will be like they’ve gone to the checkout page, so that’s for a course. And my my only thought is that I would say, like, probably, like, seventy percent, I would estimate, of people just click the button without actually being most aware. So I wouldn’t want them to, like, miss out on, like, the more solid sales emails.
Yeah.
So then just include the one email, like The one email.
Similar to, you know, how we we would send out any to sales page clickers. So yeah.
Okay. Thank you. I I don’t know why I was just getting really, like, in my head about it. But, yeah, obviously, why would I wait till day seven? Thank you.
Proposal emails
Proposal Emails
Transcript
Abby.
Yeah. I’ve worked, Oh, first of all, my win. So I’m just about to close a deal with my client, and then I’ll be at hundred k for q one, which is exciting.
Revenue though, not profit.
And then my question so the optimization retainer I was chatting about, like, last week. I just lost some feedback on what I’ve included in it. I’m just feeling really weird about the whole thing, not confident. Would you mind taking just a quick look at Still it. Should I I can drop it in the chat or share my screen.
Share it, then we can all look at the same thing as I do.
Yeah. K. Cool. Okay. Can you guys see the email? That’s the box.
Okay. Okay. Now we can.
Oh, wait. It’s your inbox.
Yeah. Yeah. This is the email that I sent. This was just like a quick proposal after the call.
Okay. Alright. So here’s a quick proposal to show you what it would like Well, it would be like to have me working on optimizing the other free cleanup funnel based on the data so far. I see a huge opportunity to scale cleanup to ten thousand plus a day.
Maintaining improving conversions as you scale would play a crucial part. K. Here’s what’s included. So included in the optimization.
Okay.
Mhmm.
Track conversions, AB test and optimize, monitor and optimize, opt in page versus email. Okay.
Ad copy.
This is a lot of stuff, Abby.
Optimize sales page and add new testimonials, features, messaging.
Just, like, keep doing the project again and again and again and again. It’s a lot. Ad hoc reengagement, downsell sequence based on performance, collaborate with other team members when needed, and then a profitability report. Have you sent this?
Yeah. Yeah. And they’ve got we’ve got a call about it. So they’re they wanna discuss pricing and features. Because he I remember he said to me, like, make sure each thing is worth a thousand dollars, and he said to quote ten.
But as I was looking, I was I’m like, well, fresh ad copy as needed. Like, it’s an essential part of it, but that’s not worth a thousand dollars. That’s worth maybe, like, a couple of hundred. So I was just kind of no. I thought ad copy is, like, cheap.
Or Well, it’s cheap.
I mean, literally, everything’s free if you want to look at it that way.
So it’s there’s a there’s a quality standard, though. Right? There’s the expertise that you’re bringing, and that’s why it’s for you to nobody needs someone to write junior copy for them. AI got rid of junior copywriters.
Peace to the juniors, but you’re gone. So you have to always be the the best at it. Right? And just, like, don’t worry that you’re not.
Like, just I know that sounds dumb, but, like, just don’t worry.
Just like Don’t worry about it, Jay.
You’ll be good at it.
Don’t worry.
You’ll know if you’ll know.
Yeah. So when I look at this, I’m like, okay.
I what I see is you’re trying to show value by showing lots of stuff that you’ll do, not by showing results.
What they care about is not your busy hands. They don’t want you sitting around doing nothing, but nobody I haven’t my experience is not for people who are hiring professionals. It’s not how busy were you today.
It’s what did I get out of it today? And that’s all you need to worry about. You need to say, let’s get you now that we’ve implemented this. Now that you’ve got this evergreen funnel going, you know what most businesses do?
And wait for them. Most businesses walk away and just let it sit there and fester and nothing’s getting better and their audience is changing and algorithms are changing all around us. And you have the same evergreen funnel set up brilliantly. I might add because I’m a genius, but you have the same thing sitting there.
And when are you gonna optimize it? When did you last optimize your evergreen funnel? You didn’t have one before. Right?
So, like, just talking them through it in a way where you see yourself as the expert and on the same level, you’re not asking for work, you’re offering them this solution, but you actually have a way for them to keep making money. Like, where you will be in charge of watching that the evergreen funnel keeps going up instead of what’s their plan right now to optimize it? What’s their plan? Fucking nothing.
You know they have no plan to optimize it. You come in for the bargain basement price of five thousand dollars a month. You’re gonna keep that going up. What?
Like, you don’t need to list out every single thing you’ll do. That doesn’t matter. They’ll wonder, okay. How are we going to get to those results?
You’re saying you’re gonna keep this number going up.
How? Then you can talk about that, and you can say really quickly, like and put it in brackets. Like and if you’re wondering how I’ve done this a million times, and then you just put in brackets, like, check tracking conversions on an ongoing basis, writing new copy as needed, and then close brackets, etcetera. Close brackets because you don’t want them using this as your new checklist of, oh, did she do all of this stuff for us this month? Does that make sense?
Yeah. Yeah. Because on the call, they I kind of I sold them, and I put them a good.
But then they, they asked me in the email to say, like, what actually is included in that, which is why I broke it down like this.
And that’s another chance to hop on a call too. So just because the client wants you to send a checklist, doesn’t mean you do. And there are gonna be times when if all they really wanna bring it back to is that you do have busy hands the whole month, then, they’re not a good candidate for a retainer.
But you would probably already know that because they would have been kind of annoying to work with already.
So if they weren’t annoying because they weren’t like, what else are you gonna do for me? Like, what else am I gonna make you money, dummy? Like, what are you talking about? What else am I gonna do for you? The thing that you want most in life, the money. I’m going to help you get more of that.
So I I’m this this I could talk through with them or would talk through with them and even ask them back. Like, what would you what what do you think would happen during this optimization, this ongoing optimization?
What would you expect?
And then you can have a conversation and say, of course, we’ll do that. Of course, we’ll do that. No. We won’t do that. That’s a whole new project.
That sort of thing. Right? So you don’t have to show that all you’re gonna do is spend your time on this. It’s not I know it’s hard because you’re just starting to sell the retainer stuff, but just know that you shouldn’t expect to close all clients on a retainer afterwards. They’re not all gonna be a fit for it. They’re not all going to understand that you don’t hand over work and voila, it works and works forever. Like but others will others will, and they won’t say, show me everything you’re gonna do.
Mhmm. Yeah. Because I think this client’s a really good fit. It’s just the trouble for me is my confidence comes when I’ve done something, like, fifty times, and I haven’t done this before for a client. So it’s difficult to to communicate the value when I was just, yeah, doubting myself because I haven’t, like, earned the right to kind of be an expert in it or call myself in. I don’t know.
Do you think that you will suck at this?
I don’t think I’ll suck at it. No. But, I won’t suck, but, like, I’m gonna be figuring some stuff out as I go, which is why I put the price of five thousand, not the ten thousand.
Yeah. So you’ll be figuring it out as you go, and you adjusted your price accordingly. You don’t tell them that. But the reason you adjusted your price is to help you get over that mindset pump.
Right? So you have already done the job of reducing the price to make it so that you shouldn’t be worried then. So this is the thing, right? Like, respect the work that you’ve done, not just the expertise decided to then bring it down to five thousand dollars and thus you now need to force yourself over that mental block.
You’ve already done what you can do to solve it. The next step in solving it is doing the work and seeing, like, oh, I’m just tweaking things as I go and then seeing how it does, and I’m putting together this report and sharing it with them.
These are not a lot of difficult, crazy, difficult steps at least. Right? So I know it’s I know it’ll get easier the more you do it, but you have already reduced your price. You are going to be learning on the job. You’re not gonna make much money off this one. But that’s that doesn’t mean you have to work your fingers to the bone, doing all sorts of checklist stuff. This whole list.
Right? You’ll get it.
But do your best to hop on calls wherever possible. You can close better on calls than you can can in email. Even great emails, unless they’re so stoked on their side of things. Like, they’re like, we see nothing but opportunity, and you’re the absolutely only person on the planet who could ever do this for us. That’s where they need to be to close on email. You need to get them on a call.
Yeah. Which is difficult because they’re busy. Of course. Wants to get on a call.
Too busy to make money? Like and I’m I’m like, for real. No, you did.
You did go on a call with me when I tried to close you.
I know.
Well So, I mean, it’s difficult. It is actually They can be Sorry.
I didn’t mean to call you out.
That’s fair. They can be well, I would say, did I see a way to make money easily there?
Okay.
There has to be the easy payoff in my life for me to move on anything.
Laziness factors in. And that’s true for a lot of people.
So I would not hold it against them if they don’t hop on a call right away, but do your best to get them on a call. That’s far easier to close them, especially when you’re just working this stuff out. When you, like, have not done this before, you can listen, take notes as they’re as you’re asking questions, not pitching, asking questions. Well, what what would optimization look like for you?
What are some questions you have? Like, now that we’ve set up this evergreen funnel, what comes to mind for you? What are you looking at? What’s the first data point that you were hoping to see?
And they can tell you exactly what they need from your this retainer with you. And you then all you say at the end is that’s cool. We’re gonna do all that stuff. You’re gonna get all of that.
And then they’ll do it. I draw it. Right? Then now it’s like, take recording, take transcript, turn into new SOP for what I’m gonna do on my retainer, but let them tell you in that call.
Yeah. That’s smart. That makes sense. Thanks.
Alright. I’m so hopeful for you. I think it’s gonna be cool. I hope it works out. Alright. Anybody else?
I was gonna say, Abby, I think you’re dramatically underestimating how much value they put on just having you around, because knowing that you’re taking care of it one of my favorite ad copies is it’s not just x, it’s peace of mind, and you can fill in lots of things there.
And just knowing that you’re on it, that you can answer questions or you can be there if they’re freaking out about something irrelevant is an immense amount of value in and of itself.
And that’s not something you put on a checklist. That’s just something intangible.
Yeah. Thanks, Naomi and Jessica for your dramatic agreement.
Yeah. When it comes down to it yeah. I know. I’m not gonna harp on it, but yeah. Cool.
Abandoned cart emails
Abandoned cart emails
Transcript
I also have an abandoned cart question that is kind of urgent because I’m actually doing a VIP day right now, but take time out for this.
So it’s a seven day flow where they they sign up for a webinar, then they get a seven day discount, and then it expires, like, yeah, on day seven.
And I’m wondering, like, when you do abandoned cart emails, like, do would I do it before day seven? So or would I wait until after day seven? Because I don’t wanna overwhelm them with the emails. Or just how how does it yeah. How does an abandoned cart sequence fit into, like, a limited time offer?
So you would not wait till cart close then. That’s like a post.
Your abandoned cart will go out, technically, an hour or a couple of hours after they’ve abandoned their cart. Okay. You would tag them as abandoned car. They would get that, they would get that email asking them, hey.
You know, we noticed you were, you know, checking this out or you added this to cart. Did you get distracted or do you have questions? Whatever your core messaging is basically, for that abandoned cart email, but it should ideally go at two hours. So let’s say day three, someone adds it to cart.
You don’t wanna wait till the seven. You will send it out to them two hours or an hour after. You may wanna keep you may wanna see whether you wanna because it’s a, a time sensitive launch, you may wanna see whether you do wanna have two abandon cards or you just wanna keep the one.
You know? Because you’ll they’ll be getting another email in any case. So Yeah. Day four. But, but definitely one you would definitely wanna include just the one email.
Think of it as, you know, it’s basically a remarketing email. Right? So Mhmm.
You could, in fact, tag them and exclude them from day four if you’re sending out a couple more emails because here is someone who is sold on the program, they’ve added to the cart, have decided not to sign up. They’re in a very different state of awareness.
At a very different state of awareness is someone who’s probably opening up email number four for the first time. Yeah.
I mean, I I guess with that though, because it’s it will be like they’ve gone to the checkout page, so that’s for a course. And my my only thought is that I would say, like, probably, like, seventy percent, I would estimate, of people just click the button without actually being most aware. So I wouldn’t want them to, like, miss out on, like, the more solid sales emails.
Yeah.
So then just include the one email, like The one email.
Similar to, you know, how we we would send out any to sales page clickers. So yeah.
Okay. Thank you. I I don’t know why I was just getting really, like, in my head about it. But, yeah, obviously, why would I wait till day seven? Thank you.
The High-Class Problem Sell
The High-Class Problem Sell
Transcript
Today is, copywriting lesson, and then that’s followed an AMA that will go until we’re just done talking.
There’s a small group of us today, so no need to, maybe it’s just like a good time if you have, like, something you’re going through that you maybe didn’t want to share with more people or something, which I know happens.
It could be a good time to talk through that today too. So, as usual, be ready to bring any questions that you got any wins to preface them, and that can be any kind of win, just celebrating those good things that happen. This is being recorded. The worksheet for today’s session already went out that went out on Friday. It is the high class problem sell, which I’m really excited about. We’ve used it a couple times. And then I’ll show you the one example for a new page in progress that we’re working on, and how we use it there.
But as usual, yeah, just kind of be with me here, set your intention, just be present, closing down other distractions. If you can, I know life is real and all around us, but, whatever you can do to just kind of ignore your phone for a bit and other, you know, notifications that come in?
Yeah, everybody’s feeling cool. I’m I’m feeling really good today. Awesome. Okay. So open up that work If you haven’t already, got it open.
I will only share my screen if you don’t know what worksheet I’m talking about. Because what I’m going to do today is, a little different format that we’re trying for our training now which so far I quite like, but I’ve never done it live. And I have never done it one live, two unsupported by somebody on my team who can, like, talk and fill in the gaps while I’m like, oh, no. The text’s broken. So we’re just gonna try it here today, and see what happens.
But yeah. So the context for this is, you’ve got. I mean, we have so many ways to try to get into stories, into the argument that we wanna make when we’re writing copy.
Lots of different things that you can do but sometimes when it comes down to it and you’re actually writing the page or writing the email, I find that things can feel boring and repetitive pretty fast, not for your right not for your reader necessarily, but for you as a copywriter, I mean, we do data driven things and use better practices and frameworks, etcetera, but it can be tedious sometimes when it’s like a rule of three. So you’re always hitting three points in a row and it’s just like, kinda wanna break out of it. So that’s how I feel about it. The longer you write copy, the more likely you are to feel that way too.
If if this isn’t resonating, stick around. It’s going to eventually. So I like finding and identifying, and I’m sure you do too, identifying little new ways to attack parts of pages in particular. So what I’m gonna show you today is from a long form sales page, I first saw it on someone else’s long form sales page.
I wanna say a bazillion years ago, but it could have been last year. It all blends into one now. And I was really I was really interested it. So I kinda broke it apart and tried to reverse engineer what they were doing.
Tried it in a sales email for our freelancing school, promotion over the Black Friday weekend.
And, yeah, I’m feeling kinda cool about how it could be an unlock for you when you’re stuck. So, I’m going to share Just half a second while I choose the right one.
Okay.
Cool. So you should be seeing my iPad now.
Oh, are you?
Yeah.
Fancy.
I’ve just never shared my iPad before. So, but this is where we’re going to be working today. So This is an example of the opening of that that sales page that we’re working on for copy school pro. So you set up a big promise, like big.
The bigger, the better, and it doesn’t have to be a promise necessarily as in we promise you’ll get this. But something that’s really going to grab their tension. So really thinking about your audience and what they’re trying, what they most want. And that’s where on the worksheet, we have the, what’s really good about this is I can use three monitors now, which is cool.
We’ve got good outcome and then a high class problem. So we often talk about the good outcomes that people have. And these are good outcomes. These here are good outcomes that you might be looking for.
Right? It’s not a promise because it’s in the first person in quotation marks, which, of course, as anybody who has taken any of my training knows, unless I feel like I’m saying it all the time, but maybe I’m not, first person headlines in quotation marks are my favorite across the board. So how I, big thing, big thing, big thing, ending with the big thing, and then and then overcoming an objection right here.
But don’t you need a lot of money that, etcetera. So with the fifty thousand dollar ad budget, which is basically nothing. Okay. So we’re capturing their attention.
I’m not this doesn’t mean it’s ADA. I know as soon as I hear its attention, doesn’t mean it’s ADA. It might be though. But we’re gonna break it really fast.
So don’t try to look too hard for a framework here yet. Okay. Then we get into kind of something a little bit old school. So that is this.
Step one is opening up this idea that there will be something that follows later, a step two. So a small, not curiosity gap, but like an open loop. Right? There’s more to come.
This is just the first step, even if you forget that later. The point is not that you’re waiting around for step two, but it’s an interesting way to start, opening up that attention into something more kind of like a little more intrigue.
Re time, really old school. You don’t have to do any of this stuff for the framework that I’m teaching you or the cell that I’m teaching you today to work. I’m just walking you through kind of the decisions that were made here.
From the desk of, again, old school. I do like old school, founder of copy hackers, grader of copy school, inventor of conversion copywriting, and this is an important thing, mother of kittens, just because what we’re about to get into, we need to set a tone. So far, the tone is kind of bro y. Right? Like, look at all the, you know, money you can make and crap like that. And that can feel a little bit weird.
The tone can be a little bit. We have to make what I’m trying to do here is set it up so that we can have a little bit of fun going forward because this framework, as I’ve used it, has been about tapping into, like, a little bit of fun. The high class problem cell is, like, we’re going to talk about some high class problems And if you make it sound like a problem, that’s not gonna work. Right? Like, that’s the bad thing we don’t want to do.
Okay. So I’m just gonna pop over to the next one. So then we get into the next part of the page.
So we set set up this big cool thing that you can do. Oh, Sorry here. Let me just go back to this. So it opens with so I’m guessing this isn’t the first time you’ve landed on this isn’t the first page you’ve landed on with big promises and enticing numbers.
And I’ll get to that in a second, but let me ask you a question. Do you actually want to? And this really means you could have put almost anything before this part. So I’ll get to that in a second is like, again, you could have done anything before that.
Accept what follows here in these bullets that are about to follow down here is we’re basically building on that cool outcome. So let’s say your cool outcome that you’re trying to hook somebody with is you’re gonna land a thousand customers in a month. You’re gonna land a thousand thousand dollar customers in a month. Really big, really desirable thing that they want that would, attract their attention.
And then from there, we’re going to find that less desirable outcome of that thing, the high class problem. So again, it could be anything to open.
But we want the bullets that follow the good outcomes and then the high class problems, to speak to that thing that just hooked them. So we have, and I’ll get to that in a second, but let me ask you a question. Do you actually want to? Then we have good outcome, Deliver World class copy.
Number one thing. It’s gonna be short in, like, actual length because we’re trying to pull them in. So a short bullet most of the sentences are short at this point. As you can see, they all end here.
Make lots of money for your clients or team and also for yourself good outcome. Cool. And now we start getting into the high class problems associated with those good outcomes, and we spend more time on them because we’re having more fun with it. We’re just kind of like enjoying our time talking to our prospect about the things they want being frankly as we’re about to see similar to the things that, we want.
So do you actually want to have super smart people ping you late at night when they’ve needed, when they need to crack a conversion problem when you become their go to copywriter? That’s a high class problem. You just got a ping in the middle of the night, but it’s pretty solid because someone cool is asking you for help and they trust you a lot. Do you really want to?
Do you actually want to go through life with a sense of guilt that everything is falling into your lap and you haven’t had to toil in the coal mine or perform open heart surgery after building years of schooling to get it? Wanna get so good at selling products that jealous people begin whispering about you and you have to start hanging out with a whole new crew of high achieving nerds? These are high class problems. And the reality is your prospect should want them.
Right? So then we say great. Then you and I want the same things, and then you continue on telling the rest of the story and still building on the stuff that you did. Although I can’t help you with another high class problem, which is the anxiety that overachievement brings or an outcome of a high class problem recommend a marriage counselor for when you spend half your summer texting with a network of smart people who’ve sought you and your genius out.
I can do these things, and then you get into what those things are, and that’s what we’re really here to talk about. But you’re capturing their tension with this like unexpected outcome.
And it’s not just the usual good news, good news, good news, life is always gonna get better as you get better and the levels are higher. Life is like way better. There’s real problems that are gonna come with it, but we’re not positioning them as problem problems. Just as a high class problem. Does this make sense?
Can you imagine how you might use this in your work?
Potentially? Okay. Cool.
So I’ll stop sharing that part and then just quickly walk through the worksheet.
So that you’ve got it. Okay. So the high class problems sell, as always, the worksheet and lesson will help you find a new way into writing about comes so that new way in particularly if you’re bored, but also if you just wanna try something else. Write sales emails or sales pages with that What you wanna do is list out your good outcomes and then the high class problem that comes with it. And this is the framework effectively, bit of a template for you to use. Cool.
Have what you need to use it. Alright. I’m not gonna make you. We can go through and do an exercise if you’d like to try it out. Otherwise, we can just kind of hop into question time or talking time.
Good talking time. Does anybody have any questions they wanna bring to the table today?
Everyone’s quiet.
Do you wanna do this as an exercise?
Go right for something? Okay. I think that’s a good use of time. So what I would love for you to do if you have a productized service, if you have a package of some kind, anything that you already have pre written copy for. So ideally not for a new campaign or something.
Anything that you might have on your site today or that you wish you had on your site today?
I would like you to take the next ten minutes to come up with the good outcomes and the high class problems and then try to fill this part in.
Doable?
Okay. Cool. I’m gonna stop sharing.
And then be sure to come off mute if you have any questions as going through it, and we’ll be back in ten minutes.
Joe, can I ask a quick question?
Love it. Yes.
I’m really I really struggle with ten saying. Right? It’s just my thing.
Like, am I am I writing it, like, in the future terms as or, like, am I writing it as if it’s happening or so it’s do you actually want to in the future?
Yes. So do you actually want to but it’s still written in the present tense. Deliver, not will deliver. So deliver world class copy. Do you actually want to And then it’ll just follow in, I guess, the imperative, really, because it’s just two. Does that make sense?
Yeah. It’s just my noob thing. Like, this is why I can’t write fiction because I struggle with Ted’s sake. That no.
That’s like Latin. Did you take Latin in school?
No.
Oh, okay. That messed me up for some things. So when I when people struggle with these things, I’m like, oh, you probably took Latin. So yeah, this is just like, do you actually want to, and then these are all just present tense. Do you want to have a call that sort of thing. Right? Just happening right now.
Yeah. Okay. Thanks, Jay. Sure.
Alright. Should we talk about that’s how to go?
Any luck?
Did it suck? Was it awesome? Is it hard? Did you get anywhere?
That was fun. I liked it.
Okay. What’d you work on, Abby?
I did for my day one evergreen package.
And, yeah, what I like about it is because, I find myself, like, using the same kind of messaging it with different clients like this kind of like, you can make more money. You can make six figures, and it’s starting to feel, like, quite stale. So I like the the high problem approach is a farmer around that, and I feel like it really boosts credibility because you’re not just saying, like, this is how awesome, like, life is. It’s like. Yeah. Yeah, take them out. So, yeah, I really enjoyed it.
Okay. Cool. That’s wicked. That’s how I feel about it too. Like, it’s just a more interesting way to position of good outcome?
Yeah. Yeah. Cool. Everybody else needs them any anything that didn’t feel that good or, like, you’re not it’s not clicking.
It wouldn’t work for you maybe.
I like that it’s very fresh, but it feels a little bit it feels a little bit exaggerated to me.
It feels a little bit Oh, yeah.
It’s on the sales. Page.
It’s gonna be a little. I hear you there. So what would you what how would you modify it?
Any idea?
Well, I mean, the the goals that I have are are more immediate goals. But the tone feels a little bit of still feels a little bit much even though the actual things I’m writing about are realistic.
Okay. Can you read yours and just share so we can hear what that sounds like?
Yeah. So I am looking at the, the service page I have for, PVC.
So Google Landing Pages and, social ads. So I wrote do you actually want to watch your pipeline fill up with qualified leads effortlessly?
Capture all of the great top of funnel demand your social media. Is generating, become so efficient at attracting new leads that AEs are so overwhelmed with demos that they tell you to slow down the campaign so they can focus on the lead they have and attract so many good opportunities that you actually cringe when influencers cry about pmax ridiculously broad, broad campaigns, and Google’s ever changing algorithm on LinkedIn over and over again.
But the tone, the tone still feels off to me even though those are like very realistic. Things.
Okay. What feels off to you? I guess I wonder as, like, for me, I I heard it and I was like, cool. That sounds dope. That sounds like Yeah. Who wouldn’t react well to that?
Some won’t. Some won’t. But usually, those are the people who are just like I I won’t I won’t think about those ones as much as the people who are like, yeah, I’d like to have that problem, you know, and you’re like really getting there, but how did everybody else feel when you were hearing it?
Any notes for Naomi?
I thought it was really cool. I liked it. Yeah. I didn’t feel like the tone was off. I mean, obviously, I don’t know what you’re going for, like, generally with your tone, but, yeah, I thought it was cool.
Okay. Yeah.
I didn’t feel like the tone pull up either, but yeah, again, same as Abby, but the tone didn’t seem like off to me for off footing.
And I know it can feel like a certain audience, your audience, Naomi, wouldn’t respond well to that, and you may absolutely be right. I would just be curious to test it out, give it a shot, see if they do.
Yeah.
Cool. Awesome. Anyone else wanna share?
Yeah. I’ll share mine. I’ll be. I’ll be able to get feedback on it. Okay. Cool.
It’s a bit it’s obviously a bad fish drop. Okay.
But let me ask you a question. Do you actually want to wake up to sales every day, automate your entire sales process? Miss out on the I mean, Rausch, you usually get when you get a sales notification because it happens so darn frequently that the sensible thing to do is to turn stripe notifications off altogether.
Stop having those indulgent. Ugh, it’s just so stressful conversations with fellow course creators because you’ve hopped off the live launch roller coaster and are now making launch size revenue while on vacation.
Having awkward tail between your legs conversation with your SSO when they ask why you spent twenty k on ads this month and you have to loan that you turned that twenty k into two hundred and twenty k, and now you’d like to buy a vacation rental five minutes down the road from the end loss.
It’s fun. That’s fun. Those are some high class problems to have to have that awkward conversation anyway.
I just can’t relate to the last point about moving close to your in laws. But other than that, it was so infuriating that you’re that good at writing copy that quickly, which I always tell you that.
That’s awesome. Yeah. It really does it was what I liked was. It was so great about qualifying who she’s speaking to. It’s ridiculous.
I mean, if you can’t relate to that, you’re gone and Yeah.
It’s a good side effect. Right? Like, all of these other outcomes of that. That’s really a really good point.
Yeah. Thanks, Jessica.
And you can tell you had fun writing it. It doesn’t sound like it was a slog or you, like, it gets I think it’s exciting. Yeah.
Yeah.
I think that it’s, like, it’s a fun framework to use. It’s, like, nice to to deviate from, like, the usual, like, I just always use PAS.
So Yes. Same. Yeah. Cool. Anyone else wanna share? Jessica?
Yeah. Let me follow Abby.
Jessica.
No. I honestly I mean, I could It was for my seasonal sale thing, which I think you know I’m fleshing out to turn from a what used to be a productized service like thing to a signature.
So I and actually I get I don’t know if this is I think where I struggle is the whole dream state because I feel like I haven’t confirmed this desire for a e commerce client yet. That they really see the connection between. No. No. You can really double your, you can increase your sales for your seasonal sale. But at the same time, you can be creating these long term relationships.
And so it kind of I think that’s where I struggle. So, I mean, I can read you parts of it, but it you know, it’s nowhere near what Abby’s is and it’s partial as per usual with me. Jessica.
Read the whole m thing.
We wanna hear get to that.
Do you actually want to double your next seasonal sale revenue? See a massive increase in LTV over the next? Whatever months, clear out your inventory and have to work quickly with your team to figure shit out. Provide on-site therapy because your team dressing out and worried they can’t get orders out on time, which will inevitably lead to unhappy customers.
And that’s as far as I got.
Cool.
Took a little extra negative on the last one there. It wouldn’t pull back on that one a bit, but no. It was good.
It’s yeah. Just make sure it stays a high class problem. Like Okay. Well, yeah. Like, my diamond shoes are too tight. That’s gotta be the effect. Right?
So yeah.
Okay.
Cool. Cool. Love it. Jessica, you did that so fast. Really?
Oh, thank you. I’m always asking I’m begging Abby for tutorials on how to be fast. That’s what I wanna know.
You just did it.
Nice.
Nice. Cool. Anyone else?
I won’t put you on the spot by calling on you, but I’m probably looking at you.
No one.
Alright. Alright, Katie. Welcome to the crew. You just missed the the tutorial there, but you’ll get the replay after. So I think it I think we had fun with it.
So yeah. Now, if anybody has any questions or wants to talk shop, what are you going through right now? What should you be working on that you’re not that we can help, like, unlock? Jillian.
Okay. I have well, I’ll start with a win. It’s not a money win. I guess I shared that in Slack recently, but my current win is that, I’ve been severely low in iron for like my whole life and didn’t know it.
So I was like this year I’ve been like fainting and like feeling really dizzy and I’m finally back a normal iron level. So it means I can exercise again, which is life changing. So I wasn’t really able to exercise this past year. But it really helps with, like, energy and productivity.
And it’s really Yes. Exciting. So I was going to use it in Doing a lot of stuff.
Congrats. That’s amazing. Yes.
So that’s why I win.
Coming with a little more energy.
Huge. Energy is everything. Yes.
Everything. Yeah.
So on that note, my question is maybe a bit unwieldy, but as I mentioned, I’m like I was going through your training again from a couple weeks ago.
Started watching Shane’s training.
And I’m thinking about, like, the brand also reading PenX is easier than two x, and so I just feel like I have a lot of ideas. Swirling and kinda wanted to like throw them out there and just like get some thoughts.
So I’m focusing on pricing pages, which is a new, you know, I haven’t worked in SaaS that much. I worked with a lot of different companies on websites, a little bit of SaaS that like kind of across the board. So I’m trying to figure out how to balance, like, my current client, and so I do websites with who are not SaaS primarily, and still have, like, my website is geared towards that. I kinda wanna put up a different website so that I can still serve my current customers in the meantime and not be like out money and just, you know, diving into this new thing. Yeah. So the idea that I have is, like, I know you said the brand really starts with, like, your opinion and your viewpoint, which I feel like I’m still developing, but I have, like, a general idea since no one’s really talking about pricing pages yet, which is that like everyone’s kinda missing the point. Of the pricing page, like, they’re all doing it wrong, basically.
And that’s, like, very general. There’s more that goes into it, but the the name that I have or the idea for, like, a book and a podcast and maybe, like, my site, I’m wondering if they can all be the same, is, like, the pricing point. I’m talking about how I don’t know if that’s, like, even a good title or not, but that’s the idea that I’ve been working with. Okay.
Just like, yeah, talking about how everyone’s missing the point, and like they’re all treating it like, you know, they’re putting so much time into their other pages and optimizing, and then they get to the pricing point and it’s just like they get to the pricing page and everything just deflates. Like, that’s the point of the sale, and it’s like, you know, very matter of fact. Here’s the even big brands, like even huge companies they look at are doing this. I think they’re all kinda dropping the ball at that point.
When it should be like the height of excitement value and, like, it’s the most critical point. Yeah. Absolutely. I know it’s a big I’m like rambling now, but, like, I’m just wondering if, like, Should I go in this direction? Because I’m, like, wanting to start doing this stuff, but I just, like, wanna know if that makes sense if it’s, like, on the right track to start with.
Okay.
I’ll jump in first and anybody who would like to add anything.
I’m so happy that you’re doing this, Jillian. Like, I know I’ve expressed that to you, but men, there’s nothing but room out there for this. And it’s it’s like, that’s it’s the money page. Right? Like, it seems like such an easy sell once you start raising awareness for the problem.
Sounds like you understand what your point of view is. I know you said it’s developing, but it’s like y’all are doing it wrong. Like, that’s a good place to start. Right?
Especially since it’s, like such a blue ocean still. There’s not that much competition out there. So I think it’s safe to go with something big like you’re doing it all wrong. Like, full stop.
That’s it. Like, you’re I’m you’re gonna need a lot of help, and I can help you with that. It leaves a lot of room for you to have thought leadership, and to say contrary in things or to, like, make them aware of things that they hadn’t had any clue about, which is always good for, you know, likes on so and comments and things like that. So the pricing point, how did you get to that name?
I don’t know. How do we get to anything?
There. I think it like came to me first. I also thought the URL was available. Also it kind of like ties into this whole thing of like like maybe I can say what the point is. Like, everyone’s missing the point. Like, they think the point is this, but the point is really this.
And also, like, Yeah. I don’t know. That was kind of the the main. And it seemed like kinda short and Yes. It’s not gonna be a subhead.
Like, if it was a book, there’d be like a subhead of I don’t know what that is yet, but Yep.
Totally agree. Yeah.
Yeah.
I think great. And it does, like Jessica chatted out.
Leaves a lot of room for expansion.
Yeah, and you can speak to value, like, what the actual point of pricing is. Right? And those are bigger conversations that are really intriguing. Yeah.
Everyone loves it.
Yeah.
Who else wants to share thoughts with Jillian?
Can I can I offer a, perspective? Sure.
When it comes to SAS, you should keep in mind that there are a lot of very complicated SaaS products that don’t have a pricing page because a lot of that happens in sales negotiation.
Because a lot of times they have to customize the software to fit the solution.
And it doesn’t necessarily have to be like a fifty thousand dollar software product. It happens at lower pricing points too, and a lot of companies choose not to put pricing anywhere on the website because either they’ve tested it or they believe that adding the pricing will increase the, or will reduce conversion rate, regardless of whether that’s true or not. That’s what a lot of companies think. And it may be true on desktop versus mobile or the reverse.
So I would make I think that it would be worth while to expand the conversation, they use because they they usually have a plans page that just doesn’t have pricing on it and it goes through like what you would get with the enterprise suite versus the mid tier versus the small, mini business tier. So I would make sure to not leave them out of the conversation.
Because there are a lot of companies that fit into that category, and your point can still be relevant. It would just have to be adapted to a much more business mindset.
Well, and I think that that’s a fair point. I think it does speak to the need to just identify who that audience is.
I think the SaaS that you’re talking about, Jillian, are people who have Who have.
Have a debt that says pricing in the nav of which there are bajillion so versus people who have sales teams. So we’re talking more people who are product led growth and are likely to have pricing pages at some point that they, and usually, visitor facing ones, and then behind the scenes.
Post use post activation ones. Yeah. Is that accurate, Jillian?
Yeah. That makes that makes sense. But, yeah, it’s a great point, Naomi.
Thanks for thanks for Yeah.
There’s a huge market. SaaS is enormous, obviously.
So it’s just really identifying. Okay. These are although it can be useful to get the enterprises that don’t have pricing pages, it’s just like anybody who doesn’t have copy. It’s really I can’t do much for you.
Like, you’re gonna need to believe in copy or else. It’s like, I can’t sell you copy school, and you can’t sell a person without a pricing page. Pricing page insights. So cool.
Yeah. Awesome. Okay. Anybody else wanna share?
With Jillian or feedback on what Jillian’s working on.
Nope. Awesome.
Jillian, you feeling good?
Yeah. I love that.
It’s like a book cover.
Yeah. And it gives it fine to have, like, you know, a, like, a book, like, if it was a book and a podcast, and, like, even the site, like, just have it all have the same name, like, even where I’m selling my services, keep the same name for everything.
That’s I mean, g n Claire did that with forget the funnel. Yeah. Everything is forget the funnel.
And I mean, juries out. It’s they’re doing, like, a bad ass business. So I would say it’s probably, like, a good Studiesing that story brand, same thing.
Mhmm.
Yeah. So probably okay. A thing to overthink at least.
Okay. I well, I got the URL for it, so I think it’ll just, like, start and I can keep my current site, like, with my current customers.
And kind of start doing the new thing at the new place.
Yeah. Totally. Totally. Cool.
Oh, thanks everyone.
Thanks. Thanks for sharing a nice win.
Excellent. Life changing.
I mean, energy for real though. Like, I have a new energy going with some life changes that I’ve made too, and it’s like energy. It’s a good thing. It changes everything. So that’s cool.
Anybody else wanna share what they’re working on or going through or struggles? Esther Grace.
Hey. Can everyone hear me?
Yep.
Okay. Awesome. So a win. I shared this in channel already, but copy hack is closed. Still excited about that.
Well done.
Thank you. And okay. So I need help with lead generation.
So I’ve nailed down my ideal clients, my customer avatar, all of that.
My offer, even a bit of the delivery system, But right now, I really just want to get on more sales calls.
So I realized last week that I love sales calls. So I did resales calls in the past two weeks. And just those three made me feel so energized about my business. I’m like, this is awesome.
Like, I love talking to these people and selling them on what I on what I do. So where I am right now is I’m also, like, couple of us here. I’m also reading ten x is easier than two x. So I’m not creating any plans to just gradually increase revenue from year to year.
Like, this was one of the thing, Joe, I think you talked about during the CSP info session. About want to be a copywriter who’s gradually increasing revenue from year to year and then in five, ten years before you hit, like, five hundred k. You want to be the one that just ten x is essentially. So that’s kind of where my mindset is now.
It’s more of how do I get this new offer, this new system that I’m building to generate one m in revenue in the next twelve months. And I actually ran the numbers, and I realized it’s actually very possible.
Okay.
It would just take, like, two clients with a high retainer fee and a performance based assistance.
It’s email marketing, so I can do performance basis as well and track everything. So it would literally say two clients if I was going to work on it solo. But if I was building a small team, then I can take on even more. So just running those numbers made me realize how possible it is for me. And so now it’s just like, okay. How do I get on those sales calls to book those two major clients that are going to bring in the revenue.
So what are you doing for lead gen right now? What’s top on your list?
So right now, I’ve been doing a lot of warm outreach. So just people I know asking for referrals, The the that has been my most active lead gen method. So it’s like being in groups, responding to messages, networking, pretty much.
Thought about cold outreach because I’m also still doing my authority building, like, systems. I’m still doing all of that, but I’m like, okay. I still want to get those leads, like, in the next one thirty days, thirty, sixty days. So I’m trying to do some more active, outreach methods as well. So that’s pretty much where I am.
Okay. So how many people are you reaching out to? A day for the warm leads. Let’s pause cold. We’ll ask that next, but warm leads, how many a day?
About two a day. K.
Do you think that’s enough?
About ten people.
Yeah.
Yeah. And so it’s a numbers game. Right? Like, There’s the two. There’s several ways you can go about this. One part is authority building stuff with content that you put out there all the time and then bigger content, and that can feel like a long game. It doesn’t have to be, but it also is a long game too.
Then we’re talking warm leads and cold outreach. So outreach to warm and outreach to cold. It’s good to do both.
But the more you have to do a lot of Right? Like, this is you’re reaching out to people, and you have to hit them right and at the right moment. So It’s a numbers game. So if you’re just doing two a day, what’s stopping you from doing twenty a day?
Oh, so the warm outreach, I just don’t know that many people.
That’s what you think. You don’t know that many people. But I would say really, like, think through everybody that you know and that they know. And I know that can feel like, oh, aren’t I getting in people’s way? I mean, you’re an entrepreneur and this is part of the job. If if your goal is get more leads in because you wanna get to a million dollars a year.
You have got to earn what you want, and that’s how you earn it. It’s hard. It’s hard, but you pick up the phone or you send the email, and but you have to do a lot of it, like, a lot a lot.
Like, an uncomfortable amount. And this is where some people, when they have, like, partners, and they’re both invested in it. That can, like, you spread the job out across two people, which is why a lot of people end up building companies together because it’s a lot of quantity, quantity, quantity, and then there’s the cold outreach. And it’s a doable thing.
People do it all the time. Don’t do it. That’s because I didn’t have to do it. But if I had to do it, it would be a matter of, like, go a hundred a day.
And this is like figure out, you’ve said you’ve you’ve run the numbers. So if What’s your close rate right now? Do you happen to know what it is when you get someone on a call? How many people close out of ten?
So I haven’t had that many sales calls.
That’s the problem with Okay.
Yeah. That was right. Yeah.
So getting in leads, so you wanna make sure that you’re getting these leads into a sales process that isn’t just going to, like, burn up all of these people that you spoke with. But you’re energized about them when you actually get to talk to them and have that sales call.
Make sure you’re running that right. So we have that Huka, sales call training this Wednesday, attend it. Take notes. It’s smart.
And it’s an hour to fucking nail this stuff. So attend that.
And then it’s if you’re gonna do leads, cold outreach and warm, the numbers game, get up every morning, put it in your calendar, do it when you have energy, do the hard thing, personalize the cold stuff, obvious we’ve got that training in copy school dot copy hackers dot com.
But it’s it’s an because it’s a numbers game, if you get one and one hundred people to hop on a call with you.
You gotta, like, that’s why you have to do. A hundred of them a day. You can’t do two a day. It’s not gonna lead to anything except for frustration.
And you’re like, nothing works. No. It it can work, but it’s you have to do Does that make sense? So what I would like you to do is put together, like, a list of warm outreach and cold that you can do, like, give yourself a a to do list of every single day.
I’m going to reach out to five people I know and fifty people I don’t know every morning without fail. And if you can get in that habit, which you have to get. This is your job. You have to get in that habit.
Then you can start to see the needle move, and then you’ll be more inspired to go like, okay. Well, if I’m doing fifty cold outreach, cold attempts a day, And it’s bringing in four people.
If I double it to a hundred, now I’ve got eight, and that’s a lot better to deal with, and you’re gonna get so much better at cold outreach that you can outsource it to a VA because you’ll have it nailed down what to say, how to say it, how to get people onto that call, how to get them to show up, Like, all these reps, all this practice work is the stuff that’ll get you there. But two reps, and you expect you’re gonna, like, build muscle, I lifted the weight twice.
It’s gonna take a little more than that. But you’re doing it. Just do more of it.
Yeah.
And would you see those are the, like, two main, like, lead gen strategies? Or is there anything I’m missing besides those two of an authority?
Oh, yeah.
No. There’s more. It depends if you have money to spend. If you’ve got money to spend, there’s lots of other things you can do. And it doesn’t have to be a lot, but you have to have, like, fifty bucks a day to spend boost things to hire people to do the work for you, stuff like that. I would say start there. Start getting traction.
There. Your immediate network is the place to go first. The people you know that you’re just not thinking of how to really go after them, and then it’s follow-up. As well without saying the word follow-up.
Like, it’s it’s, hey, I talked to my cousin who has a skin care who works at a skin care company. I talked to her one time about it. Okay. Well, now you have to go back and talk to her again.
And again, and wear her down. She’s your cousin. She’s gotta give you work, and that’s just the way it is.
But really it’s like quantity.
More and more and more if you’re still trying to build up leads. If you had and I sit and still do all your authority building stuff as to grace, you’re, like, all of these things work together. Have you read hundred million dollar leads by Hormoza?
That’s next on my list. Yeah.
I was planning to read It’s really practical, like super practical.
And it comes with a bit of a course as well. So check that out, but it really will come down to quantity. Yeah. Cool. Anybody got any notes? For Esther Grace based on what you have done to get leads.
In person networking, going to things. But, like, every single thing you do, you need to do intentionally. Like, I know people who have gone to networking events and they kinda just stand at a table.
It’s like, no. No. No. No. No. You have to work it. You gotta, like, get in there and say hi.
And like, have a pitch ready to go, like, be able to open. So there’s opening and then there’s closing. Right? And so a lot of people suck at the open part.
Maybe you’re okay with closing, but all we’re talking about to get leads is like constantly opening.
So being able to go to a networking event event that’s possible and and do the open. Be ready to start asking questions about their business and Sounds like you’re working on x, y, or z. I do that too. Do you think would it make sense for us to have a talk about this?
Like, should we book a call? Like, be ready to to get moving on something, not just like, oh, cool. And, like, falling into the friend zone, which can happen a lot. So just, like, everything you do, be intentional about what you’re gonna do with it.
Katie also said the five day five k challenge. Totally. It’s, it’s still available.
Yes. So take that too, but don’t just do it once a month. Do it every five days. Yeah. Cool.
Jessica, do you wanna say that out loud?
I was just gonna say Abby wrote a blog post and did a tutorial on utilizing Facebook groups And I know she, of course, has had huge success with it, but I know other people have too applying what she taught. So I don’t know if where your audience is, but can’t hurt.
Mhmm. Yeah. Absolutely.
Love it.
I think I’ve read the post op yet.
I think I told you about it.
Yeah. Yeah. There’s the her tutorial is, pinned to the top of our YouTube channel right now over on. On YouTube. So check it out.
It’s great. Perfect. Okay. Good luck, Esther Grace. Set a goal too. How many warm, how many cold, you’re gonna do a day, and how many you need to get in booked calls every week.
And then post, follow-up in slack when you get those wins, just let people know, like, and my goal was four bookings this week, and I got five. And, like, make that happen. You can. Cool.
Anybody else have anything else? Thanks, Esther Grace. Any questions or anything you wanna share with others?
Hi. One question. Yeah.
Well, I have lots of questions, but, I will start with the most relevant one. So I was approached by a, sorry, I spoke in an event, about a few weeks ago. And so afterwards I was approached by a marketing agency, and it seemed I really feel like marketing agencies are an ideal source, an ideal client because They’re focused specifically on demand gen. They don’t have to answer to a CMO or to upper leadership quite in the same way that somebody who works in house would.
And they’re very data driven. And they tend not to be creatives. So they tend not to provide as much pushback, as somebody who works in house. So anyway, I had a call with the, with a guy again today, and we agreed on a to start with, like, a social ad, for more top of funnel work.
And what I ended up doing this time around, which is different than what I did last time around, last time around, I sold a company just like a bank of ours. And this time, I gave him a pricing page and I said, okay, a set of ads is this much, and a landing page is this much, And then so I’m gonna send him a proposal. We’ll sign the proposal, and then he can just add whatever he needs as he goes, and then at the end of the month, I’ll send the invoice to HR to accounts receivable, and then I’ll be able to bill them. But I’m wondering there’s anything I because I feel like this is such an ideal client, if there’s something I’m missing out on that I could be doing to make it easier for them or to increase the amount that they would get from me from the beginning and that initial conversation.
Whether that’s like, should I expect them to say, oh, well, you should get at least this amount, to increase the amount that they would get from me, or would that be a little bit too aggressive because they sort of get projects rolling in as they come? I’m not sure exactly.
What they’re working on, it could be a little bit too demanding for them right at the outset. So I’m wondering if there’s something I’m missing out on that I should have done and could do hopefully next time.
Yeah. Cool. Who’s working with agencies? Who has been through what Naomi’s going through? Nobody subcontracts?
I used to, but I’ve just always do it on a day. Right? So I can’t I don’t really know how to haven’t got anything to give. I’m afraid.
So what did you do? Why did you choose to do a day rate or why did they like a day rate? What was the reasoning there?
Well, actually, now that I think about it, I don’t think I told them it was a date. Right? I think I just priced it in my mind. It was, like, lead gen like, I’ve done a few. I did for a lead gen funnel.
Oh, like a lead gen agency, like, a few emails and stuff for a, SaaS company. So I’d yeah. I was like, oh, I’ll just it was always gonna be, like, fifteen hundred or whatever, for the emails. But in my head, I was like, okay. I’m booking myself for VIP to do those. And then I did the same thing with, like, course agency as well.
But, yeah, that’s I mean, that’s just because at the time, I really liked the IP days.
Yeah. Okay. That’s fair. But they responded well to it as a day rate. Did you did they ever know it was a day rate? Did you tell them that?
I don’t even think so. I just, like, they just didn’t really seem to care. They were just like, okay, like, we need you to do this. What does it cost? And that was kind of it.
Yeah. Okay.
But, like, every time they need like, did you work with them multiple times? And every time they needed you, they booked a day rate.
No. They just said, can you do these, emails or whatever? And I was like, yeah, sure. And then booked myself in as, like, a day and build them the same.
So I was just kinda like, if I I would always say yes. I was just at a time in my life where if I was, I would be happy to give up a Sunday for, like, the extra money. So I’ll just be like, sure. Yeah.
I’ll do it.
Yeah. Okay. Yeah. I’m wondering about I’ll go ahead, Naomi.
The difference in these kind of agencies are specifically working on Google and social. They’re demand gen agencies, or or it’s usually either Google, or Google and social or LinkedIn.
So it could be like the ads aren’t working. It’s time to refresh the or we want to start a new campaign for this specific persona, or we have a new ABM approach that we want to do, and so we need copy but they don’t necessarily know when they’re gonna need those ads or when they’re gonna want to improve the landing page because it depends on how the campaign performs. And so there’s a level of unpredictability, and which is good to have work rolling in. Like a lot for most of my clients, I’ll have work coming in on a rolling basis.
And I think that having something that’s not connected to ours is definitely more efficient, but I I don’t think that possible to be efficient to the point where I can say like, okay, I can do this within a day.
Yeah. No. I mean, I know, like, some summer, she used to do, like, credits. I think, like, someone was talking about this in Slack today, but, so she would have, like, kind of a menu of what each credit can buy, and then the credits roll over if they weren’t used in, like, the month. So it was kind of like a retainer y type thing.
So she’d get paid, like, every month they’d buy, like, two credits or whatever.
So they would have to commit to a certain number of credits?
Yeah. Yeah. But then they could rush. She would let them roll over So if they only used one, she’d be like, okay, that’s fine. We can use it next month. If next month, you have, like, more clients. So that kept the client happy, but also had that kind of security of a retainer for her.
Yeah. I mean, to me, it’s kind of tricky because every time you work for an agency and they have multiple clients, you have to learn new things about each client in order to write for them. Right? So it’s like you’re taking on a new client every time. Even if you redo and you work for the same client effectively a month later, whatever.
But it’s still it’s a lot of, like, learning time.
Have you experienced that Naomi?
That it is.
I’m, like, Yeah. This is the first agency that I’ve Oh, okay.
Okay. Cool. So and that’s where it’s tricky with credits. We had our credit based agency years ago called Snap that Leanna and James now have.
And it was it was good in some ways, but you do have to spend time thus spend a credit on, like, learning a thing. Like, what’s the what is this product?
And so that has to be baked in, and that’s where I really like the VIP day.
Because it’s like I can do all sorts of things. In that time. I can, like, and if it’s really important to them, I guess I’m just worried, Naomi when you say you, like, you would sell them a landing page.
It’s fine. It’s doable.
It’s, how are the margins though? Like, the reason that I rarely recommend sub tracing to an agency is you just don’t make as much money because they’re charging what you would charge, and now they have to make a profit on you. Yeah.
No. They’re they’re giving me work. They’re the client.
Yeah. But they’re an agency, a demand gen agency that pays that gets paid by their clients.
Yeah.
They’re an agency. Yes.
But I’m not doing the subcontracting contracting.
There’s subcontracting to them. They’re they’re so the client has the contract with them, and they have a contract with you.
Right. So I’m the subcontractor.
Yeah. So you’re the subcontractor. Exactly. Okay. And so every new contract down is, like, losing money losing money losing money lose.
So if you have a subcontract you’re gonna pay them half of what you would charge, and the agency is gonna pay half of what they’re gonna charge at best on a good day. Because they also have overhead and all sorts of other expenses. So if they’re charging it’s probably if it’s demand gen, their performance base, they’re on retainer with the client, it possibly getting a percentage of how things perform depending on who the client is. Okay?
So if they’re making, let’s say, they’re making, they’re billing their client ten thousand dollars a month for services.
They, as a business, need to make a profit to continue to exist.
So they’re trying to get three thousand dollars off that. That leaves them with seven thousand dollars a month to spend on resources for that client. They have their own people that they’re paying and all of the expenses that go along with shipping something out, taking someone to lunch, whatever that other crap is too. And then comes money for the subcontractor.
That’s you. So that’s where I hear subcontracting, or work for an agency as a subcontractor. And, I don’t love it because you have to really optimize your time because you’re not gonna be able to make that much. As much money as you could if you were direct to the client. If you were like, I can do that for you instead and here’s what I charge.
And so that’s it. So how can you if you’ve got three thousand dollars that you might make off them in a month for that one client, let’s say, what can you do to ensure that you are maximizing the amount of money you get for the time you put in. Obviously, it’s all it’s always our game.
And that’s where a VIP day sounds like really good. You could charge two thousand dollars. They can budget that in easily for their differing clients. And as they’re planning on what to do next month with their clients and new clients they take on, they’re like, okay.
Well, Naomi can write a landing page in a day. If you can. Naomi can do, analysis in a day. So we always have to book for every client every month.
We need Naomi two days for each client. So we’re going to budget in four thousand dollars when we’re estimating something with clients. Right now, you have to figure out what they’re estimating with clients right now because of their thinking and have you it sounds like you haven’t talked to them about what you’re what you cost or have you?
Yeah. Give them a pricing sheet.
Okay. So you what what does your pricing sheet? What do you have on it, Naomi? What does it say?
I have an add landing page web copy.
I think I added research can bring it up.
Yeah. It’s like a it’s like a menu.
Yeah.
I made it very simple because, I I figured selling hours was just not going to be sustainable so I Yeah.
Figured this would be a good solution, but I didn’t over complicate it.
Yeah. It’s good not over comp of course. That’s great. And a rate sheet can be a good thing to share.
But if the objective is to make good money off them, on an ongoing basis.
So what’s wrong do you think is broken with giving them the rate sheet right now? What’s not working there?
It’s I I would say it’s more that I would like a more long term commitment, where if it’s just going to be, if it’s going to be like five to ten thousand chat, three to five thousand dollars a month.
Like, that would be good to have it, like, rolling in to have them on retainer.
If it’s gonna be just like a few like a thousand dollars here, maybe a few hundred dollars there, then it’s not going to be efficient. Yeah. But if they’re a marketing agency, then they’re gonna do this on a long term basis. And because tech is in such a bad place right now, more and more and more companies are choosing to outsource a lot of their marketing. So it’s also just practical because they’re trying to cut down on people in house.
Yeah. Yeah. There’s that. So okay. So all you’re really looking to do is set up a retainer with your this agency and then make sure that you aren’t working non got for them. Like, you’re having good boundaries around your retainer. Is that right?
Yeah.
So make sure that the effort that I put in to learning about each company pays off in the long run by not having to acquire new clients.
That meaning that is a long term relationship that is worthwhile because it’s not just like a couple hundred dollars here and there.
Yeah. Totally it. So what’s stopping you from having a conversation with them or have you had that conversation? I think if you gave them a rate sheet, you probably haven’t had the conversation then about, here’s what I would love to get out of this relationship.
Here’s the problem that I’ll solve for you. All of them but here’s the only way that that could work and here’s how great it’ll be when it does work. So the here’s the only way that will work part is I have to learn about all of your clients. Like, that’s that’s real work.
It’s if you had a salesperson, they would have to learn about all of those clients too. So understanding that. And by the way, I’m your scalable online sales person. So I need to learn everything about them.
I need this these engagements to go on. And you also need these engagements to go on. You need, you know, all of the reasons that they don’t wanna just, like, swap in and out crappy freelancers and just, like, have somebody that they love etcetera, etcetera. So the whole conversation, and then you tell them that you want a need and they need.
You position it as what is the best solution for them, a retainer minimum of six months for each client. Is that what you think it is for each client?
So each client that they have, if they have five clients, you have five different retainers with them, or you have one big retainer that covers everything.
See, I think, yeah, I think it would be too aggressive to say that I have five retainers with each of your clients. That’s fair.
Yeah. So it’s like one pool that they get to draw from. For their various clients.
Mhmm. That’s what you want. Is that right? Like a like a bucket. You’re the bucket every week. Yeah.
Because when I went into they were like sort of sold on me. They were like, how do we start? And I thought what I was gonna do was like I’ll just have you pay via credit card for the first project, and then we’ll open up a proposal. But then he was like, oh, well, actually we’d rather just be paid by invoice because that’s how we just manage everything. And so now I was like, oh, well I’ll send you a proposal. And then I thought, like, oh, well, I should have had the conversation that I was expecting to have afterwards, because I thought that they were just gonna pay via credit card who were like, oh, we just want one ad.
But I wasn’t because I thought that that would be a good way in and then afterwards, I’d be like, oh, I’d love to build a more long term relationship with you, because I can’t say like, well, we just wanna have a long term relationship on the star. That’s a little bit.
A little bit much.
So Is it?
I guess I wonder why would it be? If they’re pre sold on you, Why would it be too much to say, like, cool y’all.
Here’s how I work. And then say it’s like, you’re an agency and really, like, help them understand why the best thing to do is put you on retainer.
Know you mentioned the word aggressive a couple times, but to me, it’s only aggressive if you’re, like, if your tone is aggressive about it. Otherwise, it’s just They have a problem to solve. And you know demand gen agencies have it’s constant, test everything, and they need they need you to come up with hundred add variations in a day. So there’s going to be just lots and lots and lots and lots and lots and lots.
There’s a big numbers game too. Right? So So if you know the demand for what you have is real, then you can solve that. Who else are they gonna hire who can do as good a job as you can. Yeah.
No. Like, they they they got that. They were they were convinced that I was their that I was their person. But also for my sake, like how do I price that?
How do I price in testing and landing pages and ads on a rolling basis with all of these other things and potentially add variations, and then maybe nothing because the campaign is working, Yeah. That’s why I didn’t push it right away. Like Yeah. We could figure that we should have a, like a trial almost.
Yeah. I’m I I I to me, it sounds like I don’t think that the trial is a necessary thing, but I wasn’t in the conversations you’re in, obviously.
To me, it sounds like, okay. You just need to protect your time, but give them a lot of things that they need. Typically, I have not seen and I don’t know if your experience is different. Naomi, but when a campaign is going well, nobody sits back.
Like, now we’re, like, it’s just more. Like, oh, it’s going great. We can do even more. Or let’s shift you over to new client now where the campaign isn’t going as well and where we need your resources over there.
So for me, I hear this If they’re a big enough agency that you think they actually have money to spend on you, if they have a real need for copywriting services, conversion copywriting in particular, if that’s what’s going on and they already like you, but you don’t want to sell your life to them. Of course not, but you wanna be able give them a menu of services without them having to go through and pick and choose one and, like, call you up for one ad at a time. You know, because that’s not how this works. Why not sell them?
Can you sell them?
I don’t know if it has to be a specific day or whatever whatever that looks like. But to me, why not charge x amount for a retainer? This is what it costs to hire you. Say this is what it costs to hire me. And that’s it. And if they’re, like, that’s too expensive, well, then one that you you probably should have, like, spent more time in the sales process to make it so that they understand the value you can bring or two, they might not have ever been a good fit to begin with.
But I wouldn’t worry that it’s too aggressive to say it’s five thousand bucks a month for a retainer to retain me. You’ll get x many hours with that or better for you to have, like, outputs that gives you either a package of a hundred ads for one cloud, whatever. Like, you figured that out because you had the conversation with them. But you say this is the amount five thousand, ten thousand, whatever it might be. And it’s a minimum of six months.
I I don’t know. Is is there you would be wrong with that?
You wouldn’t you would skip the trial entirely and say these are my for all agencies.
I don’t know what the trial solves.
Well, I mean, it also might be budgeting constraints on their side. Like, he may love me, but he had to get the green light from their CFO because the CFO needs to green light everything these days.
For sure.
So other ways until proven yourself.
And I I think like proving yourself is something that I wouldn’t say you should ever even let in the conversation.
Nobody nobody who has proven themselves ever again says I have to prove myself. So to me, it sounds like, oh, I need to prove myself, is the thing that you say when you know that that’s not that common to be able to prove yourself. So it’s kind of a signal. Don’t say. Robin from your vocab.
Prove me fine. He needs to accrue my value.
And I get it, like, to see the level to the rest of the team because he’s not in charge of the the bank account.
There are a totally. And there are other ways to get the CFO to sign off on things. Right? It’s not necessarily going to be a trial.
It could be hey, if once you lock in six months, you automatically get ten percent off for the entire six month thing, which I don’t love discounting, but CFOs love discounting. So if you’re trying to say, get that CFO picturing this person who’s just trying to make sure that profits are great. What’s the solution for them? A trial Could be it. Don’t get me wrong, Naomi. It could be a trial thing. I just don’t know that that’s that’s a chance for them to go.
Was she perfect?
And it’s like, well, no. Nobody would be.
Rather, hey, I’m badass. You already like work that I do, you already need the job done.
What’s, like, the only thing that’s really gotta move you forward is getting the CFO happy So here’s what we do. And if if you sign on for six months, you get ten percent. If you sign on for twelve months, you get fifteen percent off. And now the CFO has something to work with. And everybody knows you can cancel any time, and the the lawyers will cover the contract with, like, after thirty thirty days notice to to cancel the contract, etcetera.
Yeah, I don’t I considering I already agreed to a trial for this specific agency, it would make more sense to say like Okay, like, send time a, send time a proposal with just like the price list that I have, and then say, okay, work with that, and then like, see how that goes, and then say, look, I have a limited availability if you want to get me on the books, then you can either then hear the packages I have for agencies.
Otherwise I Can I see the guarantee availability?
Yeah.
Or should I, like, call them up tomorrow and be like, oh, actually I wanna change everything and No.
If you’re already down the path. What I just don’t wanna do is have you become a commodity for this agency. That’s all. It’s just I want everybody in this room to go into every call in a power position. That’s that’s it. Like, that’s where we I don’t.
I don’t think I’m a commodity.
I I Oh, no.
I just a menu list is a commodity. That’s the thing. So it requires that you have a good, context for it. That’s all. So Naomi, if you’re already down that path, Cool.
Really the is the question then if you’re doing this trial, how do you lock them into something that’s profitable for you? After the trial ends. Is that what we’re looking for?
Yes. For this one specifically.
Yeah.
And I I guess for all of them because, like, I I also would not wanna commit to a tend to a huge retainer without having any sense of what to expect from somebody who’s relatively new at running a business.
Yeah. Justin. Definitely. Yeah.
Is that okay? Go for it.
Yeah. So I’ve been, speaking with Adri Yedlyn, he’s been, like, sharing a bit of, like, Blair. Is pricing strategy, and I it’s just so curious to me. And I wonder if it could work here.
So basically, offering pricing tiers, but doing it by the likelihood of success. So you’ve got the so the first one is basically your, like, champagne popping kind of retainer. Like, it’s like ten hair month you’d be, like, over the moon if you got it, and they get, like, x, y, and zed in it. And then your middle one is the one that you’re happy that’s the one you’re going for, like, the five k and it includes, like, this amount of deliverables it’s capped here.
And then your like lowest likelihood of success, which is one that’s meant to be like the best value for your time. So like a VIP day or something that you can and I wonder if you could do something like that presented in them like that. And then for the trial, do, like, a month under the kind of care that they want. So rather than doing, like, a trial is, like, an or something, be like, okay.
You wanna go for this option. Let’s try it, see how it goes, see if we need to, like, increase scope or decreased scope. And then, yeah, it was just a a thought.
No. I think it’s I think it’s a great idea I would love, in theory, I love it, but measuring success.
Well, it’s not like to increase the likelihood of success.
You’re gonna do, like, way more voice of customer research.
You’re is gonna include a lot more of that stuff.
Whereas when I’m working for agencies, don’t do any of that. Like, I don’t do that great job, to be honest, because they don’t, you know, they’re not paying me, like, the amount to go and interview their customers. So I’m like, okay, I’ll do your sales agent like, I’ll do it in a day. Like, and I don’t think of it as, like, good sustainable income. I treat it like a cash injection, like, just those, you know, when it’s opportunity to get a bit a bit of extra cash. If you wanted to yeah.
What was that about Revshare?
No.
I I thought that you were saying, like, like, if they Oh, like, no.
No. No. No.
No. It then performs well then.
Yeah. Yeah. No. It’s just like this is what I’ll do too. If you want the maximum chance of success, we’re gonna go for the, like, all in option if you Yeah.
Not etcetera.
Yeah. That could be a good way to go. Have you read Naomi pricing creativity?
Blaren’s.
No. It’s it’s got he’s got a bunch of books. But that’s it’s good. It’s very helpful, for something like this.
Yeah. So you’ve got the trial.
It’s really hard to say how to come up with, but I love Abby your ideas there with, like, you I can give you the full service everything every month for every client, or I can you could buy the VIP day, one a month or something, but at least a VIP day can keep you locked in contained and people don’t expect that they can reach out to you anytime, whereas a block of hours, I could reach out to you for one hour hypothetically on a Thursday and expect you to get back to me. The problem with trials, just as a side note, trials are good for systems. If this was a system that you were selling to them, then the trial would prove out the system or not, but the work we do is so custom.
It’s so specific to what’s going on in the market with the audience with the product. The offer with medium, all of it. That it’s very difficult for a trial to perform because the work we do often doesn’t perform until you’ve had a few takes at it. And you were able to go like, oh, that hypothesis was wrong, but look where it led us.
And then you can go along and get better and better and better. And that where, like, the payoff is with a really good copyright. That’s why agencies that’s why the agency you’re talking to doesn’t sign up for month to month. Because that would that does it doesn’t work.
It doesn’t work until you’ve committed to doing something, and trying a whole bunch of different things. I know for certain that demand gen agencies don’t do month to month.
So any any good ones at least don’t. So That’s my only pause for you going forward with trials. If it’s a system, it’s easy not to trial out. If it’s a human engagement, it’s very hard to trial.
And maybe go for a VIP day.
As like the easiest way in and then from there, they can start to look in to bring you in on projects and other things.
Yeah.
That’s my take.
I’ve done a bunch of VIP days with, a couple agencies too, and I feel like it’s a good, like like what Joe said, you don’t want them to be like, oh, we did an hour here and there or two hours for this. It’s like, it’s a contained main time. And I’ve had an easy time, like, selling those.
Sorry.
My biggest concern with the IP days is really the creative component because so much of what in in more performance based mediums the design is such a big part of it that I really have to work very, very closely with the designer to make sure that they follow, like, conversion CRO principles and UX principles, the way that I would like them to.
So I’d be worried that the VIP day, like, oh, oops, the designer isn’t available. You have come back on Monday and finish up for us. So that’s that’s really my biggest concern with VIP Day. Do you have that issue?
I haven’t had that issue because I’m working and like working on different kinds of things, but it sounds like if if that is a thing, even if it’s not a VIP day, is that still going to be annoying schedule if they’re like, oh, hey, the designer’s not available today. Like, is it still gonna be like they’re kinda calling the shots and they’re like, oh, actually, let’s You know, does that make sense? Or does it have the IP plan out? Sure. But even if it’s not a VIP day, they stop the plan ahead and be like, this is when the designer’s available. Right? So whether it’s a VIP day or not, you have to to expect for your schedule.
Right?
Yeah. Like, you don’t pay for that premium, like, then they’re not paying, like, that’s the fact that you work, like, on UX for the designer, like, that’s that’s more value really than a VIP days for, I would think. So that’s where, like, if you were to offer the different options. It’s like the more expensive option is the one where, like, you’re gonna collaborate a bit more with their team and they’re gonna pay, like, the premium for that.
Yeah.
And it’s two VIP days maybe, right, where you get in a flow of VIP day one is you doing the work VIP day too is you doing the checks over how it’s been implemented and then making any changes accordingly.
If that’s a real if that’s a real problem or the other side is, it’s an agency. It’s a subcontract.
Sometimes you just have to be okay with stepping back. You hand over the copy doc. You give all the best direction you can do. The designer is going to do do what the designer is going to do, though. And so, unless you work directly with them very often, and can establish a relationship there. It can be tough to get a designer to do what the subcontracted copywriter wants them to do.
Yeah. Doesn’t mean it’s impossible. It’s just like, do you pick your battles here and just like, is If if working with agencies was your full business model and that’s what you were doing going forward, then we could come up with different things here. But my hope and prayer is that it is not so that we can get you, like, scoring big ass projects and competing with that very agency, not necessarily demand gen. But, depending on what you what you want to do, of course, that’s the goal is not to keep. I is that is that in line, or do you want to keep working with agencies in the long term?
Well, I want to work with demand gen professionals because that’s really my area of expertise. So if they are in an agency, maybe that would work. If they’re in house, great. But Yeah. If they’re in house, maybe they already have a team of copywriters that they they they work with, or they have very strict brand principles, and they don’t wanna outsource anything.
So, like, is there a sweet spot?
Yeah. Working with in host demand gen.
Twenty twenty one.
I have worked with in host demand gen, and they are the best. They get excited about everything that you do because they don’t have a lot of fresh ideas coming in. So That’s where if you love DemandGen, cool, you know, do some stuff with the agencies, whatever, have it be that cash that you need, have it be some, like, experience that you get more and more and more with them so you can try different stuff. But then if you like DemandGen, go work as a freelancer for demand gen that’s in house at, like, almost any e commerce company, and it’s it’s fun and ego boosting, which never hurts. And you make good money. Yeah.
Right. So that’s what I’ve been that’s what I did in house for many years.
Nice. Love it.
That was what I did over and over and over and over again.
So I know that they that they like me.
The the trick is figuring out, do they have the budget to hire me, hire somebody out out of house.
And do they are they even thinking that way?
Yeah. And it’s true that a lot of tech companies have laid off people.
Not necessarily because they have to these days, because it looks good on the books to do it. But hiring agencies can be have its own downfalls. It can be expensive too. So it’s not that they’re only looking at agencies. They’re also looking at freelancers, to fill in those gaps. So I would just keep that in mind too. Yeah.
Okay. Cool.
That was fun.
I didn’t mean to think up so much time.
No. That was a lot of working through a big thing. Hopefully, we got, you know, kind of nodding things a bit, which takes work.
Good. Let us know what what happens with this conversation. Naomi over in Slack too. Cool. Well Yeah. I know we’ve got three minutes technically left, even though we’re over sort of by thirty. Does anybody have any last thoughts or question or, like, a rapid something where we good to go.
Yeah. Quick question.
When is the the free month trial, like, officially and, like, for CSP. Do you know the day?
That’s a Sarah. I think February. I think this is the free month for you.
Yeah.
Yeah. I just wondered if there was, like, a I think the date.
I think the next payment is on February twenty eight, I think.
Okay. Yeah.
What I think? Check with Sarah.
Okay. Yeah. Sarah knows all that stuff. Yeah. Okay. Thanks, Abby. Anybody else?
Alright. Have a good week. We will see you in Slack. And, this Thursday is Percy’s mindset session on rethinking failure.
So make sure you check that out if you struggle with things like the word failure.
Cool. Okay. Thanks, everybody.
Have a good day.
Thanks, Joe. Bye.
Worksheet
Transcript
Today is, copywriting lesson, and then that’s followed an AMA that will go until we’re just done talking.
There’s a small group of us today, so no need to, maybe it’s just like a good time if you have, like, something you’re going through that you maybe didn’t want to share with more people or something, which I know happens.
It could be a good time to talk through that today too. So, as usual, be ready to bring any questions that you got any wins to preface them, and that can be any kind of win, just celebrating those good things that happen. This is being recorded. The worksheet for today’s session already went out that went out on Friday. It is the high class problem sell, which I’m really excited about. We’ve used it a couple times. And then I’ll show you the one example for a new page in progress that we’re working on, and how we use it there.
But as usual, yeah, just kind of be with me here, set your intention, just be present, closing down other distractions. If you can, I know life is real and all around us, but, whatever you can do to just kind of ignore your phone for a bit and other, you know, notifications that come in?
Yeah, everybody’s feeling cool. I’m I’m feeling really good today. Awesome. Okay. So open up that work If you haven’t already, got it open.
I will only share my screen if you don’t know what worksheet I’m talking about. Because what I’m going to do today is, a little different format that we’re trying for our training now which so far I quite like, but I’ve never done it live. And I have never done it one live, two unsupported by somebody on my team who can, like, talk and fill in the gaps while I’m like, oh, no. The text’s broken. So we’re just gonna try it here today, and see what happens.
But yeah. So the context for this is, you’ve got. I mean, we have so many ways to try to get into stories, into the argument that we wanna make when we’re writing copy.
Lots of different things that you can do but sometimes when it comes down to it and you’re actually writing the page or writing the email, I find that things can feel boring and repetitive pretty fast, not for your right not for your reader necessarily, but for you as a copywriter, I mean, we do data driven things and use better practices and frameworks, etcetera, but it can be tedious sometimes when it’s like a rule of three. So you’re always hitting three points in a row and it’s just like, kinda wanna break out of it. So that’s how I feel about it. The longer you write copy, the more likely you are to feel that way too.
If if this isn’t resonating, stick around. It’s going to eventually. So I like finding and identifying, and I’m sure you do too, identifying little new ways to attack parts of pages in particular. So what I’m gonna show you today is from a long form sales page, I first saw it on someone else’s long form sales page.
I wanna say a bazillion years ago, but it could have been last year. It all blends into one now. And I was really I was really interested it. So I kinda broke it apart and tried to reverse engineer what they were doing.
Tried it in a sales email for our freelancing school, promotion over the Black Friday weekend.
And, yeah, I’m feeling kinda cool about how it could be an unlock for you when you’re stuck. So, I’m going to share Just half a second while I choose the right one.
Okay.
Cool. So you should be seeing my iPad now.
Oh, are you?
Yeah.
Fancy.
I’ve just never shared my iPad before. So, but this is where we’re going to be working today. So This is an example of the opening of that that sales page that we’re working on for copy school pro. So you set up a big promise, like big.
The bigger, the better, and it doesn’t have to be a promise necessarily as in we promise you’ll get this. But something that’s really going to grab their tension. So really thinking about your audience and what they’re trying, what they most want. And that’s where on the worksheet, we have the, what’s really good about this is I can use three monitors now, which is cool.
We’ve got good outcome and then a high class problem. So we often talk about the good outcomes that people have. And these are good outcomes. These here are good outcomes that you might be looking for.
Right? It’s not a promise because it’s in the first person in quotation marks, which, of course, as anybody who has taken any of my training knows, unless I feel like I’m saying it all the time, but maybe I’m not, first person headlines in quotation marks are my favorite across the board. So how I, big thing, big thing, big thing, ending with the big thing, and then and then overcoming an objection right here.
But don’t you need a lot of money that, etcetera. So with the fifty thousand dollar ad budget, which is basically nothing. Okay. So we’re capturing their attention.
I’m not this doesn’t mean it’s ADA. I know as soon as I hear its attention, doesn’t mean it’s ADA. It might be though. But we’re gonna break it really fast.
So don’t try to look too hard for a framework here yet. Okay. Then we get into kind of something a little bit old school. So that is this.
Step one is opening up this idea that there will be something that follows later, a step two. So a small, not curiosity gap, but like an open loop. Right? There’s more to come.
This is just the first step, even if you forget that later. The point is not that you’re waiting around for step two, but it’s an interesting way to start, opening up that attention into something more kind of like a little more intrigue.
Re time, really old school. You don’t have to do any of this stuff for the framework that I’m teaching you or the cell that I’m teaching you today to work. I’m just walking you through kind of the decisions that were made here.
From the desk of, again, old school. I do like old school, founder of copy hackers, grader of copy school, inventor of conversion copywriting, and this is an important thing, mother of kittens, just because what we’re about to get into, we need to set a tone. So far, the tone is kind of bro y. Right? Like, look at all the, you know, money you can make and crap like that. And that can feel a little bit weird.
The tone can be a little bit. We have to make what I’m trying to do here is set it up so that we can have a little bit of fun going forward because this framework, as I’ve used it, has been about tapping into, like, a little bit of fun. The high class problem cell is, like, we’re going to talk about some high class problems And if you make it sound like a problem, that’s not gonna work. Right? Like, that’s the bad thing we don’t want to do.
Okay. So I’m just gonna pop over to the next one. So then we get into the next part of the page.
So we set set up this big cool thing that you can do. Oh, Sorry here. Let me just go back to this. So it opens with so I’m guessing this isn’t the first time you’ve landed on this isn’t the first page you’ve landed on with big promises and enticing numbers.
And I’ll get to that in a second, but let me ask you a question. Do you actually want to? And this really means you could have put almost anything before this part. So I’ll get to that in a second is like, again, you could have done anything before that.
Accept what follows here in these bullets that are about to follow down here is we’re basically building on that cool outcome. So let’s say your cool outcome that you’re trying to hook somebody with is you’re gonna land a thousand customers in a month. You’re gonna land a thousand thousand dollar customers in a month. Really big, really desirable thing that they want that would, attract their attention.
And then from there, we’re going to find that less desirable outcome of that thing, the high class problem. So again, it could be anything to open.
But we want the bullets that follow the good outcomes and then the high class problems, to speak to that thing that just hooked them. So we have, and I’ll get to that in a second, but let me ask you a question. Do you actually want to? Then we have good outcome, Deliver World class copy.
Number one thing. It’s gonna be short in, like, actual length because we’re trying to pull them in. So a short bullet most of the sentences are short at this point. As you can see, they all end here.
Make lots of money for your clients or team and also for yourself good outcome. Cool. And now we start getting into the high class problems associated with those good outcomes, and we spend more time on them because we’re having more fun with it. We’re just kind of like enjoying our time talking to our prospect about the things they want being frankly as we’re about to see similar to the things that, we want.
So do you actually want to have super smart people ping you late at night when they’ve needed, when they need to crack a conversion problem when you become their go to copywriter? That’s a high class problem. You just got a ping in the middle of the night, but it’s pretty solid because someone cool is asking you for help and they trust you a lot. Do you really want to?
Do you actually want to go through life with a sense of guilt that everything is falling into your lap and you haven’t had to toil in the coal mine or perform open heart surgery after building years of schooling to get it? Wanna get so good at selling products that jealous people begin whispering about you and you have to start hanging out with a whole new crew of high achieving nerds? These are high class problems. And the reality is your prospect should want them.
Right? So then we say great. Then you and I want the same things, and then you continue on telling the rest of the story and still building on the stuff that you did. Although I can’t help you with another high class problem, which is the anxiety that overachievement brings or an outcome of a high class problem recommend a marriage counselor for when you spend half your summer texting with a network of smart people who’ve sought you and your genius out.
I can do these things, and then you get into what those things are, and that’s what we’re really here to talk about. But you’re capturing their tension with this like unexpected outcome.
And it’s not just the usual good news, good news, good news, life is always gonna get better as you get better and the levels are higher. Life is like way better. There’s real problems that are gonna come with it, but we’re not positioning them as problem problems. Just as a high class problem. Does this make sense?
Can you imagine how you might use this in your work?
Potentially? Okay. Cool.
So I’ll stop sharing that part and then just quickly walk through the worksheet.
So that you’ve got it. Okay. So the high class problems sell, as always, the worksheet and lesson will help you find a new way into writing about comes so that new way in particularly if you’re bored, but also if you just wanna try something else. Write sales emails or sales pages with that What you wanna do is list out your good outcomes and then the high class problem that comes with it. And this is the framework effectively, bit of a template for you to use. Cool.
Have what you need to use it. Alright. I’m not gonna make you. We can go through and do an exercise if you’d like to try it out. Otherwise, we can just kind of hop into question time or talking time.
Good talking time. Does anybody have any questions they wanna bring to the table today?
Everyone’s quiet.
Do you wanna do this as an exercise?
Go right for something? Okay. I think that’s a good use of time. So what I would love for you to do if you have a productized service, if you have a package of some kind, anything that you already have pre written copy for. So ideally not for a new campaign or something.
Anything that you might have on your site today or that you wish you had on your site today?
I would like you to take the next ten minutes to come up with the good outcomes and the high class problems and then try to fill this part in.
Doable?
Okay. Cool. I’m gonna stop sharing.
And then be sure to come off mute if you have any questions as going through it, and we’ll be back in ten minutes.
Joe, can I ask a quick question?
Love it. Yes.
I’m really I really struggle with ten saying. Right? It’s just my thing.
Like, am I am I writing it, like, in the future terms as or, like, am I writing it as if it’s happening or so it’s do you actually want to in the future?
Yes. So do you actually want to but it’s still written in the present tense. Deliver, not will deliver. So deliver world class copy. Do you actually want to And then it’ll just follow in, I guess, the imperative, really, because it’s just two. Does that make sense?
Yeah. It’s just my noob thing. Like, this is why I can’t write fiction because I struggle with Ted’s sake. That no.
That’s like Latin. Did you take Latin in school?
No.
Oh, okay. That messed me up for some things. So when I when people struggle with these things, I’m like, oh, you probably took Latin. So yeah, this is just like, do you actually want to, and then these are all just present tense. Do you want to have a call that sort of thing. Right? Just happening right now.
Yeah. Okay. Thanks, Jay. Sure.
Alright. Should we talk about that’s how to go?
Any luck?
Did it suck? Was it awesome? Is it hard? Did you get anywhere?
That was fun. I liked it.
Okay. What’d you work on, Abby?
I did for my day one evergreen package.
And, yeah, what I like about it is because, I find myself, like, using the same kind of messaging it with different clients like this kind of like, you can make more money. You can make six figures, and it’s starting to feel, like, quite stale. So I like the the high problem approach is a farmer around that, and I feel like it really boosts credibility because you’re not just saying, like, this is how awesome, like, life is. It’s like. Yeah. Yeah, take them out. So, yeah, I really enjoyed it.
Okay. Cool. That’s wicked. That’s how I feel about it too. Like, it’s just a more interesting way to position of good outcome?
Yeah. Yeah. Cool. Everybody else needs them any anything that didn’t feel that good or, like, you’re not it’s not clicking.
It wouldn’t work for you maybe.
I like that it’s very fresh, but it feels a little bit it feels a little bit exaggerated to me.
It feels a little bit Oh, yeah.
It’s on the sales. Page.
It’s gonna be a little. I hear you there. So what would you what how would you modify it?
Any idea?
Well, I mean, the the goals that I have are are more immediate goals. But the tone feels a little bit of still feels a little bit much even though the actual things I’m writing about are realistic.
Okay. Can you read yours and just share so we can hear what that sounds like?
Yeah. So I am looking at the, the service page I have for, PVC.
So Google Landing Pages and, social ads. So I wrote do you actually want to watch your pipeline fill up with qualified leads effortlessly?
Capture all of the great top of funnel demand your social media. Is generating, become so efficient at attracting new leads that AEs are so overwhelmed with demos that they tell you to slow down the campaign so they can focus on the lead they have and attract so many good opportunities that you actually cringe when influencers cry about pmax ridiculously broad, broad campaigns, and Google’s ever changing algorithm on LinkedIn over and over again.
But the tone, the tone still feels off to me even though those are like very realistic. Things.
Okay. What feels off to you? I guess I wonder as, like, for me, I I heard it and I was like, cool. That sounds dope. That sounds like Yeah. Who wouldn’t react well to that?
Some won’t. Some won’t. But usually, those are the people who are just like I I won’t I won’t think about those ones as much as the people who are like, yeah, I’d like to have that problem, you know, and you’re like really getting there, but how did everybody else feel when you were hearing it?
Any notes for Naomi?
I thought it was really cool. I liked it. Yeah. I didn’t feel like the tone was off. I mean, obviously, I don’t know what you’re going for, like, generally with your tone, but, yeah, I thought it was cool.
Okay. Yeah.
I didn’t feel like the tone pull up either, but yeah, again, same as Abby, but the tone didn’t seem like off to me for off footing.
And I know it can feel like a certain audience, your audience, Naomi, wouldn’t respond well to that, and you may absolutely be right. I would just be curious to test it out, give it a shot, see if they do.
Yeah.
Cool. Awesome. Anyone else wanna share?
Yeah. I’ll share mine. I’ll be. I’ll be able to get feedback on it. Okay. Cool.
It’s a bit it’s obviously a bad fish drop. Okay.
But let me ask you a question. Do you actually want to wake up to sales every day, automate your entire sales process? Miss out on the I mean, Rausch, you usually get when you get a sales notification because it happens so darn frequently that the sensible thing to do is to turn stripe notifications off altogether.
Stop having those indulgent. Ugh, it’s just so stressful conversations with fellow course creators because you’ve hopped off the live launch roller coaster and are now making launch size revenue while on vacation.
Having awkward tail between your legs conversation with your SSO when they ask why you spent twenty k on ads this month and you have to loan that you turned that twenty k into two hundred and twenty k, and now you’d like to buy a vacation rental five minutes down the road from the end loss.
It’s fun. That’s fun. Those are some high class problems to have to have that awkward conversation anyway.
I just can’t relate to the last point about moving close to your in laws. But other than that, it was so infuriating that you’re that good at writing copy that quickly, which I always tell you that.
That’s awesome. Yeah. It really does it was what I liked was. It was so great about qualifying who she’s speaking to. It’s ridiculous.
I mean, if you can’t relate to that, you’re gone and Yeah.
It’s a good side effect. Right? Like, all of these other outcomes of that. That’s really a really good point.
Yeah. Thanks, Jessica.
And you can tell you had fun writing it. It doesn’t sound like it was a slog or you, like, it gets I think it’s exciting. Yeah.
Yeah.
I think that it’s, like, it’s a fun framework to use. It’s, like, nice to to deviate from, like, the usual, like, I just always use PAS.
So Yes. Same. Yeah. Cool. Anyone else wanna share? Jessica?
Yeah. Let me follow Abby.
Jessica.
No. I honestly I mean, I could It was for my seasonal sale thing, which I think you know I’m fleshing out to turn from a what used to be a productized service like thing to a signature.
So I and actually I get I don’t know if this is I think where I struggle is the whole dream state because I feel like I haven’t confirmed this desire for a e commerce client yet. That they really see the connection between. No. No. You can really double your, you can increase your sales for your seasonal sale. But at the same time, you can be creating these long term relationships.
And so it kind of I think that’s where I struggle. So, I mean, I can read you parts of it, but it you know, it’s nowhere near what Abby’s is and it’s partial as per usual with me. Jessica.
Read the whole m thing.
We wanna hear get to that.
Do you actually want to double your next seasonal sale revenue? See a massive increase in LTV over the next? Whatever months, clear out your inventory and have to work quickly with your team to figure shit out. Provide on-site therapy because your team dressing out and worried they can’t get orders out on time, which will inevitably lead to unhappy customers.
And that’s as far as I got.
Cool.
Took a little extra negative on the last one there. It wouldn’t pull back on that one a bit, but no. It was good.
It’s yeah. Just make sure it stays a high class problem. Like Okay. Well, yeah. Like, my diamond shoes are too tight. That’s gotta be the effect. Right?
So yeah.
Okay.
Cool. Cool. Love it. Jessica, you did that so fast. Really?
Oh, thank you. I’m always asking I’m begging Abby for tutorials on how to be fast. That’s what I wanna know.
You just did it.
Nice.
Nice. Cool. Anyone else?
I won’t put you on the spot by calling on you, but I’m probably looking at you.
No one.
Alright. Alright, Katie. Welcome to the crew. You just missed the the tutorial there, but you’ll get the replay after. So I think it I think we had fun with it.
So yeah. Now, if anybody has any questions or wants to talk shop, what are you going through right now? What should you be working on that you’re not that we can help, like, unlock? Jillian.
Okay. I have well, I’ll start with a win. It’s not a money win. I guess I shared that in Slack recently, but my current win is that, I’ve been severely low in iron for like my whole life and didn’t know it.
So I was like this year I’ve been like fainting and like feeling really dizzy and I’m finally back a normal iron level. So it means I can exercise again, which is life changing. So I wasn’t really able to exercise this past year. But it really helps with, like, energy and productivity.
And it’s really Yes. Exciting. So I was going to use it in Doing a lot of stuff.
Congrats. That’s amazing. Yes.
So that’s why I win.
Coming with a little more energy.
Huge. Energy is everything. Yes.
Everything. Yeah.
So on that note, my question is maybe a bit unwieldy, but as I mentioned, I’m like I was going through your training again from a couple weeks ago.
Started watching Shane’s training.
And I’m thinking about, like, the brand also reading PenX is easier than two x, and so I just feel like I have a lot of ideas. Swirling and kinda wanted to like throw them out there and just like get some thoughts.
So I’m focusing on pricing pages, which is a new, you know, I haven’t worked in SaaS that much. I worked with a lot of different companies on websites, a little bit of SaaS that like kind of across the board. So I’m trying to figure out how to balance, like, my current client, and so I do websites with who are not SaaS primarily, and still have, like, my website is geared towards that. I kinda wanna put up a different website so that I can still serve my current customers in the meantime and not be like out money and just, you know, diving into this new thing. Yeah. So the idea that I have is, like, I know you said the brand really starts with, like, your opinion and your viewpoint, which I feel like I’m still developing, but I have, like, a general idea since no one’s really talking about pricing pages yet, which is that like everyone’s kinda missing the point. Of the pricing page, like, they’re all doing it wrong, basically.
And that’s, like, very general. There’s more that goes into it, but the the name that I have or the idea for, like, a book and a podcast and maybe, like, my site, I’m wondering if they can all be the same, is, like, the pricing point. I’m talking about how I don’t know if that’s, like, even a good title or not, but that’s the idea that I’ve been working with. Okay.
Just like, yeah, talking about how everyone’s missing the point, and like they’re all treating it like, you know, they’re putting so much time into their other pages and optimizing, and then they get to the pricing point and it’s just like they get to the pricing page and everything just deflates. Like, that’s the point of the sale, and it’s like, you know, very matter of fact. Here’s the even big brands, like even huge companies they look at are doing this. I think they’re all kinda dropping the ball at that point.
When it should be like the height of excitement value and, like, it’s the most critical point. Yeah. Absolutely. I know it’s a big I’m like rambling now, but, like, I’m just wondering if, like, Should I go in this direction? Because I’m, like, wanting to start doing this stuff, but I just, like, wanna know if that makes sense if it’s, like, on the right track to start with.
Okay.
I’ll jump in first and anybody who would like to add anything.
I’m so happy that you’re doing this, Jillian. Like, I know I’ve expressed that to you, but men, there’s nothing but room out there for this. And it’s it’s like, that’s it’s the money page. Right? Like, it seems like such an easy sell once you start raising awareness for the problem.
Sounds like you understand what your point of view is. I know you said it’s developing, but it’s like y’all are doing it wrong. Like, that’s a good place to start. Right?
Especially since it’s, like such a blue ocean still. There’s not that much competition out there. So I think it’s safe to go with something big like you’re doing it all wrong. Like, full stop.
That’s it. Like, you’re I’m you’re gonna need a lot of help, and I can help you with that. It leaves a lot of room for you to have thought leadership, and to say contrary in things or to, like, make them aware of things that they hadn’t had any clue about, which is always good for, you know, likes on so and comments and things like that. So the pricing point, how did you get to that name?
I don’t know. How do we get to anything?
There. I think it like came to me first. I also thought the URL was available. Also it kind of like ties into this whole thing of like like maybe I can say what the point is. Like, everyone’s missing the point. Like, they think the point is this, but the point is really this.
And also, like, Yeah. I don’t know. That was kind of the the main. And it seemed like kinda short and Yes. It’s not gonna be a subhead.
Like, if it was a book, there’d be like a subhead of I don’t know what that is yet, but Yep.
Totally agree. Yeah.
Yeah.
I think great. And it does, like Jessica chatted out.
Leaves a lot of room for expansion.
Yeah, and you can speak to value, like, what the actual point of pricing is. Right? And those are bigger conversations that are really intriguing. Yeah.
Everyone loves it.
Yeah.
Who else wants to share thoughts with Jillian?
Can I can I offer a, perspective? Sure.
When it comes to SAS, you should keep in mind that there are a lot of very complicated SaaS products that don’t have a pricing page because a lot of that happens in sales negotiation.
Because a lot of times they have to customize the software to fit the solution.
And it doesn’t necessarily have to be like a fifty thousand dollar software product. It happens at lower pricing points too, and a lot of companies choose not to put pricing anywhere on the website because either they’ve tested it or they believe that adding the pricing will increase the, or will reduce conversion rate, regardless of whether that’s true or not. That’s what a lot of companies think. And it may be true on desktop versus mobile or the reverse.
So I would make I think that it would be worth while to expand the conversation, they use because they they usually have a plans page that just doesn’t have pricing on it and it goes through like what you would get with the enterprise suite versus the mid tier versus the small, mini business tier. So I would make sure to not leave them out of the conversation.
Because there are a lot of companies that fit into that category, and your point can still be relevant. It would just have to be adapted to a much more business mindset.
Well, and I think that that’s a fair point. I think it does speak to the need to just identify who that audience is.
I think the SaaS that you’re talking about, Jillian, are people who have Who have.
Have a debt that says pricing in the nav of which there are bajillion so versus people who have sales teams. So we’re talking more people who are product led growth and are likely to have pricing pages at some point that they, and usually, visitor facing ones, and then behind the scenes.
Post use post activation ones. Yeah. Is that accurate, Jillian?
Yeah. That makes that makes sense. But, yeah, it’s a great point, Naomi.
Thanks for thanks for Yeah.
There’s a huge market. SaaS is enormous, obviously.
So it’s just really identifying. Okay. These are although it can be useful to get the enterprises that don’t have pricing pages, it’s just like anybody who doesn’t have copy. It’s really I can’t do much for you.
Like, you’re gonna need to believe in copy or else. It’s like, I can’t sell you copy school, and you can’t sell a person without a pricing page. Pricing page insights. So cool.
Yeah. Awesome. Okay. Anybody else wanna share?
With Jillian or feedback on what Jillian’s working on.
Nope. Awesome.
Jillian, you feeling good?
Yeah. I love that.
It’s like a book cover.
Yeah. And it gives it fine to have, like, you know, a, like, a book, like, if it was a book and a podcast, and, like, even the site, like, just have it all have the same name, like, even where I’m selling my services, keep the same name for everything.
That’s I mean, g n Claire did that with forget the funnel. Yeah. Everything is forget the funnel.
And I mean, juries out. It’s they’re doing, like, a bad ass business. So I would say it’s probably, like, a good Studiesing that story brand, same thing.
Mhmm.
Yeah. So probably okay. A thing to overthink at least.
Okay. I well, I got the URL for it, so I think it’ll just, like, start and I can keep my current site, like, with my current customers.
And kind of start doing the new thing at the new place.
Yeah. Totally. Totally. Cool.
Oh, thanks everyone.
Thanks. Thanks for sharing a nice win.
Excellent. Life changing.
I mean, energy for real though. Like, I have a new energy going with some life changes that I’ve made too, and it’s like energy. It’s a good thing. It changes everything. So that’s cool.
Anybody else wanna share what they’re working on or going through or struggles? Esther Grace.
Hey. Can everyone hear me?
Yep.
Okay. Awesome. So a win. I shared this in channel already, but copy hack is closed. Still excited about that.
Well done.
Thank you. And okay. So I need help with lead generation.
So I’ve nailed down my ideal clients, my customer avatar, all of that.
My offer, even a bit of the delivery system, But right now, I really just want to get on more sales calls.
So I realized last week that I love sales calls. So I did resales calls in the past two weeks. And just those three made me feel so energized about my business. I’m like, this is awesome.
Like, I love talking to these people and selling them on what I on what I do. So where I am right now is I’m also, like, couple of us here. I’m also reading ten x is easier than two x. So I’m not creating any plans to just gradually increase revenue from year to year.
Like, this was one of the thing, Joe, I think you talked about during the CSP info session. About want to be a copywriter who’s gradually increasing revenue from year to year and then in five, ten years before you hit, like, five hundred k. You want to be the one that just ten x is essentially. So that’s kind of where my mindset is now.
It’s more of how do I get this new offer, this new system that I’m building to generate one m in revenue in the next twelve months. And I actually ran the numbers, and I realized it’s actually very possible.
Okay.
It would just take, like, two clients with a high retainer fee and a performance based assistance.
It’s email marketing, so I can do performance basis as well and track everything. So it would literally say two clients if I was going to work on it solo. But if I was building a small team, then I can take on even more. So just running those numbers made me realize how possible it is for me. And so now it’s just like, okay. How do I get on those sales calls to book those two major clients that are going to bring in the revenue.
So what are you doing for lead gen right now? What’s top on your list?
So right now, I’ve been doing a lot of warm outreach. So just people I know asking for referrals, The the that has been my most active lead gen method. So it’s like being in groups, responding to messages, networking, pretty much.
Thought about cold outreach because I’m also still doing my authority building, like, systems. I’m still doing all of that, but I’m like, okay. I still want to get those leads, like, in the next one thirty days, thirty, sixty days. So I’m trying to do some more active, outreach methods as well. So that’s pretty much where I am.
Okay. So how many people are you reaching out to? A day for the warm leads. Let’s pause cold. We’ll ask that next, but warm leads, how many a day?
About two a day. K.
Do you think that’s enough?
About ten people.
Yeah.
Yeah. And so it’s a numbers game. Right? Like, There’s the two. There’s several ways you can go about this. One part is authority building stuff with content that you put out there all the time and then bigger content, and that can feel like a long game. It doesn’t have to be, but it also is a long game too.
Then we’re talking warm leads and cold outreach. So outreach to warm and outreach to cold. It’s good to do both.
But the more you have to do a lot of Right? Like, this is you’re reaching out to people, and you have to hit them right and at the right moment. So It’s a numbers game. So if you’re just doing two a day, what’s stopping you from doing twenty a day?
Oh, so the warm outreach, I just don’t know that many people.
That’s what you think. You don’t know that many people. But I would say really, like, think through everybody that you know and that they know. And I know that can feel like, oh, aren’t I getting in people’s way? I mean, you’re an entrepreneur and this is part of the job. If if your goal is get more leads in because you wanna get to a million dollars a year.
You have got to earn what you want, and that’s how you earn it. It’s hard. It’s hard, but you pick up the phone or you send the email, and but you have to do a lot of it, like, a lot a lot.
Like, an uncomfortable amount. And this is where some people, when they have, like, partners, and they’re both invested in it. That can, like, you spread the job out across two people, which is why a lot of people end up building companies together because it’s a lot of quantity, quantity, quantity, and then there’s the cold outreach. And it’s a doable thing.
People do it all the time. Don’t do it. That’s because I didn’t have to do it. But if I had to do it, it would be a matter of, like, go a hundred a day.
And this is like figure out, you’ve said you’ve you’ve run the numbers. So if What’s your close rate right now? Do you happen to know what it is when you get someone on a call? How many people close out of ten?
So I haven’t had that many sales calls.
That’s the problem with Okay.
Yeah. That was right. Yeah.
So getting in leads, so you wanna make sure that you’re getting these leads into a sales process that isn’t just going to, like, burn up all of these people that you spoke with. But you’re energized about them when you actually get to talk to them and have that sales call.
Make sure you’re running that right. So we have that Huka, sales call training this Wednesday, attend it. Take notes. It’s smart.
And it’s an hour to fucking nail this stuff. So attend that.
And then it’s if you’re gonna do leads, cold outreach and warm, the numbers game, get up every morning, put it in your calendar, do it when you have energy, do the hard thing, personalize the cold stuff, obvious we’ve got that training in copy school dot copy hackers dot com.
But it’s it’s an because it’s a numbers game, if you get one and one hundred people to hop on a call with you.
You gotta, like, that’s why you have to do. A hundred of them a day. You can’t do two a day. It’s not gonna lead to anything except for frustration.
And you’re like, nothing works. No. It it can work, but it’s you have to do Does that make sense? So what I would like you to do is put together, like, a list of warm outreach and cold that you can do, like, give yourself a a to do list of every single day.
I’m going to reach out to five people I know and fifty people I don’t know every morning without fail. And if you can get in that habit, which you have to get. This is your job. You have to get in that habit.
Then you can start to see the needle move, and then you’ll be more inspired to go like, okay. Well, if I’m doing fifty cold outreach, cold attempts a day, And it’s bringing in four people.
If I double it to a hundred, now I’ve got eight, and that’s a lot better to deal with, and you’re gonna get so much better at cold outreach that you can outsource it to a VA because you’ll have it nailed down what to say, how to say it, how to get people onto that call, how to get them to show up, Like, all these reps, all this practice work is the stuff that’ll get you there. But two reps, and you expect you’re gonna, like, build muscle, I lifted the weight twice.
It’s gonna take a little more than that. But you’re doing it. Just do more of it.
Yeah.
And would you see those are the, like, two main, like, lead gen strategies? Or is there anything I’m missing besides those two of an authority?
Oh, yeah.
No. There’s more. It depends if you have money to spend. If you’ve got money to spend, there’s lots of other things you can do. And it doesn’t have to be a lot, but you have to have, like, fifty bucks a day to spend boost things to hire people to do the work for you, stuff like that. I would say start there. Start getting traction.
There. Your immediate network is the place to go first. The people you know that you’re just not thinking of how to really go after them, and then it’s follow-up. As well without saying the word follow-up.
Like, it’s it’s, hey, I talked to my cousin who has a skin care who works at a skin care company. I talked to her one time about it. Okay. Well, now you have to go back and talk to her again.
And again, and wear her down. She’s your cousin. She’s gotta give you work, and that’s just the way it is.
But really it’s like quantity.
More and more and more if you’re still trying to build up leads. If you had and I sit and still do all your authority building stuff as to grace, you’re, like, all of these things work together. Have you read hundred million dollar leads by Hormoza?
That’s next on my list. Yeah.
I was planning to read It’s really practical, like super practical.
And it comes with a bit of a course as well. So check that out, but it really will come down to quantity. Yeah. Cool. Anybody got any notes? For Esther Grace based on what you have done to get leads.
In person networking, going to things. But, like, every single thing you do, you need to do intentionally. Like, I know people who have gone to networking events and they kinda just stand at a table.
It’s like, no. No. No. No. No. You have to work it. You gotta, like, get in there and say hi.
And like, have a pitch ready to go, like, be able to open. So there’s opening and then there’s closing. Right? And so a lot of people suck at the open part.
Maybe you’re okay with closing, but all we’re talking about to get leads is like constantly opening.
So being able to go to a networking event event that’s possible and and do the open. Be ready to start asking questions about their business and Sounds like you’re working on x, y, or z. I do that too. Do you think would it make sense for us to have a talk about this?
Like, should we book a call? Like, be ready to to get moving on something, not just like, oh, cool. And, like, falling into the friend zone, which can happen a lot. So just, like, everything you do, be intentional about what you’re gonna do with it.
Katie also said the five day five k challenge. Totally. It’s, it’s still available.
Yes. So take that too, but don’t just do it once a month. Do it every five days. Yeah. Cool.
Jessica, do you wanna say that out loud?
I was just gonna say Abby wrote a blog post and did a tutorial on utilizing Facebook groups And I know she, of course, has had huge success with it, but I know other people have too applying what she taught. So I don’t know if where your audience is, but can’t hurt.
Mhmm. Yeah. Absolutely.
Love it.
I think I’ve read the post op yet.
I think I told you about it.
Yeah. Yeah. There’s the her tutorial is, pinned to the top of our YouTube channel right now over on. On YouTube. So check it out.
It’s great. Perfect. Okay. Good luck, Esther Grace. Set a goal too. How many warm, how many cold, you’re gonna do a day, and how many you need to get in booked calls every week.
And then post, follow-up in slack when you get those wins, just let people know, like, and my goal was four bookings this week, and I got five. And, like, make that happen. You can. Cool.
Anybody else have anything else? Thanks, Esther Grace. Any questions or anything you wanna share with others?
Hi. One question. Yeah.
Well, I have lots of questions, but, I will start with the most relevant one. So I was approached by a, sorry, I spoke in an event, about a few weeks ago. And so afterwards I was approached by a marketing agency, and it seemed I really feel like marketing agencies are an ideal source, an ideal client because They’re focused specifically on demand gen. They don’t have to answer to a CMO or to upper leadership quite in the same way that somebody who works in house would.
And they’re very data driven. And they tend not to be creatives. So they tend not to provide as much pushback, as somebody who works in house. So anyway, I had a call with the, with a guy again today, and we agreed on a to start with, like, a social ad, for more top of funnel work.
And what I ended up doing this time around, which is different than what I did last time around, last time around, I sold a company just like a bank of ours. And this time, I gave him a pricing page and I said, okay, a set of ads is this much, and a landing page is this much, And then so I’m gonna send him a proposal. We’ll sign the proposal, and then he can just add whatever he needs as he goes, and then at the end of the month, I’ll send the invoice to HR to accounts receivable, and then I’ll be able to bill them. But I’m wondering there’s anything I because I feel like this is such an ideal client, if there’s something I’m missing out on that I could be doing to make it easier for them or to increase the amount that they would get from me from the beginning and that initial conversation.
Whether that’s like, should I expect them to say, oh, well, you should get at least this amount, to increase the amount that they would get from me, or would that be a little bit too aggressive because they sort of get projects rolling in as they come? I’m not sure exactly.
What they’re working on, it could be a little bit too demanding for them right at the outset. So I’m wondering if there’s something I’m missing out on that I should have done and could do hopefully next time.
Yeah. Cool. Who’s working with agencies? Who has been through what Naomi’s going through? Nobody subcontracts?
I used to, but I’ve just always do it on a day. Right? So I can’t I don’t really know how to haven’t got anything to give. I’m afraid.
So what did you do? Why did you choose to do a day rate or why did they like a day rate? What was the reasoning there?
Well, actually, now that I think about it, I don’t think I told them it was a date. Right? I think I just priced it in my mind. It was, like, lead gen like, I’ve done a few. I did for a lead gen funnel.
Oh, like a lead gen agency, like, a few emails and stuff for a, SaaS company. So I’d yeah. I was like, oh, I’ll just it was always gonna be, like, fifteen hundred or whatever, for the emails. But in my head, I was like, okay. I’m booking myself for VIP to do those. And then I did the same thing with, like, course agency as well.
But, yeah, that’s I mean, that’s just because at the time, I really liked the IP days.
Yeah. Okay. That’s fair. But they responded well to it as a day rate. Did you did they ever know it was a day rate? Did you tell them that?
I don’t even think so. I just, like, they just didn’t really seem to care. They were just like, okay, like, we need you to do this. What does it cost? And that was kind of it.
Yeah. Okay.
But, like, every time they need like, did you work with them multiple times? And every time they needed you, they booked a day rate.
No. They just said, can you do these, emails or whatever? And I was like, yeah, sure. And then booked myself in as, like, a day and build them the same.
So I was just kinda like, if I I would always say yes. I was just at a time in my life where if I was, I would be happy to give up a Sunday for, like, the extra money. So I’ll just be like, sure. Yeah.
I’ll do it.
Yeah. Okay. Yeah. I’m wondering about I’ll go ahead, Naomi.
The difference in these kind of agencies are specifically working on Google and social. They’re demand gen agencies, or or it’s usually either Google, or Google and social or LinkedIn.
So it could be like the ads aren’t working. It’s time to refresh the or we want to start a new campaign for this specific persona, or we have a new ABM approach that we want to do, and so we need copy but they don’t necessarily know when they’re gonna need those ads or when they’re gonna want to improve the landing page because it depends on how the campaign performs. And so there’s a level of unpredictability, and which is good to have work rolling in. Like a lot for most of my clients, I’ll have work coming in on a rolling basis.
And I think that having something that’s not connected to ours is definitely more efficient, but I I don’t think that possible to be efficient to the point where I can say like, okay, I can do this within a day.
Yeah. No. I mean, I know, like, some summer, she used to do, like, credits. I think, like, someone was talking about this in Slack today, but, so she would have, like, kind of a menu of what each credit can buy, and then the credits roll over if they weren’t used in, like, the month. So it was kind of like a retainer y type thing.
So she’d get paid, like, every month they’d buy, like, two credits or whatever.
So they would have to commit to a certain number of credits?
Yeah. Yeah. But then they could rush. She would let them roll over So if they only used one, she’d be like, okay, that’s fine. We can use it next month. If next month, you have, like, more clients. So that kept the client happy, but also had that kind of security of a retainer for her.
Yeah. I mean, to me, it’s kind of tricky because every time you work for an agency and they have multiple clients, you have to learn new things about each client in order to write for them. Right? So it’s like you’re taking on a new client every time. Even if you redo and you work for the same client effectively a month later, whatever.
But it’s still it’s a lot of, like, learning time.
Have you experienced that Naomi?
That it is.
I’m, like, Yeah. This is the first agency that I’ve Oh, okay.
Okay. Cool. So and that’s where it’s tricky with credits. We had our credit based agency years ago called Snap that Leanna and James now have.
And it was it was good in some ways, but you do have to spend time thus spend a credit on, like, learning a thing. Like, what’s the what is this product?
And so that has to be baked in, and that’s where I really like the VIP day.
Because it’s like I can do all sorts of things. In that time. I can, like, and if it’s really important to them, I guess I’m just worried, Naomi when you say you, like, you would sell them a landing page.
It’s fine. It’s doable.
It’s, how are the margins though? Like, the reason that I rarely recommend sub tracing to an agency is you just don’t make as much money because they’re charging what you would charge, and now they have to make a profit on you. Yeah.
No. They’re they’re giving me work. They’re the client.
Yeah. But they’re an agency, a demand gen agency that pays that gets paid by their clients.
Yeah.
They’re an agency. Yes.
But I’m not doing the subcontracting contracting.
There’s subcontracting to them. They’re they’re so the client has the contract with them, and they have a contract with you.
Right. So I’m the subcontractor.
Yeah. So you’re the subcontractor. Exactly. Okay. And so every new contract down is, like, losing money losing money losing money lose.
So if you have a subcontract you’re gonna pay them half of what you would charge, and the agency is gonna pay half of what they’re gonna charge at best on a good day. Because they also have overhead and all sorts of other expenses. So if they’re charging it’s probably if it’s demand gen, their performance base, they’re on retainer with the client, it possibly getting a percentage of how things perform depending on who the client is. Okay?
So if they’re making, let’s say, they’re making, they’re billing their client ten thousand dollars a month for services.
They, as a business, need to make a profit to continue to exist.
So they’re trying to get three thousand dollars off that. That leaves them with seven thousand dollars a month to spend on resources for that client. They have their own people that they’re paying and all of the expenses that go along with shipping something out, taking someone to lunch, whatever that other crap is too. And then comes money for the subcontractor.
That’s you. So that’s where I hear subcontracting, or work for an agency as a subcontractor. And, I don’t love it because you have to really optimize your time because you’re not gonna be able to make that much. As much money as you could if you were direct to the client. If you were like, I can do that for you instead and here’s what I charge.
And so that’s it. So how can you if you’ve got three thousand dollars that you might make off them in a month for that one client, let’s say, what can you do to ensure that you are maximizing the amount of money you get for the time you put in. Obviously, it’s all it’s always our game.
And that’s where a VIP day sounds like really good. You could charge two thousand dollars. They can budget that in easily for their differing clients. And as they’re planning on what to do next month with their clients and new clients they take on, they’re like, okay.
Well, Naomi can write a landing page in a day. If you can. Naomi can do, analysis in a day. So we always have to book for every client every month.
We need Naomi two days for each client. So we’re going to budget in four thousand dollars when we’re estimating something with clients. Right now, you have to figure out what they’re estimating with clients right now because of their thinking and have you it sounds like you haven’t talked to them about what you’re what you cost or have you?
Yeah. Give them a pricing sheet.
Okay. So you what what does your pricing sheet? What do you have on it, Naomi? What does it say?
I have an add landing page web copy.
I think I added research can bring it up.
Yeah. It’s like a it’s like a menu.
Yeah.
I made it very simple because, I I figured selling hours was just not going to be sustainable so I Yeah.
Figured this would be a good solution, but I didn’t over complicate it.
Yeah. It’s good not over comp of course. That’s great. And a rate sheet can be a good thing to share.
But if the objective is to make good money off them, on an ongoing basis.
So what’s wrong do you think is broken with giving them the rate sheet right now? What’s not working there?
It’s I I would say it’s more that I would like a more long term commitment, where if it’s just going to be, if it’s going to be like five to ten thousand chat, three to five thousand dollars a month.
Like, that would be good to have it, like, rolling in to have them on retainer.
If it’s gonna be just like a few like a thousand dollars here, maybe a few hundred dollars there, then it’s not going to be efficient. Yeah. But if they’re a marketing agency, then they’re gonna do this on a long term basis. And because tech is in such a bad place right now, more and more and more companies are choosing to outsource a lot of their marketing. So it’s also just practical because they’re trying to cut down on people in house.
Yeah. Yeah. There’s that. So okay. So all you’re really looking to do is set up a retainer with your this agency and then make sure that you aren’t working non got for them. Like, you’re having good boundaries around your retainer. Is that right?
Yeah.
So make sure that the effort that I put in to learning about each company pays off in the long run by not having to acquire new clients.
That meaning that is a long term relationship that is worthwhile because it’s not just like a couple hundred dollars here and there.
Yeah. Totally it. So what’s stopping you from having a conversation with them or have you had that conversation? I think if you gave them a rate sheet, you probably haven’t had the conversation then about, here’s what I would love to get out of this relationship.
Here’s the problem that I’ll solve for you. All of them but here’s the only way that that could work and here’s how great it’ll be when it does work. So the here’s the only way that will work part is I have to learn about all of your clients. Like, that’s that’s real work.
It’s if you had a salesperson, they would have to learn about all of those clients too. So understanding that. And by the way, I’m your scalable online sales person. So I need to learn everything about them.
I need this these engagements to go on. And you also need these engagements to go on. You need, you know, all of the reasons that they don’t wanna just, like, swap in and out crappy freelancers and just, like, have somebody that they love etcetera, etcetera. So the whole conversation, and then you tell them that you want a need and they need.
You position it as what is the best solution for them, a retainer minimum of six months for each client. Is that what you think it is for each client?
So each client that they have, if they have five clients, you have five different retainers with them, or you have one big retainer that covers everything.
See, I think, yeah, I think it would be too aggressive to say that I have five retainers with each of your clients. That’s fair.
Yeah. So it’s like one pool that they get to draw from. For their various clients.
Mhmm. That’s what you want. Is that right? Like a like a bucket. You’re the bucket every week. Yeah.
Because when I went into they were like sort of sold on me. They were like, how do we start? And I thought what I was gonna do was like I’ll just have you pay via credit card for the first project, and then we’ll open up a proposal. But then he was like, oh, well, actually we’d rather just be paid by invoice because that’s how we just manage everything. And so now I was like, oh, well I’ll send you a proposal. And then I thought, like, oh, well, I should have had the conversation that I was expecting to have afterwards, because I thought that they were just gonna pay via credit card who were like, oh, we just want one ad.
But I wasn’t because I thought that that would be a good way in and then afterwards, I’d be like, oh, I’d love to build a more long term relationship with you, because I can’t say like, well, we just wanna have a long term relationship on the star. That’s a little bit.
A little bit much.
So Is it?
I guess I wonder why would it be? If they’re pre sold on you, Why would it be too much to say, like, cool y’all.
Here’s how I work. And then say it’s like, you’re an agency and really, like, help them understand why the best thing to do is put you on retainer.
Know you mentioned the word aggressive a couple times, but to me, it’s only aggressive if you’re, like, if your tone is aggressive about it. Otherwise, it’s just They have a problem to solve. And you know demand gen agencies have it’s constant, test everything, and they need they need you to come up with hundred add variations in a day. So there’s going to be just lots and lots and lots and lots and lots and lots.
There’s a big numbers game too. Right? So So if you know the demand for what you have is real, then you can solve that. Who else are they gonna hire who can do as good a job as you can. Yeah.
No. Like, they they they got that. They were they were convinced that I was their that I was their person. But also for my sake, like how do I price that?
How do I price in testing and landing pages and ads on a rolling basis with all of these other things and potentially add variations, and then maybe nothing because the campaign is working, Yeah. That’s why I didn’t push it right away. Like Yeah. We could figure that we should have a, like a trial almost.
Yeah. I’m I I I to me, it sounds like I don’t think that the trial is a necessary thing, but I wasn’t in the conversations you’re in, obviously.
To me, it sounds like, okay. You just need to protect your time, but give them a lot of things that they need. Typically, I have not seen and I don’t know if your experience is different. Naomi, but when a campaign is going well, nobody sits back.
Like, now we’re, like, it’s just more. Like, oh, it’s going great. We can do even more. Or let’s shift you over to new client now where the campaign isn’t going as well and where we need your resources over there.
So for me, I hear this If they’re a big enough agency that you think they actually have money to spend on you, if they have a real need for copywriting services, conversion copywriting in particular, if that’s what’s going on and they already like you, but you don’t want to sell your life to them. Of course not, but you wanna be able give them a menu of services without them having to go through and pick and choose one and, like, call you up for one ad at a time. You know, because that’s not how this works. Why not sell them?
Can you sell them?
I don’t know if it has to be a specific day or whatever whatever that looks like. But to me, why not charge x amount for a retainer? This is what it costs to hire you. Say this is what it costs to hire me. And that’s it. And if they’re, like, that’s too expensive, well, then one that you you probably should have, like, spent more time in the sales process to make it so that they understand the value you can bring or two, they might not have ever been a good fit to begin with.
But I wouldn’t worry that it’s too aggressive to say it’s five thousand bucks a month for a retainer to retain me. You’ll get x many hours with that or better for you to have, like, outputs that gives you either a package of a hundred ads for one cloud, whatever. Like, you figured that out because you had the conversation with them. But you say this is the amount five thousand, ten thousand, whatever it might be. And it’s a minimum of six months.
I I don’t know. Is is there you would be wrong with that?
You wouldn’t you would skip the trial entirely and say these are my for all agencies.
I don’t know what the trial solves.
Well, I mean, it also might be budgeting constraints on their side. Like, he may love me, but he had to get the green light from their CFO because the CFO needs to green light everything these days.
For sure.
So other ways until proven yourself.
And I I think like proving yourself is something that I wouldn’t say you should ever even let in the conversation.
Nobody nobody who has proven themselves ever again says I have to prove myself. So to me, it sounds like, oh, I need to prove myself, is the thing that you say when you know that that’s not that common to be able to prove yourself. So it’s kind of a signal. Don’t say. Robin from your vocab.
Prove me fine. He needs to accrue my value.
And I get it, like, to see the level to the rest of the team because he’s not in charge of the the bank account.
There are a totally. And there are other ways to get the CFO to sign off on things. Right? It’s not necessarily going to be a trial.
It could be hey, if once you lock in six months, you automatically get ten percent off for the entire six month thing, which I don’t love discounting, but CFOs love discounting. So if you’re trying to say, get that CFO picturing this person who’s just trying to make sure that profits are great. What’s the solution for them? A trial Could be it. Don’t get me wrong, Naomi. It could be a trial thing. I just don’t know that that’s that’s a chance for them to go.
Was she perfect?
And it’s like, well, no. Nobody would be.
Rather, hey, I’m badass. You already like work that I do, you already need the job done.
What’s, like, the only thing that’s really gotta move you forward is getting the CFO happy So here’s what we do. And if if you sign on for six months, you get ten percent. If you sign on for twelve months, you get fifteen percent off. And now the CFO has something to work with. And everybody knows you can cancel any time, and the the lawyers will cover the contract with, like, after thirty thirty days notice to to cancel the contract, etcetera.
Yeah, I don’t I considering I already agreed to a trial for this specific agency, it would make more sense to say like Okay, like, send time a, send time a proposal with just like the price list that I have, and then say, okay, work with that, and then like, see how that goes, and then say, look, I have a limited availability if you want to get me on the books, then you can either then hear the packages I have for agencies.
Otherwise I Can I see the guarantee availability?
Yeah.
Or should I, like, call them up tomorrow and be like, oh, actually I wanna change everything and No.
If you’re already down the path. What I just don’t wanna do is have you become a commodity for this agency. That’s all. It’s just I want everybody in this room to go into every call in a power position. That’s that’s it. Like, that’s where we I don’t.
I don’t think I’m a commodity.
I I Oh, no.
I just a menu list is a commodity. That’s the thing. So it requires that you have a good, context for it. That’s all. So Naomi, if you’re already down that path, Cool.
Really the is the question then if you’re doing this trial, how do you lock them into something that’s profitable for you? After the trial ends. Is that what we’re looking for?
Yes. For this one specifically.
Yeah.
And I I guess for all of them because, like, I I also would not wanna commit to a tend to a huge retainer without having any sense of what to expect from somebody who’s relatively new at running a business.
Yeah. Justin. Definitely. Yeah.
Is that okay? Go for it.
Yeah. So I’ve been, speaking with Adri Yedlyn, he’s been, like, sharing a bit of, like, Blair. Is pricing strategy, and I it’s just so curious to me. And I wonder if it could work here.
So basically, offering pricing tiers, but doing it by the likelihood of success. So you’ve got the so the first one is basically your, like, champagne popping kind of retainer. Like, it’s like ten hair month you’d be, like, over the moon if you got it, and they get, like, x, y, and zed in it. And then your middle one is the one that you’re happy that’s the one you’re going for, like, the five k and it includes, like, this amount of deliverables it’s capped here.
And then your like lowest likelihood of success, which is one that’s meant to be like the best value for your time. So like a VIP day or something that you can and I wonder if you could do something like that presented in them like that. And then for the trial, do, like, a month under the kind of care that they want. So rather than doing, like, a trial is, like, an or something, be like, okay.
You wanna go for this option. Let’s try it, see how it goes, see if we need to, like, increase scope or decreased scope. And then, yeah, it was just a a thought.
No. I think it’s I think it’s a great idea I would love, in theory, I love it, but measuring success.
Well, it’s not like to increase the likelihood of success.
You’re gonna do, like, way more voice of customer research.
You’re is gonna include a lot more of that stuff.
Whereas when I’m working for agencies, don’t do any of that. Like, I don’t do that great job, to be honest, because they don’t, you know, they’re not paying me, like, the amount to go and interview their customers. So I’m like, okay, I’ll do your sales agent like, I’ll do it in a day. Like, and I don’t think of it as, like, good sustainable income. I treat it like a cash injection, like, just those, you know, when it’s opportunity to get a bit a bit of extra cash. If you wanted to yeah.
What was that about Revshare?
No.
I I thought that you were saying, like, like, if they Oh, like, no.
No. No. No.
No. It then performs well then.
Yeah. Yeah. No. It’s just like this is what I’ll do too. If you want the maximum chance of success, we’re gonna go for the, like, all in option if you Yeah.
Not etcetera.
Yeah. That could be a good way to go. Have you read Naomi pricing creativity?
Blaren’s.
No. It’s it’s got he’s got a bunch of books. But that’s it’s good. It’s very helpful, for something like this.
Yeah. So you’ve got the trial.
It’s really hard to say how to come up with, but I love Abby your ideas there with, like, you I can give you the full service everything every month for every client, or I can you could buy the VIP day, one a month or something, but at least a VIP day can keep you locked in contained and people don’t expect that they can reach out to you anytime, whereas a block of hours, I could reach out to you for one hour hypothetically on a Thursday and expect you to get back to me. The problem with trials, just as a side note, trials are good for systems. If this was a system that you were selling to them, then the trial would prove out the system or not, but the work we do is so custom.
It’s so specific to what’s going on in the market with the audience with the product. The offer with medium, all of it. That it’s very difficult for a trial to perform because the work we do often doesn’t perform until you’ve had a few takes at it. And you were able to go like, oh, that hypothesis was wrong, but look where it led us.
And then you can go along and get better and better and better. And that where, like, the payoff is with a really good copyright. That’s why agencies that’s why the agency you’re talking to doesn’t sign up for month to month. Because that would that does it doesn’t work.
It doesn’t work until you’ve committed to doing something, and trying a whole bunch of different things. I know for certain that demand gen agencies don’t do month to month.
So any any good ones at least don’t. So That’s my only pause for you going forward with trials. If it’s a system, it’s easy not to trial out. If it’s a human engagement, it’s very hard to trial.
And maybe go for a VIP day.
As like the easiest way in and then from there, they can start to look in to bring you in on projects and other things.
Yeah.
That’s my take.
I’ve done a bunch of VIP days with, a couple agencies too, and I feel like it’s a good, like like what Joe said, you don’t want them to be like, oh, we did an hour here and there or two hours for this. It’s like, it’s a contained main time. And I’ve had an easy time, like, selling those.
Sorry.
My biggest concern with the IP days is really the creative component because so much of what in in more performance based mediums the design is such a big part of it that I really have to work very, very closely with the designer to make sure that they follow, like, conversion CRO principles and UX principles, the way that I would like them to.
So I’d be worried that the VIP day, like, oh, oops, the designer isn’t available. You have come back on Monday and finish up for us. So that’s that’s really my biggest concern with VIP Day. Do you have that issue?
I haven’t had that issue because I’m working and like working on different kinds of things, but it sounds like if if that is a thing, even if it’s not a VIP day, is that still going to be annoying schedule if they’re like, oh, hey, the designer’s not available today. Like, is it still gonna be like they’re kinda calling the shots and they’re like, oh, actually, let’s You know, does that make sense? Or does it have the IP plan out? Sure. But even if it’s not a VIP day, they stop the plan ahead and be like, this is when the designer’s available. Right? So whether it’s a VIP day or not, you have to to expect for your schedule.
Right?
Yeah. Like, you don’t pay for that premium, like, then they’re not paying, like, that’s the fact that you work, like, on UX for the designer, like, that’s that’s more value really than a VIP days for, I would think. So that’s where, like, if you were to offer the different options. It’s like the more expensive option is the one where, like, you’re gonna collaborate a bit more with their team and they’re gonna pay, like, the premium for that.
Yeah.
And it’s two VIP days maybe, right, where you get in a flow of VIP day one is you doing the work VIP day too is you doing the checks over how it’s been implemented and then making any changes accordingly.
If that’s a real if that’s a real problem or the other side is, it’s an agency. It’s a subcontract.
Sometimes you just have to be okay with stepping back. You hand over the copy doc. You give all the best direction you can do. The designer is going to do do what the designer is going to do, though. And so, unless you work directly with them very often, and can establish a relationship there. It can be tough to get a designer to do what the subcontracted copywriter wants them to do.
Yeah. Doesn’t mean it’s impossible. It’s just like, do you pick your battles here and just like, is If if working with agencies was your full business model and that’s what you were doing going forward, then we could come up with different things here. But my hope and prayer is that it is not so that we can get you, like, scoring big ass projects and competing with that very agency, not necessarily demand gen. But, depending on what you what you want to do, of course, that’s the goal is not to keep. I is that is that in line, or do you want to keep working with agencies in the long term?
Well, I want to work with demand gen professionals because that’s really my area of expertise. So if they are in an agency, maybe that would work. If they’re in house, great. But Yeah. If they’re in house, maybe they already have a team of copywriters that they they they work with, or they have very strict brand principles, and they don’t wanna outsource anything.
So, like, is there a sweet spot?
Yeah. Working with in host demand gen.
Twenty twenty one.
I have worked with in host demand gen, and they are the best. They get excited about everything that you do because they don’t have a lot of fresh ideas coming in. So That’s where if you love DemandGen, cool, you know, do some stuff with the agencies, whatever, have it be that cash that you need, have it be some, like, experience that you get more and more and more with them so you can try different stuff. But then if you like DemandGen, go work as a freelancer for demand gen that’s in house at, like, almost any e commerce company, and it’s it’s fun and ego boosting, which never hurts. And you make good money. Yeah.
Right. So that’s what I’ve been that’s what I did in house for many years.
Nice. Love it.
That was what I did over and over and over and over again.
So I know that they that they like me.
The the trick is figuring out, do they have the budget to hire me, hire somebody out out of house.
And do they are they even thinking that way?
Yeah. And it’s true that a lot of tech companies have laid off people.
Not necessarily because they have to these days, because it looks good on the books to do it. But hiring agencies can be have its own downfalls. It can be expensive too. So it’s not that they’re only looking at agencies. They’re also looking at freelancers, to fill in those gaps. So I would just keep that in mind too. Yeah.
Okay. Cool.
That was fun.
I didn’t mean to think up so much time.
No. That was a lot of working through a big thing. Hopefully, we got, you know, kind of nodding things a bit, which takes work.
Good. Let us know what what happens with this conversation. Naomi over in Slack too. Cool. Well Yeah. I know we’ve got three minutes technically left, even though we’re over sort of by thirty. Does anybody have any last thoughts or question or, like, a rapid something where we good to go.
Yeah. Quick question.
When is the the free month trial, like, officially and, like, for CSP. Do you know the day?
That’s a Sarah. I think February. I think this is the free month for you.
Yeah.
Yeah. I just wondered if there was, like, a I think the date.
I think the next payment is on February twenty eight, I think.
Okay. Yeah.
What I think? Check with Sarah.
Okay. Yeah. Sarah knows all that stuff. Yeah. Okay. Thanks, Abby. Anybody else?
Alright. Have a good week. We will see you in Slack. And, this Thursday is Percy’s mindset session on rethinking failure.
So make sure you check that out if you struggle with things like the word failure.
Cool. Okay. Thanks, everybody.
Have a good day.
Thanks, Joe. Bye.
Worksheet
Selling Service Packages on Autopilot via Email
Selling Service Packages on Autopilot via Email
Transcript
So today is all about it’s kinda building off on what I talked about the last time, what on that last time, which was basically creating your packages and product side services.
What I wanted to, you know, get into now and start preparing y’all, even if you feel like, oh, I don’t have an email list right now, or maybe my email is just tiny or, you know, the If you don’t have an email list, this is something you definitely wanna start thinking about right now because this is something that future you will need. So If you don’t have an email list, I would highly encourage you to sign up for an ESP after this call and start thinking about your automated sales sequence for your productized services. And if you do have an email list, then your action item will be to write that, email sequence and put it into your ESP.
So yeah, I know I’m, like, kind of, jumping the downhill literally, but I definitely want us to want to encourage you to not wait till you have a big list or, you know, like, a big list or whatever. Like, this is definitely something you wanna start doing right now way too many service providers and, literally losing out on valuable reads and clients because, you know, we haven’t really thought about this ahead of time. So Let’s go. So stack themselves, you it’s essentially an effortless email framework for filling your packages on autopilot.
For those of you who don’t know this, like, literally our business, our entire copywriting service business is built on the foundational packages. That is what, you know, like, last year, four hundred k was copy packages.
It’s what has helped us scale.
And they I would say almost but not proof. We are like, you know, we do have periods when I get, like, tired, but we know when kinda watch for and just kind of step away a little bit, but it’s it’s beautiful. And this is an email sequence. I have tested multiple multiple times and have used it even when I did not have a huge list or used it on social for that matter.
So The reason most packages do not sell via email is because they’re missing a welcome or sales sequence to start with. Like, you know, if you’re if you have a package, even if it’s like an audit, and you aren’t talking about a new welcome sequence, you’re missing out on sales there. You’re missing CDA’s to sign up for your packages. A lot of people just talk about the package, but they don’t tell prospects or leads.
That this is what you need to do to get it. It’s amazing how many emails I have critiqued where clear CDS and other, and Clarity is key. All of you know that. Keeping sales emails in your in your newsletter strategy.
Okay. Hang on. Yeah. I found it over twenty five years ago. I’m trying to meet you.
Okay.
Alright. I no. I can’t mute people apparently. You have to mute yourself.
So The third reason is if you’re sending out emails, you aren’t including any sales emails. As part of that newsletter strategy.
And that is, again, something that you wanna start thinking about intentionally. So if you’re sending out a weekly email to your list, You wanna think about, okay, if I’m sending up four emails a week, do I have a sales email in the mix?
Over not showing your leads in prospects, where which is like, oh, I wanna give value. I wanna give value. And I’ve been on that end of the spectrum where, you know, I really wanna give value, but pointed there is something like too much value. So you need to remember that you’re all business owners, and yes, we want to nurture all these. We wanna give code on code value, but we also wanna sell.
And then selling without context or nuance, this is something that I have seen.
A lot of creative entrepreneurs make where We, in our heads, know what the package is for and what it does, but we forget that for a prospect This is just one of many things that’s been, you know, that’s coming at them, and they need to, and then to help to have to then add context to it or, like, okay, where is this gonna fit into my marketing system? Or how is this gonna help me accomplish those goals? We don’t want them to have to do the heavy lifting of kind of figuring out how will this help them. We wanna give them the context. We wanna give them those new answers of how is our package going to help them, or how is a productized service going to help them?
So these are things you wanna kind of avoid in any of the emails that you write for when it comes to selling your packages for sending TLS.
Okay.
So one thing all of you need to remember is emails are the engine that can clear demand and fuel sales for your serve services and packages, but only when you use them with intention and purpose, which is exactly what we’re gonna talk about today.
And again, emails are a authority pillar that you should be building, and I cannot stress enough the importance of doing that. Even even if you’re, I would say, even if you’re in and building of, you know, even if you’re just in house, like, you know, Randall is, like, I would still say start building your email list, you know, or and especially if you’re in house and freelancing start building your email list. It goes this holds good in all cases and all scenarios. So With that, let’s talk about my go to framework for sales viewing automated emails for packages. I say automated because that’s pretty much how I tend to use them, but you could use them as broadcast.
Last year, and this year, I have mainly used them as broadcast mainly because we’ve been kind of book solid, but, I have used them as automated emails. Hold on a lot. So specific, timely, unteachable, engage, motivate to act. That’s my framework. I’m a huge fan of frameworks just to kind of simplify things for myself. So this is what I keep in mind when I’m writing emails for my services and packages.
Alright. Well, let me see. Before we look at it, the two. Okay. Hada has a question.
Do you actively sell and include include those links in the welcome sequence, or do you leave it for the end of the sequence?
I would actively sell and include those links in the welcome sequence. So, in fact, I’m going to talk about that too at the end, as well. Like, you can you can actually just have a one email sale sequence as well. So we’ll talk with you about that, towards the end. Cool. Let me move forward.
So this is an email that I sent out to our list. This was for our Tysmal, which was for, you know, it’s a VIP package, VIP day kind of package that I was selling way back in the day. I’m still selling it.
And this was one of the emails I used when we were launching it. So the reason I’ve shared this here is because it like literally lays out everything. It starts with specificity, and you’ll see context.
So how much copy do you need for an upgrade launch? Okay. Simply use what I use from a live launch when I turn this. What’s the difference between live launch?
Copy. So very specific about the problems that it would be solving for them. And these are three of the most popular questions to adapt, and then this is what led to my framework, my process. Now this is like a really long email.
This does not, by any standards means that all of you need to write long emails, please, this is just to kind of give you an idea of how, like, kind of all the different elements that come in. These could be, like, shorter or faster paced emails as well.
It’s timely. So why I developed this teachable to your other six copy barrels, and this is again content Bistro. We have a lot of foodie references going. So I talk about, you know, what everything that they need here I include a lot of specificity also in terms of things like, you know, these actors clip bars and, you know, so it’s engaging. There’s more, you know, there’s a little bit of personality there.
And then, of course, motivations, like, why do they need this? So you need to connect with your audience’s pain. You need to strongly, you know, you have to tap empathy. You wanna You need both strategy and copy assets, all of that. So this was an email that was a blended set, like this value pass series of the precursor to Artezno, your VIP already, we had people on the wait list. So this went out to them.
Fairly, fairly simple and relatively standard.
So specificity, how do you wanna craft that? You wanna use we’ve had you worded subject lines that increase your open rates. You wanna keep that up within your email. Examples, use specificity to add that context, use specificity to highlight why would they need it, use specificity to, you know, even talk about their motivations so you can use them interchangeably.
Specific results, specific steps, specific outcomes, specific deliverables. Be very, very clear about what it is and why they need this. So this was like a presale email. If you’re sending it directly for a set for a package, tell if you wanna be very clear about what are the deliverables in there, what, and, you know, how do they lead to the certain outcomes?
And then, of course, experiment test optimizes goes without saying.
Rule of one, applies everywhere, one email, one package. Acceptions are, you have two tiers to a package, like fully loaded launch for a very long time, had two tiers. Artasional, I think has half a day and full day, I think, right now. Point is, if you have two tiers, that’s fine.
That does not mean that you’re talking about two different packages, you know, But what email one package? New packages that lead to a similar outcome? Yes. You could, you know, maybe talk about it because you’re you’re then you’re using one email, one come as the guiding goal.
But do not try and talk about an audit or a website copy package and a launch copy package in one email. Unless, of course, it’s like, say, you’re doing, like, a catalog style email or something like that. But for these automated sales emails, you wanna keep it to one email one package.
Soup specificity super powers emote relevant emojis that are very specific to your brand numbers, dollar figures, key adjectives, you know, like, click bars for us is very on brand or just term benefits, you know, and use all of this again for your subject lines or for your body copy.
Use words and phrases that involve visual images that, you know, like, literally for, like, for our audience, again, Harry Potter was a big part of our brand for the longest time ever until Jacob Allen ruined it for everybody. But, so things like, you know, hybrid sized mountains of unfolded laundry instead of a laundry pile.
As copywriters, y’all have the gift of leaning into specificity, lean into it, and music.
But with specificity like makeup, less is more that don’t go overboard, know when to dial it down. And when you do your sweeps, that is when you need to look at and think about, like, okay. Am I just overdoing it here?
Or is this real needed to make a point?
Then we have timely unteachable.
So, again, timeliness and copy can usually be created with strategic calls to action. So Why do they need to act now? What’s the urgency there? Along with that, you can be timely with content. That’s actually timely. So seasonal specific emails or seasonal specific packages, for example.
If you’ve got, like, screenshots and case studies that have just come in, that may be a good point to include in your cell sequence. References to current world situations. Now if you’re automating this and if you’re setting this up for your work for your welcome sequence or for a and always on wakeless sales sequence, this references to current world events may not be a good idea, but you can obviously be timely in other aspects.
And then teaching. Now, t this is where you need to be extra, extra careful because we tent we can tend to go to the side of teaching too much.
And We don’t wanna do that, not because we wanna withhold information, we wanna keep, but because we do not want to cause more confusion.
For our prospective clients. We do not want them to start feeling like, oh my gosh. This is way too overwhelming or Oh my gosh. This is easy and I can do it only to realize that this is not easy and they will struggle to do it.
So you know, which ways we wanna be very careful about what we teach. So five things that I’d like tested out is process. You saw an example of that, like, I talked about, you know, cures. Well, it’s included in this.
And here’s what you need, you know, when it comes to every launch copy cures, everything that you need in it. You can also talk about mistakes your clients made before they hired you. You can talk about the importance of the key elements in your package kind of ties in with the process as well. You can talk about amplifying results your packages, and you can also talk about what comes after and what should they be preparing for?
Once they worked with you. So that’s like future pacing with a twist. You will lean on your case studies and customer success stories here to talk about it. Okay.
My client had to hire a customer service executive just to kind of deal support all the new clients that they got after our, you know, she worked with me on a fast sale package. So that’s just something you may wanna start thinking about right now. That kind of a team. Help them see themselves two steps ahead or even ten steps ahead of where they are right now after they work with you.
Now the goal here for teaching is you wanna, you know, pick the curiosity, but you also wanna give great value. You wanna, you know, help them see that you know your stuff. So that’s why it’s like a fine balance and a good idea whenever in doubt, again, take the time to give it a suite, take the time to get it critique if possible, you know, just so that you feel very confident about it. But the point is don’t hesitate from teaching. Just be careful that you don’t just go way overboard here.
Engaging personality, humor, pop culture, trivia, books, TV, and music, values. We are huge, like, personally, you know, I bring up the fact about our about financial stewardship. I bring up the fact about integrating life with work. I, you know, it’s super these are like values that are key to us.
So, We talk about that all the time, and we, you know, and we use them to create a point of differentiation as well. So Think about, you know, if you feel like, oh, I I’m not into pop culture or I don’t listen to a lot of music or I don’t read a lot of buzzer. I have not interesting happening in my life, which honestly trust me you will be. But don’t hesitate from talking about your don’t have different talking about words and phrases that you, you know, use all the time or you made up.
I’ll give you an example. I just reasonably, like, I started using the word truth biscuit instead of truth bomb because, again, on brand for us. So don’t hesitate from adding in personality to make your emails more engaging.
And of course, what makes you you, what makes you data from everybody else and maybe doing the same thing. So personality types, like, literally everyone on our list knows that our Maya script types. Those are Integram types because they’re big on those. But if you’re not, like, think about it, maybe you have a habit, maybe you have a pet peeve, all of the research that you would do for your clients and their audiences, you need to do for yourself as well. So you need to be kind of clear on what makes you you, and then use that in your emails.
Don’t be afraid to listen humor.
This is something I personally had to learn, because humor does not come. I’m not one of those that it comes naturally too. So I did do some learning here. And humor seriously is a book I really I really enjoyed it in getting some really good, you know, strategic tips.
And then, of course, I don’t know if he’s still running it. Justin Blackman had a course called write more personality, which I took. And absolutely loved and have used, used it extensively. So, yeah, but if it comes naturally to you, you’re one of the, you know, lucky ones.
Please go ahead and definitely use humor.
Formadding basic rules of copywriting out everybody just be sure, like, when you’re reading your emails, make sure you preview them both for mobile and for desktops format your content with bold and italics, bullet at a number of layers, short type paragraphs.
You’ve got, you know, the gist.
Jiff it up.
Very, very easy to add, you know, engagement and personality with GIFs.
Don’t be afraid to use them. But again, you don’t wanna kind of overdo them mainly because we’ve seen, at least, I’ve seen it in fact deliberately in certain cases.
Also don’t hold back on your opinions. You know? So they do make for a lot of engaging reading. You’ve got hot takes, on things. So, you know, like Abby mentioned her her hot take or her, you know, contributing point of view was, you can go evergreen from day one. Something that, you know, you should be definitely talking about. And if you, you know, if you’re when you put together emails for your evergreen package.
And then finally, we have motivations. Now motivations is what basically answering the question. Why should they care?
Why should they care about your package? So your package or productized service was created with the intent to help, solve, heal, undo, redo, improved, increased, decreased something in your prospects lot.
You need to talk about that, lean on it, shine a spotlight on it. Does not mean you poke the pain or, you know, do all of the things that we don’t wanna do. You want it, but you do want to highlight why they need it. Again, this is what adds context and nuance to your emails.
Okay. Before we get into the tactical side, questions. Okay. Oh, if you asked, how are people entering this funnel?
Your welcome sequence feedback for application funnel? It depends. You could use it as it depends on what packages you wanna sell. Like, we’ve reached the stage where we’ve got so many packages, so we don’t, you know, we don’t have them in a welcome sequence.
Excuse me.
But what we do, we did earlier was we had a vacress. We used to build a vacress, and then we used to have a sequence here. But if you have, like, say, one big package right now, which is what I would hope all of you do have, I would use the welcome sequence for that. You could simultaneously also below wait list for it.
So for people who don’t wanna sign up to say a welcome sequence, your wait list could be would be actually a really good idea because those would be active warm leads saying, Hey, I wanna hear more about your packages. So I would actually do both they could enter the funnel, through an automated sales. See oh, they could also enter the following something that we tested out with a client of ours is a noted for sales newsletter sequence. Those are automated newsletters that go out every week and sell her coaching activist.
So, we wrote up I wrote up email newsletters for six months for her. So And every email followed the same same format. She she offers she’s an executive career coach, office career coaching services. Point is you could use them in multiple different ways.
Alright.
So how many emails to send?
My favorite answer, it depends. It depends on your package cost. It depends on how warm your list is, how the list temperature essentially, and audience fairness? Like, does your audience know that they are they pain aware?
Are they solution aware? Are they brand aware? Like, where exactly are they is somewhere in the middle there. So if you would know more about that, that would be great.
It would depend on all of these factors.
Having said that, three to five is usually a solid number to start with.
Now you could take each element in stem and turn that into a sequence. So you could have an email that’s super specific about the pain that you’re solving. And, you know, what what your offer is. You could have an email that’s timely and teachable.
So it walks them through your process or gives them a behind the scenes, and, you know, it’s exactly what to expect from every deliverable. It could be just engaging in storytelling, you know, so you could have, like, just four email and then motivation have, like, two emails because that would be, like, the last two emails that they would get. So you could turn stem into its own sequence or you can send three emails with all of the elements in it. I tend to lean towards sending three to five emails that include all the elements in it. You saw that example earlier, But, you could, you know, totally turn them into an automated sales sequence by itself as well.
So when this is, you know, I’ll leave you kind of answering your question as well. You could send it as a welcome sequence. You can sell it at when you launch a new package as an automated sales sequence to everybody who’s clicked on the link in your emails before that to show interest or been on your wait list, you could send an automated wait list sequence, digit results, email newsletters, and then also for pre selling and getting looked up for package, which is what we kind of did with with artisanal when we launched it initially as we presold it.
And then clients were booked in for, like, say, thirty days later or sixty days later. It was a while ago. But, you could use it in you could send these emails in so many different points, the easiest would be the welcome sequence or the note to fulfill email newsletters. Like, if You know that you have a certain audience segment on your list, but not yet for sales email newsletter sequence would be great. For them because then you can just batchrate these emails, send them out every week, they’re curing from you, and you’re selling your packages as well.
Should you sell in every email?
Yes?
And no? Yes. You do need to talk about the package in every email. No. You don’t need to create false scarcity.
You don’t need to make it appear that this is this is never going to be offered again or or that, you know, you’ll be increasing your prices unless, of course, you will be increasing your prices. So, Sally, every email, don’t sell in a way that doesn’t make you feel good. And if it doesn’t make you feel good, it would definitely not make a few of your clients feel good. That’s, you know, because Yeah.
That’s kind of what I’ve come to realize. So, yeah, don’t hesitate from from Sally.
The one email sales sequence.
If you decide to send only one email to your list, to talk about your package. I hope you said more than that, but if you say, like, okay, but I’m not gonna say, hey, thank you. I don’t I don’t wanna send the sales sequence, etcetera, etcetera. I would highly recommend you use the confirmation email to sell your package or, you know, to talk about, like, write a stem email.
And why? Because not only does this email have the highest open rates because people are taking to to confirm you, or they’ve just gotten on your list. They’re like, They they know and remember who you are, but it’s also a great opportunity for you personally to build a connection with a prospect, maybe very new to your brand. Right?
And, if you’re running, say, Facebook ads, or even, like, from social, or if you’re using affiliates or, you know, like partners or JV partners and things like that, or muted newsletter swaps, point is, again, it does not have to feel pushy or safety when done. Right? So what you wanna do is you wanna share your story in it, give some backstory about how you started. We are, you know, what it is that, you know, you’re known for, what can they expect, from the freebie that they’ve signed up for.
And why should they, you know, go ahead and actually watch it, download it, use it whatever your freebie is. If you have a freebie there, you wanna validate and empathize with their struggle. You wanna celebrate their action taking spirit.
Educate them. We talked about what you can teach them.
But the opportunity here is for you to share your credibility markers. So things like, I’ve been doing this for x number of years. Here are some mistakes that I’ve seen, you know, or here’s what a client said after, you know, we finished implementing their, their funnel or their website copy or, etcetera. So you wanna use the education part to teach about your process, but also share credibility markers. And then you wanna just set it seating and soft selling. So you wanna give them a sneak peek of what’s included in your package, what can they expect, and buy them to check it out and come back to if they have questions or book a call with you, to get more details.
But, yeah, So, yes, you can definitely just sell with one email.
I would hope you would use more than that. But if you have to, then, yeah, this the confirmation email do not overlook it.
Alright.
Soft selling your package for maximum sales. This is something you wanna kind of keep in mind for your emails, whether you’re using it in your confirmation email or even in your sales email and you’re like, you know, okay, I feel like this is getting me too salty.
So You can share a time lapse video if you’re working on a package deliverable. You can share case studies, testimonials, screenshots from clients, like, you know, that they leave in Google Docs.
You can drop a personal video these days. There’s so many tools that make it so much easy. So that make it so easy for you to kind of be at these personalized videos at scale and share why you created the package in the first place. I think I did that I did I did that one time when we launched, a package version of, of my program, ready to sell.
It did really, really well. So You could for social, you could create a carousel, explain why, you know, what’s in that package, why do they need it, and then embed that carousel in your email. So you again, the idea here is for you to get that package in front of your audience in as many ways as possible and not hesitate from the idea of selling, in a way that feels good to you. Eglopedia.
We have we have one. We use one regularly for our packages. So we need people to download to see examples, case studies, and your and the process that we use as well. Key elements, invite them to get on a zero pressure call with you. Make it really, really easy for people to know what offer and to buy from you via emails.
Next steps, identify the package you wanna sell. But those of you who have created packages since our last call, amazing. Happy to give you feedback on those.
Write up one to three emails or she’ll do five emails using STEM, upload them into your email system and send. And then, yeah, just keep testing and optimizing a simple log. Cool. We have plenty of time for questions.
Okay.
Chris asked, would you recommend having subscribers sign up for a sales sequence from one of the weekly newsletters if so how Yes. Great idea. I absolutely recommend it. So let’s say you’re setting up weekly newsletters and you want to get people to sign up for a sales sequence for one of your packages.
Is that correct? That’s what you wanna okay. Good. So there are a couple of ways you could do this.
You could do this, but if since they’re already on your email list, you could, you know, skip the step of having them subscribe again for their details in again. You could just say, if you’re interested in my ABC package that would help you do x y z tap this link and I’ll send you more details. So when they tap the link, an automation kicks in, that would put them into the sales sequence.
Most ESPs make it really simple to do that. So that’s all you would need to do. So when you do that, the system would the automation would kick in, and you would tag them as ABC interest list, for example.
Does that help?
Yeah.
I was wondering, also, like, considering I haven’t sold anything to my list, for example. Right? So I guess the less aware or less or the lower the intent is probably the longer the sequence will will have to be to kind of educate them. Right?
Not really. The you’ve had your list for a while. You have been emailing them regularly. Right?
Yeah. Yeah.
Yeah. So honestly, you would all you would need to do is just let them know that this is something that you’ve, you know, fit in your working on and he if they’re interested in working on it with you or if they’d like to hire you for it, here’s, you know, to tap here and you’d send them more details. And when it happens, they know that they’re going to get details about a package. So your first email itself could be a pitch email.
You know, it could be a case.
The the the click is the qualification. So, yeah.
Exactly. Exactly. That is the qualification. Yeah.
Okay. Thank you.
You’re welcome.
I’ll ask how you all manage the tech side of all these phones, do you outsource it at DFI? So the the welcome sequence and, nurture hotel users. These are, like, fairly, like so here’s the thing. I would I’ve been with ConvertKit for seven years now.
So for me, it’s really easy to go in and set these up. I know. I also like to know a tool inside out, even though, like, right now, we be hired someone who’s working on setting up the whole evergreen side of things for us. But, for for a program, that that is something I would not want to do, at all.
But something like a welcome sequence and all, I would do it myself.
But yeah, I would be keen to share what the group has to say, like, do y’all do your, DIY or automations?
Or hire it out, but they’ll let like techy is who can easily help you do that as well.
Abby, Jessica Johnson.
I do.
I do. I think ConvertKit is pretty it’s pretty easy. The screening tags.
Mhmm. Mhmm. Mhmm.
And and the automation are visual.
So it’s pretty easy.
Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. So most of us set it up ourselves. I would for your business, and this is just a piece of side you know, like, from someone who’s been there and done that.
Oil business, I would say it I would highly recommend knowing the tools your business uses in setup. You can definitely hire out the setup later on, like, like I gave you the example of the open funnel setup. Or for example, design, you know, like website design. I don’t do it, but I can go in and make quick changes. I can go in and the reason being it just makes it a lot easier and less stressful, and also because I’m kind of anal about control, so there’s that too. But I would highly recommend, like, knowing your ESP and knowing what it can do. So you don’t have to, like, be you know, just kind of wait for someone else to do it for you.
Cool. Just Yeah. Jessica has another good point, but I’m offering emails for I have to copy many clients ask so many questions about set up in their ESP because it’s an easy upsell for me. Amazing.
I love that. Yeah. Wait. Wait.
Okay. Cool. What other questions do you have about packages or selling your packages?
Abby, can I ask that?
Yeah, I’m looking to, like, increase the profitability of my package. I’ve been selling it for a while. I just felt like you’re the perfect person to ask because you’re all about profitability.
So I’d love to, like, do two.
So I, yeah, I guess my option, like, the the obvious thing to hire.
I have like I’m also curious, like, how much you template, like, the the copy deliverable. So I’m doing an open funnel photo. So it’s kind of similar to your, like, fully loaded launch.
Do you I do have templates for all the bits, but I always feel guilty using them. So I’m like curious if you if you template it out. And, Yeah. With the hiring up for research, like, I have a block there.
I don’t know what it is. I think it’s probably just because I’ve I’m not really hired out for stuff like that. So That was a real question. We’re just like some thoughts.
I might be waiting, like, how we sort out.
Okay. Cool. So let me just kind of clarify so that I know I have it right, and I’m I can give you information that would help you. So, you wanna know how to increase the profitability of your packages, by either hiring it out or by speeding up the process. Correct?
Yeah.
Okay. Great. Alright. So, yeah, hiring it out highly highly recommend research take took a lot of time on and also for me because I’m in India.
Time zones, and our clients are all in the US and, you know, North America, essentially. So time zones were Royal pain.
So that was my big motivation of hiring it out because I I used to be up for calls, and then, you know, I would not be my best. Yeah. So, hi, workman, hiring out research, if you can, and you factor the pricing into your package. Basically.
So to give you, I think I mentioned this somewhere in the group earlier, like, research I’ve hired out in the, you know, our research assistant takes, you know, twenty five hundred or upwards depending on the depth and breadth of research. For instance, if you have clients who have, like, so we’ve had clients who’ve had big server responses that have over thousand responses. We obviously are not gonna come to thousand responses, but we still would have, like, there’s a few hundred responses that we would, like, kind of pull from. Right?
So that’s more data there. It kind of depends on data, but essentially, like I would say, twenty five hundred is a decent package price kind of keep in mind if you’re hiring a research, but you also for the other thing you wanna look at is opportunity cost. Right? So When I calculated the amount of time, actually, my uncle calculated the amount of time, I was spending on the research phase of product.
It just made more sense for us to hire it out so that I could take on another package line. Right? And that kind of then You know, that is what helped us to really do more work without burning out. I mean, like I said, like last year, just the one the one hundred k package that I did was, like, twelve different sales pages and don’t know how many hundreds of emails.
It was, like, I could have easily said, like, okay. Yeah. After this, I’m not gonna do another project.
But I just wasn’t stressed out at all. And large part of that would be, research, but the other is going to answer the other part your question, which is process package delivery is all about your processes. And this is for everybody, whether you do, you know, like launch copywriting, your email rating or any kind of copywriting point is for your packages, you need to look at what can you systematize and In my case, I do not have used templates for copy.
I have a huge thing against templates for cockney.
It’s on my pet peeves. But I do have what I call recipes and frameworks. So I’m a huge, huge I would like if I write a sales page for the first time at it conversely well, you can be one hundred percent sure it’s going to become recipe. And when I say recipe, it’s essentially I would write down, okay, like, so here’s step one.
Like, literally, write it out like a recipe. So I would say, okay, here are the ingredients that I use for this. Here’s step one. You’re step two.
You’re step three. You’re step four. You’re step five. And then when I’m sitting down to write, all I do is I open up a recipe.
I copy that into a Google doc, so I’m not starting with a blank page. And then I just Follow the steps, put my copy in the relevant sections. And when needed, because again, audience is wary. So it may be the same recipe, but I can move steps around and gives me flexibility.
So that is another way that I’ve been able to really speed up my process. That’s made a huge, huge difference.
Going back to hiring, yes, research is one thing, but you also need to know that our very first hire was an editor. Because editing was my least favorite thing to do. We did not hire VA. I know that Joe encourages us to hire via, like, you know, first thing.
But went against the grain there, hired an editor because editing was my most time consuming job, and an editor was our first full time hire and has continued to be part of our team sense. So, that saves me a ton of time because I know the copy that I get I’m like, I’m not worried that I’m sending off copy that hasn’t been seen by another pair of professional copywriting, copy editing files. So our editor right now is someone who’s also trained in BrandVoice. So that means really, really you know, it’s really helpful for me to know where I’m going off voice sometimes for a brand, you know, especially because I do multiple projects for the same brand.
So she’s she can recognize, like, hey, you know, this should you be using these many exclamation marks and, you know, things like that because it’s not on them. So that really helps save time for me. I’m not spending time editing. Anything that helps us save time is a hire that we would we would consider.
I don’t do my own wireframes either.
We hire that out too. So I save a ton of time on just focusing on doing my writing.
That is that is basically what what’s really really helped.
Okay. Cool. Yeah. Because I don’t I don’t wireframe. I didn’t realize you did that.
But I yeah. I think like So a project will take me fifty hours, and I don’t really see room to, like, speed up. So I do use frameworks and stuff, but I think with the hiring out the research, like, because that’s such a key part of where, like, the ideas happen, like, when I’m finding it all, like, that’s usually when I get, like, the big idea. So I think I just, worry that if I hired that out, like, I mean, what do you think of, like, if I have, like, a kind of a framework for a master guide and I tell them what race I should do and, like, to put it in there, and then reviewing that. Is that kind of?
Yeah. Exactly. You can absolutely do that. So I have a framework for my messaging and recommendations guide as well, and I would let my researchers just know that, hey, you know, this is how I needed it.
So and, yeah. I mean, we worked with three different research specialists over the years and all through, like, because we had so many projects, so we would, you know, like, and they would have that limited So we would hire out different projects to all of them. All three of them have same standard instructions, same briefs, everything. So it yeah.
And I completely agree with this. This was, like, one of my big too. It’s like, you know, okay. How would we get sticky messaging?
How would I know about, you know, things like, okay. Again, the big idea here, all of those things, but Yeah. I mean, hiring research, Abby has made zero, I would say.
Difference tune. In fact, if anything, I’m more creative. Like, I find that because I’m approaching the messaging and the research data with those fresh eyes. So I would say it’s it’s been a huge huge help.
Oh, sorry. One more question. I’m really sorry to be like a hog, but, how how do you hire someone? How where do you find these people? To do.
Yeah. Yeah.
I I actually so sorry. I I want to add to this. I also wanted to ask, like, I’m curious For the research part, do you hire someone who already knows how to do copy research, or are they like generalist researchers or what?
Copy research. They they specifically work with copywriters, to research for their client. Projects. So, I’ll tell you how we found.
So here’s, so one of the first researchers we worked with was in our programs, for creating packages, and created a research package, and we ended up hiring her. So that was easy. The second researcher was, Melissa Harstein, I found it to another copywriter, and the third researcher was essentially she started as our content support, and the community concierge, assistant, and then she we realized, like, you know, she she had the potential. And so we started asking, like, would you like to do research?
And she did, like, a bunch of projects where it went really well. And now she specializes only in research. So, but how would you find these is by asking people in your network. Like, this is the group you would wanna ask.
I’m happy to recommend who we work with for research. Should you decide to hire, and you could ask on social. Like, generally, And that’s how we found our editor as well. A copywriter who was in my program was working a second editor.
Our first editor, we found through an ad. You can also do job ads But, but I I feel like you make way, way better hires through, you know, like asking people who they work with and getting referrals. So very happy to recommend both our editor and our research people. To you, one of them has gone in house and is no longer doing research, and the other one This also is on a short hiatus from work, but the third one, I’m very happy to make an introduction to any of you needed.
Thank you.
That’d be great.
Hi, buddy. Hi, everyone. How are you?
Hey, honey.
Hi. Sorry. I I didn’t realize it was so early this morning. I had the kids walking them to school. So apologies.
This has been so helpful, and I’m right with Abby and Chris about Christopher about, you know, trying to outsource as much as possible.
And I know Abby, you are looking at a VA. So I think it’s I would love to really dive into this outsourcing because I think what I was hearing a little bit muddled was, you know, it’s like relinquishing control and what parameters because I think When I’ve heard of people who they start to outsource, they spend early days a lot of time trying to figure out a process. And that can be a really valuable time spent, but it’s also with the who you do that work with.
I’ve been cautioned about, you know, there’s a lot lost in translation that can happen when you’re when you’re partnering. So I know that, you know, the turning over some of this really important work that you mentioned is really my next step. And so I’d love to hear from the group or from anyone about the work of relinquishing control, I guess, as the mindset.
Yeah. I feel like that. And I I’d love for the groups to weigh in as well, but I feel like, that I I’m as I type a overachiever who, like I said, I’m anal about control, is what I realized is that I actually have more control more creative freedom when I’m not stressing over things that, you know, someone else can do and do well. I will say, though, and again, this is something for for future you that you wanna start thinking about is even before you hire, answer your question about processes, processes and systems, is you wanna start documenting your process. Right? This was really helpful.
For us when we hired is, like, just have well documented processes to share with whoever came on board. So they knew exactly what do and when, and that makes it really easy because it, you know, it’s a shorter runway.
Also for certain jobs, like, when you hire them out and you hire, like, say, research, for example, you’re hiring someone who is a research specialist, the runway is way shorter because they’ve already done so many projects. They work with so many different copywriters. They know different styles, and they’re really easy to work with. So that makes it that makes it much, much simpler too, which is why I’m a huge fan of asking your network peripherals, about people that they really enjoy working with.
That’s great. I think, I’d love to know, who those trusted people are within our network and, you know, building out maybe a directory of those people that we could turn to.
And then I think the last thing is out outside of the network is upwork or any of those places, reasonable places to go to from your experience.
Yeah.
Early days off of business, you hired a lot of people off of fiber. It was really great, especially with things like video editing or, like, quick graphic design jobs and illustrations and all of that. I’ve never personally heard from Upwork, but I’ve heard of some great people out of work as well. Like, people have had some great experience, there.
So Also, there’s a site called hire my mom, hire my mom dot com. That’s a that’s another really quick like, I her first hand from peers who’ve had great success, finding excellent people there as well. So, yeah, I would definitely say that. And Again, for, when you’re looking to hire, it would be great when you if you could, like, ask in the group and, you know, like, hey, I’m looking hire a VA or looking to hire an editor, does anyone have references, or referrals to, you know, kind of send my way.
So, yeah, we could obviously absolutely do that.
So just in terms of a source for for hiring, I’ve been in the ten x freelance copywriter group for, like, years. And anytime I’ve posted about, like, subcontracting opportunities there, I’ve gotten a ton of responses So, again, it, like, when I’m saying, like, there’s people who are already trained in, like, the copy hacker has approached to research.
You know, so you’re not, like, fully educating somebody who’s never heard of VOC or or something like that.
Exactly. Great idea, Katie.
I have, like, two questions up on this call.
Sorry.
Sure. Sure. No. Alika, give me just a minute. I wanted to answer Hannah’s question also, and then I’ll come to you.
So Hannah asked in the chat, I feel like an order for this kind of model to sell really well. You need right for tier clients on the list. Currently, my smallest list is a mix of people in my target audience and copywriters slash service providers. I wouldn’t engage my service for this.
So, for this, you mean, the package you currently have Hannah? It’s Hannah here. Yeah.
Hello?
Okay. I don’t know whether it had us here or not like Sorry, Elythea. I was about to ask, like, just get more clarity from from Hannah about her question because I saw that come up a short while ago. We let Hannah come back to us. I wanna get some more context around that.
Why did you go ahead?
Oh, no worries. So I have two questions and one is I’ve been, like, Two months ago, my dream was just a contract for operators because I wasn’t called with one of the leading operators right now. She’s a co she’s a coach of Galaxy. And then she told me her story about subcontracting subcontracting for another operator.
So the the thing that you’re all talking about research I wanna share the other side of the story that what Abby just said that the the research was all done for me, and I’ve really struggled with that. When I sat with the writing part. Like, because I I did not I had not done the research. Like, I had not gone and done the interviews.
I struggle a lot with, like, reading through all those heaps and heaps of transcripts.
Then, And although it was like an airtable and very organized, but I struggle with coming up with big ideas and specific VOC, which So how how do you overcome that when you’re writing and when the research is done? Like, do you read it again and again or especially when the the product or offer is not very familiar to them.
Okay.
So here’s the thing. So my research process essentially includes the VLC, which is your you know, survey data and your interview transcripts and your kickoff call transcript and all of that. Right?
But then the second part of my research is offer optimization where I go into their offer, and that is something I still do. It’s like I go through their I work with course creators, right, and coaches. So I essentially experience their course or service firsthand to get, a direct look at how a student will experience it.
So I am familiar with the offer of what with the research document as well. Like, here’s the thing, if you get them the way you would want it to be presented the way you kind of use your, like, how do you package your research so you present it to the client? And, you know, or how do you package your research so you use it?
Either which ways If you let your research, you know, assistant know that this is how you would want it, you would be starting with a done feed document. Would you have to read it Yes. But you don’t have to read all of the transcripts. I’ve I don’t read the transcript unless, of course, I wanna kind of double check something that, you know, or I wanna kind of get some more insight on a, you know, a particular, messaging area.
But or you don’t have to go through the surveys. You’d yeah. And the kickoff call is with you in any case. How our researchers can is done is I do a fairly in-depth kickoff call.
The client fills out an in-depth questionnaire, and then our research assistant takes over, does the interviews, survey responses, forum mining, coming through, like, competitor analysis, all that the research assistant does. And then they presented in a format that I wanted them to present it in because that is how I’ve been, you know, approaching my research. Like, after I’ve done all of this, I put it into, like, a fairly hefty document divided into, like, the usual sections, you know, your pains, wants, etcetera, etcetera. And then if it just yeah.
So they basically shortcut all of that for me. But it’s not like I don’t know the product because I do know it because I’ve gone through it. Sub contracting is different because you may not have contact with the client themselves. So I because I don’t subcontract, I can’t really speak to that experience.
And I have another question. And that is, like, I’ve been about hiring from day one. Like, even if it’s only been a year, I’ve hired multiple multiple things and also so what I do is, and I felt a little bit of resistance here. So when I hired for the first for three or four times. It was a higher class, bio class thing. And then I realized that I, I needed to add test like, so I added, like, a test project and or just just to see, like, if they’re fit for this job.
And there, I feel like some, like, beginners opt in for that, and then they don’t qualify.
But then the people who are actually doing great, they don’t opt in for that because they think that that, like, you know, I’m that other spammy because they’ve opted for other test projects and been, like, they’ve they’ve been born out for that. So how how do you deal with that? Like, how do you How would you approach that?
Because when I’ve hired someone with a test project, it has been, like, if someone is really qualified, it has been really beneficial for me through, like, clicking out the perfect person instantly.
But how do I encourage someone to do that? With all enthusiastic.
You you cannot.
It depends on the person who’s applying for the job. Right? Like, you cannot do the job of generating enthusiasm for applying for something for them. You can make it simpler and easier by laying out everything that they would have, what they would what you would expect, having clear expectations, also highlighting why they should wanna work with you and what what’s it for them, that kind of a thing. But beyond that, like, whether they decide to do a test project or not do a test project, essentially, up to them. Right?
I mean You recommend, like, doing a mini sales pages thing that that also walks them through, like, what’s in it for them?
No. I just do like a regular job ad. Like a well written job ad would be fine and as long as, you know, it just kind of you don’t need to sell them on sound working with you and for you to pay them. You need to sell them on, you know, the here’s why we need a test project here’s how it’s gonna help me understand and, you know, the the skill level you have and the expertise you have.
And, you know, the, you know, whether we’d be a good fit working together. So, so yeah, I would go with that. Again, full disclosure for us test projects have been for when we hired from Safe Fiber, and that test project has or up we are not work, but I would say if you have, I believe, wanna start with a single project, like a small project to see how it goes, look at turnaround times and all of that In other cases, how we’ve worked with it. It’s been with social media managers or VA’s or content support assistants or graphic designers or research assistants or, you know, editors, it’s always been we start with one project.
So we just do, like, one project, like a full project and see how that goes. Worst case scenario. It may help go really well, but then that’s just one project. Right?
And you’d never work with the contractor again.
Touch with. We’ve been very lucky. We’ve had a couple of, like, instances where we’ve not, you know, like, we’ve had, like, I think, literally say a couple of instances. But where, you know, contractors haven’t have dropped the ball have, like, literally ghosted us after, you know, saying yes and taking payments.
So, yes, it happens. But we’ve been very, very lucky with our team of contractors that we work with. So, yeah, very grateful for that. It’s been I know because it’s it’s hard hiring.
I completely agree. Thank you. That’s very helpful.
You’re welcome. Kaye said I color code everything by team. I think it’s a matter of figuring out the presentation in a way that works for your brain. Exactly.
Like, do you approach your research? Like, I always would categorize it into different categories. I needed it in, like, a Google Doc format. It’s presented to the client and like a very beautiful PDF, but I needed it like that.
And that is exactly how I get it, which makes it so much easier. So you need to figure out, like, when you are working on a copy project, how do you approach your research? Do you start by, like, going through everything and but do you document everything? Like, where does where does that documentation happen?
And that is what you need someone to do for you when they’ve done all of the other parts of the research.
Okay, Hannah, I had a couple of questions around context for your, you know, what you said about, I feel like in order for this kind of file to sell really well. You need to, like, right fit target audience clients on the list. So when you said your, your current list is a mix of people in your target audience and copywriters who that wouldn’t get your service with this, but you can still sell to people in their target audience. Right?
And then you say they’re assuming your package. Correct?
So I’m just I’m just saying that, like, I haven’t done much of this kind of setting because I feel like my list is so It’s not such a big list, but it’s like mixed of I have some of the right fit lines in there and some not. So I would have to do you segment when you send out when you have Yes.
Yes. I would feel like when I’m going to send out this kind of, to do such a fun, I would have it first focus on growing. Like you said at the beginning, going to list with the right fit to help people on the list. Yeah. I would say that too, and I would also say that segment you’ll list right away. Like, if you’d know you have a mix of charter audience clients. I would, again, do not wait for when it reaches a decent number, segment them right now.
And let them know that, hey, you know, I if you are a whoever your target audience is, if you’re this, you know, and would like to know more about what I have coming up in twenty twenty four, like, right now. So, you know, just click here and my email automation would do the rest. That kind of thing, and then you just tag them. So you have that signal building away.
Then you can set up your sales sequence to go to that segment. Right.
Cool.
Katie had a question.
Sure. We’re a little over time, but if everyone’s cool with it, we can stick around and answer Katie’s question about creating a package. Go ahead.
Okay. So I think, like, this may be beyond the scope of this call. So feel free to, I’m like, I’ve got today to to work on this kind of thing, but, my current audience is like coaches, experts, course creators, and Through conversations with Joe about my Red thread, we had talked about, like, what I currently do being profitable signature offers, so a lot of for optimization, like core messaging and sales pages and and funnels, but wanting to create some IP that’s applicable to a broader audience potentially into ecomm I can like see all of the big picture of that, but just when I think about like a q one sales plan, I’m totally lost on what to sell to my existing audience now that also allows me to be like ticking the boxes on our you know, our, like, towards celebrity status, spreadsheet because it feels like I would have to be creating content for the business I have now and creating content for the future business, which I just don’t have capacity to do.
So I guess my question is like, do you have any tips on the packages to bridge that gap or like finding kind of the overlap in the Venn diagram between where we are now and where we’re, like, hoping to go in the in the context of this program.
Oh, oh, I think you’re muted.
You wanna you are sorry. You wanna start working with e commerce businesses on their the entire profitable offer suite. So their offers and then their sales copy on their emails. Is that right? And right now you’re working with coaches and course creators on a similar thing.
Yes.
So there’s your overlap. It’s the outcome. Right?
Like, it’s the Well, I guess it’s not my question.
I guess I’m like, do I because you work with course creators. Do you Like, if I want to go as big as this, like, if I wanna go as big as possible, is there space to do that in the coach’s course creators realm, or do you think that it’s easier to have a, like, bigger outcome from the bigger pie that is e commerce.
You are asking the wrong person because, like, I believe, yes, there is a lot of scope in the coaching and course creation industry.
It honestly, we could we should have this conversation in Slack as well, but the point is, like, I feel like there’s a lot of the coaching and course create create an industry. You don’t wanna just look at your marketing coaches. Right? You wanna look at beyond that like this. So much learning happening. There are courses for for equine business owners. There are courses for, you know, like, in all the finishes.
That’s one of the reasons why I, you know, never need to down per se to something like a specific as I write for female marketing coaches, you know, So Yeah.
So, yes, there is. Oh, is e commerce a more profitable, Leech?
Maybe, maybe not. Like, define profitable. Right? Right? Is it profitable for you? Is it profitable for, in terms of, like, the people who are hiring?
Like, what is yeah. I mean, like, for me, I feel like it’s very profitable.
Okay. And also from, Katie, the other deciding factor for personally for me is also the the stress level when working on a project. I find because I’ve worked with with EdTech, where you have, like, multiple state stakeholders. I have also worked with e commerce as well. So I I work a lot of e commerce intact.
Before I focused, kind of focused on the coaching industry.
I find that stress levels in this industry way less because they’re very fewer stakeholders in the project. Right? It’s usually the person behind the brand and maybe they’re OBM and maybe someone, you know, like, a CTO or a marketing person, but Yeah.
Yeah. Yeah. Probably it’s moved much faster.
Okay. Thank you. That’s all really good food for thought.
So I’ll be I’ll do in Slack on this as well. Yes.
Please. Please. I, you know, yeah.
Tag me and post it in Slack, and I’m, like, I love coming up with packet ideas. So, yeah, happy to help.
Christopher’s last question for the day, SLP, do you pay them? Have you ever yes. Yes.
Have created them myself and lately have had, like, our community concierge. I totally is transitioning into full time research right now. So she created all one of the SOPs for the person who will be coming into the community conflict role because she’s been doing all of it. Right?
Like, so, it just made sense for her to document everything. And she’s also documented. She used to do our comment content, support thing as well, like the blog post uploading and, you know, sending out the email you said, all of that. So she’s documented SOPs for for all of all of that.
So but the initial SOPs that I gave her were created by me. So when you do bring in someone, you could you can definitely have that conversation with them that, hey, I would love for you to document your workflow and your, you know, the whole process as you go along so that it becomes easier for us to know how things are going, and if there are any gaps, then we need to fill them. But, yes, you can do it both ways.
Both. Thank you.
Awesome. Everybody, great call. Great seeing y’all, and I will catch you inside.
Worksheet
Launching Productized Services
Launching Productized Services
Transcript
Alright.
Before we begin, these launches are not essential. You can sell your product services or your package offers without doing a launch launch. The idea, however, is that you do need to share them in some way. I call them launches because that’s, you know, that’s how I approach them, and that’s how we in the past sold, these packages, especially when they’ve been, you know, like brand new, or, when we know we would like to say see the next quarter booked out. So you would still see me doing that, a lot of times with the newer packages that we launch.
So getting straight to it. The first stop, this is the launch that I have probably used the most because this is really great for high ticket offers.
And it has natural urgency because with the high ticket offer, you generally put a cap on the number of spots because there’s only so many that you can take, or you can give them, like, an extended payment plan.
Something that we’ve done in the past is we’ve prebooked clients and each, like, given them, like, say, a six month or a nine month or even a twelve month period to use the package, which means they can book it, say, in January, they can keep paying for it over time. Let’s say they wanna launch in September. I’m talking about, like, the fully loaded course package. Right?
So we can if, you know, we can give them, like, an extended payment plan. So they they’re paying we’re getting paid in advance in any case. Before we even kick off the project. Right? So we they get, like, that extended payment plan as well. So I love limited urgency focused launches for obvious reasons.
But, yeah, it totally depends on what you want. So You can create urgency for your launch by using any of the following, offering a special payment plan. Like I just told you about limiting the number of spots because, you know, well, you have. It’s like a high touch service generally. And then making the package available only for a limited time. So when the fir when the very first time I launched, the fully loaded launch package.
It was not a high dynamic variety standard. Any one of you who’s watched my tutorial Tuesday knows exactly how much I charge for it. To begin with. It was what it included, you know, underpriced. However, let it also be known that it was my first time offering that package. I had never done something like that before. So I feel like there’s basically what Maikan and I thought was, like, let’s test the waters and see.
It obviously all sold out really, really fast. So that time, what we’ve done is we’d like kind of just post it on social, and I’ll talk about that in a bit too. But we’d limited the time that people could, you know, have for signing up for this. So you can, you know, create urgency in many different ways. You don’t always have to discount your package.
You can choose to combine two or even all of these to run an urgency focused launch.
So what are the copy assets that you need for this? Your opt in page, your sales page goes without saying you need thank you pages for both of these, but All of your smart people, you know that, emails, blog posts, and I’ll come to that in a bit, and then social media updates. If you’re using a shopping cart, for a prioritized service, you obviously need that too, for most of our packages. We do not use a shopping cart, especially for our high ticket packages.
So, basically, because we either, help, you know, let people pay over time so that, you know, if they wanna spread their payments out, or sometimes we need to customize it even further. So so there you go. But anyway, these are, like, the copy assets that you need, or you may wanna use. I hesitate from things absolutely be because sometimes you don’t need a blog post.
I’m just sharing everything that I’ve used in the past. So often, you wanna create a simple opt in form. This is not the opt in form we’ve used in the past. This is just an example of the opt in form we currently have on the site, but point is you wanna create a simple opt in form and to collect your leads, especially if you’re gonna be using blog posts that are specific or social media updates that are specific to your product type service.
A sales page. We’ve already talked about what a sales page could look like for a productized service in, one of the previous sessions. So, if you haven’t watched that, I would highly recommend watching it, but tweet as your sales pitch needs to let prospects know what it is, who’s it for, how can they, you know, use it, what the benefit in it for them? Why do they need it? And why do they need it now?
Because remember, this is an urgency focused launch.
And then let’s talk emails. So these are emails that we’ve, you know, used in the past, and have had really, really great results with for, especially even for, especially, not even for, especially for high ticket packages. So the teaser email is the email that kind of goes goes ahead of time, letting people know what’s coming up. It also gives people who are not interested in the package to opt out. The second is, of course, the launch email, which is, you know, like Gmail. It’s a plural sales email.
And then I have the four f emails. I love creating frameworks pretty much everything. It just makes it easier for me to remember what I’m supposed to be, right, writing in those emails. So first step is my fans and followers emails, which is essentially a social proof email, testimonials, social proof, for p, you know, from people who’ve used your services or if you’re, you know, it’s a tested out product type service who’ve used their service before.
The FAQ email, again, fairly standard. You wanted to move objections by answering their questions, and then they’ve got the future pacing email, which shows them what their life is gonna be or their business is gonna be once they worked with you. And then we’ve got the final countdown emails. So very, very standard emails, and there’s not, you know, like a lot of you don’t wanna get too complicated with them.
Couple emails that we’ve also occasionally used include the authority emails and then grab the bonus email, which are which is both great. Like, if you have authority content, or you’ve got you’re offering a bonus.
Again, something that we’ve also done with our packages in the past. For instance, like last year, I did a Flash sale spritzer package that sold out really fast. It was, you know, basically a package for writing emails a flash sale and the bonuses that I included were, social media blurbs, not full blown posts. No.
Social media posts and then blurbs and news, you know, to use in your newsletter or or even as short social media captions. So why did it include those bonuses because it was they were really easy to create. I’m writing the emails in any case. I can choose full social media copy from those emails itself.
And it kind of removes the hesitation and objection that our audience has, that my audience may have around the Flash sale emails. But, okay, I’m doing this Flash sale, how do I promote it? Well, I’ve got you covered.
So, yep, grab the bonus email. We’ll be one of those. Yep. Money.
Hi. Quick question for you. I’m, I’ve never done a lot before. So and I was asking about software and etcetera. So for somebody who’s, like, never gonna launch.
Where do you start? I guess that’s where maybe there’s more courses I should be taking back in copy school. But if you were like an absolute beginner because, I’ve never launched a package, I’ve Mhmm.
Where where is there, like, a good how to or checklist guide because I feel a little bit lost to be frank. When I I go through this, I’m like, oh my god. I have done none of these, and I don’t know where to go to get you know, frameworks or starting points.
So that’s and maybe I’m the only person in the room that has that, but that’s where That’s a really good question.
So for a launch like this, right? You could use you if you have an email list You could use your ESP for sending out the emails. It’s that simple. You don’t need any fancy software.
You can just use the email system you’re using to send out emails to your list. If you, let’s say, do not have an email list, you can use social media. I I know you started posting on LinkedIn and use your sync script. Traction with it as well.
I have a social only launch as well that I’ll share with you in just a bit that you can just use social media to sell your, you know, productize service.
For the sales page or the opt in page, all you need is basically like your website. Right? You can They got opt in page would be on our website. Our sales page is on our website. So as long as you have a website and ESP, or an email service provider, and like a social platform.
You’re good. And, of course, oh, wait. We accept payments from people. Honestly, like, Aleafia’s recommended, click funnels, click files is, it’s great.
But it’s okay.
Oh, okay. Has that even used click funnels. Yeah. I haven’t used click funnels personally, but I do have clients who’ve used click funnels. It offers way too much for what you all need to sell product. I service selling productized services is the lowest tech.
Kind of launch that you can never think of as long as, like I said, as long as you have a website, you have an ESP, and you have a social platform and a way to accept payments from people.
You’re golden.
It’s such a hackathon.
Well, because it’s interesting that you asked that question about click funnels because there’s go high level. And then there’s Exactly. Yep. And glow go high level, which is really interesting about it, allows you to like, as a full service with email, I think hosting.
Yeah.
I’m It said Quick address as I do.
Yeah.
Yeah. So it would be really interesting at what people thought about that as an option because it’s sort of like the all in one built in I don’t know how efficient it is to do these kind of email sequences, but if the software itself, is an all in one solution would be interesting.
Yeah. Funnel gorgeous. Katie said is another one. So quick funnels, funnel gorgeous, go high level, even kajabi for that matter. You know, they are all all in one solutions.
If that’s what your business needs, definitely look at them.
The re so what I would kind of caveat this with is the last thing you wanna do is over complicate your tech stack.
So you want your tech stack to be as simple and efficient for you to be able to use and lean on as your business grows. And also Also, where most importantly, you want your tech stack to make you feel comfortable and not intimidated.
The What I find that happens with a lot of our clients is, like, especially with things like kajabi or or click funnels, or even funnel gorgeous because I did have a plan who used funnel gorgeous is that they need to bring in someone to be able to set things up for them, to be able to, you know, do a lot off the back and work for them. If you’re cool with that, that’s great.
I personally like to know how my website works. So even if, say, our tech team, we both have a tech support person and a designer and a developer.
If they were to say be sick or unveiled, I can go in and really make sure everything’s running running smoothly, which is probably why we haven’t moved to all in one solution also is because Everything is speaks well to each other. Our website is on WordPress.
Our ESP can work our social platforms are obviously all sorted. So we didn’t really see the need for it. So definitely explore the solutions, but then make a decision that feels good and comfortable for you. Because, Do you need all of these to sell, you know, your your packages?
No. You don’t.
I’m proof of that. I have so many other, copywriters who who don’t use any of these. As long, like I said, you need your website. Yes.
You need your email service provider. Yes. Need a social platform. Yes. You need a way to accept payments.
Yes.
If your current tech stack is doing the job and you’re happy with it, that’s fine.
Katie, said, I use ConvertKit Squarespace and Triclip launches. There you go. Yeah. Triicot is what we use as shopping, car too. So one time payment and has an integrated app. Jessica Business Center once had system before software. Absolutely.
Absolutely.
Cool. That was a really, really great question you asked me. Thank you so much for asking. And, yep, Chris, you’re right. Click files is seen up as a bit. It is, you know, it’s got, it’s got, Russell Brunson behind it, who is the author of quick final, oh, sorry, expert secrets as well. He’s a smart marketer, but some of the things that they do don’t just sit right, with with McAfee personally, which is why we don’t use the calls for us.
Cool. Great discussion. Alright.
So, yes.
Moving on.
Quick notes about blog post authority content.
All of you here are supposed to be building a authority. How I was not supporting the, you know, when I was starting out was was with block posts, which is why I lean on them heavily I since have added a lot of other, elements to our authority plan, but block host is what I I still love a lot and use heavily for both launches or or for, sharing our services and all of that. See, again, you can choose which you wanna leverage to share your content, I choose walkways. You could choose a podcast. You could choose a YouTube channel. But point is you do need to build your authority.
Preferably on a platform that you also own because, yes, social is great.
That social is a fickle friend.
Social will change at the turn off a hat, and, you don’t want to put all your eggs in one social basket.
So which brings me to social media posts. I four sharing our services, our packages, you will find. I usually lean on the, what I call, the ABC firm framework. It just makes it very easy for me to create social content as well.
Katie, I think it asked me in the Slack group, how it creates social content I use, for me, it’s really simple. Authority but it’s called action kind of a thing. So authority is like blog post point of view. You’ll see a lot of my point of view posts on social, like takes and things like that, and also just, you know, value content, buzz posts are, you know, behind the scenes, T as opposed.
These are launch specific.
General assignment field updates that you about what you’re working on. Again, you’ll see a lot of these in the Instagram stories.
Call the action post for your, for your package or your productized service would be like, okay. Here’s what you’re gonna get. And then, you know, you also wanna do a few playout updates. Like, oh, I’ve sold these many spots, and I’ve only got one spot left. Again, you’ll see me me do a lot of this on on Instagram, which is the social platform of choice for me. Like, it is our main platform, then I’ve since added in LinkedIn.
And a little bit of Facebook and threads. But, yeah, Instagram and LinkedIn is pretty much where it’s at.
Now this is the list building Evergreen launch. This is like a lovely launch to give you more. If you have a service, productized service or a package that you sell as a subscription model.
So back in the day, we used to have a service, package service, project service called grab and go. Those were essentially done for you social media captions. I think they used to be oh gosh. I think they used to be, like, sixty of them that we used to do for a client.
They used to be custom creative for them, but we used to get them, like, all sixty. We were not responsible for posting them, but they would have, like, and they would not, like, templates or anything. They were, like, custom created social media updates that they could use to, you know, populate on the probably their social media feeds. It was a subscription based thing because it used to cover them for three months, if they were to post x number of times.
And that it so well. So for something like that, this was a a launch that worked really, really well.
So here’s what you need for this is, again, same assets just kind of slightly flipped over. So social media updates Facebook ads if you wanna run those, again, haven’t run those for our productized services, but feel free to do so. Which take people to the opt in page or the opt in content, which could be a blog post. You’re right, where they have the option of opting in.
And then when they opt in, your email sequence kicks in that sells them into your prioritized service. Which is the sales page.
Again, copy asset, social media updates, five to seven to kind of cycle through. Optent page and a raw content with content upgrades essentially means, they need to probably their email address to get some additional content or just to kind of, you know, know more about your service. You could just give it very clear and simple.
You know, sequence, obviously, sales page.
The emails, updates, and block content for this, like I said, are exactly the same as they were for the emergency launch. It’s just a different flow, and it’s on autopilot.
And you kind of just keep sending people to your opt in, and then getting them to sign up for your subscription based service.
This money is what I was talking about is the social only launch? This is how I launched our fully loaded launch. Happy package the first time ever. This is how I launch.
I’ve launched a lot of different packages since, something that you need to know about me is I am a huge believer in the launches of least resistance. I like to do something that feels easy to me is fast to execute and doesn’t take a ton of time. So this is one of those things. It’s a minimal effort, massive ROI launch.
It works for just about any kind of package or productized service.
It’s a good launch model to use when your email list is not too big. It’s tiny or maybe like a midsize list, but you do have an engaged social media presence.
So it’s also, like I said, ideal if you wanna be that has to package. Right? You don’t wanna create a full blown, like, all of the emails and social media copy and all of that before you launch it. So it’s a really, really great package to use.
You could use I’ve I’ve used Instagram for this. I’ve used Facebook for this. I haven’t used LinkedIn for this. So I will yeah.
But both Facebook and Instagram work really, really well for this. So, it can be both urgency driven or or Evergreen.
Cool. Copy assets. You need to focus and engage presence on one or two social network You need social media updates. Of course, it’s a social only launch.
You need your sales page. Again, caveat, you don’t need a design sales page. It could be a Google doc sales page. I’ve shared a Google doc sales page a previous call with you.
Again, low tech, very, you know, easy to pull together. So that, and then you know, here’s how you wanna kind of plan it out.
You wanna start at least two weeks before you wanna start selling. Your package. So why? Because, again, like I said, social is can be a fickle friend.
So not everyone’s gonna see your updates And when you post them and not everyone will see all updates either. Right? So give yourself some time to kind of I keep two weeks. You may wanna test out a short appear, but two weeks is what’s worked for for both for us.
You need to have multiple updates, and you’re hoping to have multiple types of updates again, photos, texts, videos of your overlap. And again, the three ABC goals, you want authority, buzz call it action. Once you again created those updates, give yourself two weeks to share those updates.
Share them on platforms of your choice. And like I said, I repurpose and repurpose both stuff all the time. I highly recommend. So just kind of adapt them to suit the platform of your choice.
How you wanna split it is week one is authority and buzz. Right? Because you’re sharing, why are you the best person for this package? What’s your point of view?
How is your process different? What kind of proof do you have? All of those things? What’s happening?
How are you working on restructuring this, etcetera, etcetera. Right? And then you start showing up at the peak because it’s, you know, you built thirty posts tend to build a large engagement as well. So do buzz posts.
That’s the whole idea here.
We do is a combination of buzz and call it action. So you still continue with updates on, you know, social proof and what’s, you know, your own excitement around the the package of secrets and tips and all of those things. And the last half is going to be all about a push to sales. So three to five days.
So if you’ll have, like, a five day week, gotta keep day one and two for buzz, you know, if this is coming, keep them your eye open to this. It’s gonna have, like, I’m gonna have only three spots, etcetera, my past clients have shown. Obviously, you don’t wanna lie. If past clients have shown interest, you wanna kind of talk about that.
If they haven’t, then, you know, you wanna say I’m gonna be limiting spots because it’s gonna be very, you know, high touch, etcetera. And then the last half is gonna be called the action to push sales. If you’re using the sales page, all the action updates will include the link to the sales page, whether it’s a Google Doc or a new website. If you’re not using a sales page, again, you don’t need one for this.
You can ask them to message you or comment on your post, and then you can, like they say, take it to the DMs.
For most of these productized services or packages, the card open duration is around three to five days.
Caliet, as always, depending on your audience, your niche, the service that you’re actually offering all of those things. So just kind of keep that in mind. You know your audience and your business best. You can always put your specific business and productized service ID. You can always lean on us in CSP to kind of say, okay. I’m thinking five days, but I feel like my audience may need more time to decide What should I do? And then, yep, happy to lay in.
If you keep keep the card open for three to five days off for your package, This may seem a bit excessive to y’all. I would recommend, though, share a call to action update during the current twice or even twice a day at different times. Your audience knows you’re in launch mode.
People totally understand and respect that. Let them know that you’re letting them you’ll be letting them know that before, you know, during the authority building phase as well. And again, remember, not everyone is gonna see all your updates.
Not everyone is gonna see all the updates. So they’re not gonna it’s just the nature of the game. So it’s okay. I know you may feel like, I’m posting too much.
Trust me a lot. So just enjoy enjoy the process here.
So I want you to keep some of the teams in mind during the social media launch, you wanna encourage people to comment and our message you to engage with you. You wanna be responsive to those comments and likes, like and reply. Always, this you should be doing in any case, but especially during the launch.
Please create your updates in advance. However, be prepared to do a few on the fly updates as well. For instance, you had someone snap up a package. Right? That isn’t on the fly. I think. You may, someone who signed up, you know, gives you permission to share that they’ve signed up to work with you.
There’s an update, or it could just be, you know, yeah, you know, this is me having a good time while my service launch is going on.
Some of those on the fly updates are great from behind the scenes and also for for social proof and credibility.
How do you decide which one’s perfect for you? Depends on your season of life. I’m a huge believer in that. Your productized service positioning and your own secret superpowers. And what do I mean? Season of Life?
You need to think about do you have a lot going on? Is it relaxed with, you know, more manageable responsibilities on the client and family fronts?
Or is it a really busy season right now? Do you have a lot on your plate? Your season like is super important to take into account when you’re creating a launch time, not just for this, but for anything that you may be launching in the future, whether it’s your workshops, whether it’s your course, whether, you know, anything.
So there’s no fun in launching while you’re feeling kind of stressed out and exhausted or overwhelmed.
And again, after working on, countable number of launches, there is no right or wrong way to launch. You don’t even have to make a big sum and dance about launching this. You would just do an under the radar launch, aft and plenty of those as well. But point is you do need to share your productized service or package when you have it ready with the people who may be the best fit for it.
Offer positioning is your package exclusive and high ticket urgency launch, maybe the best option. Is it a subscription based service? Like I said, you know, it may be do a social only blast or do an evergreen for it. Is it a starter package?
Like an audit? Great. Put it on Evergreen. You can mix and match things. You can create your own hybrid version of it.
But keeping your positioning in mind can help you create a launch plan that gives it the greatest chance of succeeding.
And then your own secret super powers. This is really important. Now if you don’t enjoy social, don’t do a social on your launch. Like, in our business, Mike and I, Bank wouldn’t even have a Facebook account if it weren’t for the business.
I mean, he’s not a social person. Social media person. He’s a social person. He’s not a social media person.
At all. I, on the other hand, can live and breathe social media all day long. I love it. It’s a happy place.
So for me to do a social and relaunch, when we first launched started doing our prototype services and packages made complete sense because I thrive on it.
For you, maybe using your email list may be a good idea. So maybe go and agree with your packages, or maybe you’re really great at outreach and writing, you know, emails to connect with as clients or pitch the core pitches. I think Oh, it feels great at that. Right? So leverage that point is create you could create your own hybrid launch model, right, just decide what works best for you, but decide as soon as you create your package and decide right now because overthinking your launch isn’t going to do you any favors. Alright. That’s it for me.
Let’s just chat.
Can I can I ask a question about the timeline of the urgency launch? And specifically, like, you mentioned the blog post of the authority content, and then the opt in How far in advance would you share that blog post and often before you went into your urgency or your email sequence?
Yeah. For the urgency launch, what I would do is I would write in a blog post.
I would keep like a let me just pour some water for myself.
I would keep, like, a four week period, essentially. I would write my blog post, send it out to the email list, send out shared on social, get some people signing up for, you know, the, like, an interest list of things, and then keep my usual three to five day card open period. This isn’t an ideal situation, Katie.
Sometimes And this is more probably me. You may be better at this than I am. I sometimes get a great idea. Discussed it tonight, he’s, like, on board with it. And then I decide that we need to launch it. So so I write up a quick Google Doc Saleslate. I literally did this today.
I write up a good quick Google Doc Saleslate, and then what I do is I will keep, like, earmarked a five day period to start talking about it on social. So my social launches are all urgency for the launches.
But if you have the time, I would say, kind of be smart about it.
Like, do your blog post first week of the month, do your blog post and let you email us get people talking about it week, you know, use week two for your the authority of the buzz updates. And week three, you could use for, you know, your buzz and call to action updates. That’s how it would be like a smarter way. To do it. But again, if you let me have lots of great ideas, I wanna test them out, do a social only low lift launch.
And when you have to often sorry, friend. When you have that often, are you are you having, I mean, generally? Are you having people opt in for a freebie or for to hear more about the offer that you’ve teased in the blog post?
Both.
Both.
I, for instance, I share let me actually show you this in.
An option. So before I launched ready to sell, Right?
I had a blog post that was all about selling evergreen courses.
And it’s like a fairly detailed post.
You’ll see this this often right here is not for ASL, but earlier, this often was for, if you’d need my help to write your evergreen funnel, get on our wait list for when I open up, you know, the I have the excitingly evergreen package, so it was for that. So I used to do specific freebies. Like I shared with you earlier, it just became very confusing. And then those rebies would not be updated, and I would be like, all like, you know, I don’t have the time to kind of work on them.
So I just went with this. It’s been working. So I guess, plus, you know what, I realized, like, people who opt in without getting a freebie are actually genuinely interested in learning about your sources. So or your program.
So, yeah.
Thanks. That’s really helpful.
You’re welcome. Abby, I know you asked the same thing. What are they opting in for? You could give them a specific you know, and offer specific opt in.
Like, for instance, let’s say you are you have the day when evergreen thing. Right? Like, so you could give them, like, say, hey, here’s how you could do an audit. To see if your offer is ready to go Evergreen from day one.
That could be your freebie, but, personally, I don’t they just opt in to be the first to know when I have availability.
So, yeah.
Any other questions about launching your productized services and packages about structuring them, anything else?
I I have another question if nobody else wants to go.
I would love to know, like, how do you decide what, what becomes a productized service versus what is just your bespoke packages. Like, for example, fully loaded launch, you know, how do you reconcile doing like a custom launch strategy for people versus them buying fully loaded launch and having that kind of set menu. Okay. Good.
Good. Good question. Alright.
So For me, essentially, it is about solving a problem for applying.
Like, what would be What would make it an easy yes for them?
Like I just shared with you, I’m, like, literally right now about to beat a test new package for our existing clients who want more from us. So I will keep you posted with how that goes, but essentially we look at what what are people? What do people need the most? What does our audience need the most?
Can we give it to them in a way that’s effective and efficient for us? Is the last thing you wanna do? It’s like, let yes. We can give them the world on a pattern but is that sensible?
No. Right? So how can we do that? And once we kind of figure that out, that’s when something becomes a prioritized service.
Going back, for instance, I used to have an affiliate swipe copy package. Again, it was because, you know, I had a lot of people approaching me like, hey, have dig I have a digital product. This is gonna, again, we were working, as social media managers and content creators essentially. Right?
So we had like a lot of our clients were bloggers, and all of them had, like, ebooks and, you know, like, digital products, workbooks, and things like that that they that affiliates were selling for them. So we had an affiliate swipe copy package for them that would give them, like, say, for affiliate emails, it would give the their affiliates, it would, it would to use a swipe copy, for selling their products.
And from those emails, it became easy for me to pull social media updates.
So I did that. And then What I did was, which was like a one time thing was create, a PDF with, you know, fifteen different ways to promote so and so is a affiliate product. So, basically, those ideas were transferable because the audiences, like, our clients essentially all had, like, nine dollar, nineteen dollar, twenty nine dollar ebooks. So it was easy.
So, essentially, what how we approach this is What’s the problem we’ll be solving for our clients? And how can we do it in a way that’s effective and efficient for us? Because, again, we wanna stick to our our internal hourly rate. Yeah.
Does that help? Cool.
Monique, what courses in copy school are the best to watch, for prioritized services?
I think that’s more, a free Yeah.
I’ll I’ll elaborate on that because I, I feel like I’m going cold into the launch of, like, creating a and I had on Slack, which I saw thank you for your comment about workshop versus productized service.
And have two different types of services or products in mind.
A little bit about, like, where do you prioritize which one first? Because when you’re starting to in that early stage to do both, it’s a question of prioritizing one over the other. And I was just curious if there’s something that you know, as a how to walk me through a guide if there was something that I just missed in Copy school that I could go refer to.
I think.
So what you would need help with is Looking at what to launch or how to launch? What would be most helpful for you?
Well, both actually went to launch, like, in what stage and what order to go for a productized service versus going at it from a workshop perspective. So what was yeah.
I feel like, you know, I feel like what Joe’s doing in freelancing school would probably be a better fit for this. I haven’t had a chance to watch the what rise, sessions, but I believe he did some sessions on as part of master of product type services. I think that would be a better place to start, but I’d like the group weigh in on this, like, for those of you who’ve seen this or who are, you know, who’ve seen freelancing school because I think all of you have access to it as well. Right?
I haven’t been into freelancing school, but it sounds like in terms of developing product based services that rise recent sessions would be the best fit and then ten x launches, I think, is still available. And, Mike, if you’re looking for, like, an overview of, like, what launch emails to send to different phases or, you know, like, I think that’s probably your best bet.
Okay. Yeah. Great.
Perfect.
And you have questions on the blog, Printa’s own resources are amazing. So go on Printa’s blog, and check out your content.
I love that. I haven’t been here in your blog.
Oh, thank you. Yeah. No. I’m a big blog person.
So, alright. Any other questions?
Jessica, read everything Thank you. Okay. All of you. This is very nice. Thank you.
I’m glad I asked the question.
Perfect.
Okay. Cool. Anyone else got a prioritized service idea? You wanna run past me or a question about launching one. Go ahead. You have time.
Hi. I’m gonna offer some a question and maybe it’s an observation at the same time. On LinkedIn, has anybody turned on their product services, feature, and I don’t know how many are you aware of it, like, have you had anything come through it?
Is it I have like What what, you know, what are you getting value from that?
I know there’s a lot of hidden features on LinkedIn in a way if you don’t know about you don’t know to use them.
Any questions about that would be your answers to that would be insights talking about that that view by store button.
Are you talking about that one?
Yeah. Like, all you profile, it can say right under your, in the head in the header section. I will call it up front before a vote.
That’s the number for You want me?
Yeah. That’s available for premium users.
Yeah. I have that access. Yeah.
So it’s just the the first. So it changed recently, like, I think two months ago. So first, there was a custom link where you had to go on your and someone have to click customer link, but now that the button has, now that they have the button, so you post anything and then anyone reading your post can see that button so they can go directly to that click your website or there are only three options or blog portfolio website and store is here. Okay.
And have you found that anything has come of that? You know, just out of curiosity? Is it is it actually a pathway that should be considered.
Going to ask that to pre prenup because last time she taught the application funnel and the product has launched. I did I didn’t write my sales stage, and I I never knew that there’s something associated with me, but I guess I didn’t don’t do a cart open cart close to it. But I think I wrote, like, ten days ago, and then I’d be promoting it. And I’ve got like three times the amount of sales calls I usually get from midterms.
I don’t think. About seven days ago, I had no clients, no goals. When I backed up the new year. And then some because when people check my call emails, they go to my LinkedIn and then I don’t know if it’s exactly this button, but the sales page, Google Docsales page.
It did work, but have this one question regarding that that, the current launch package, it’s like I’m doing two offers. One is not not available to people like on on the sale space, which is they pay upfront and then they pay a small amount upfront and then it’s performance based. Have you go to the hot seat section, Ryan Shane had been shamed here at his business model. So it’s really curious to try that since I don’t have those many case studies.
So and it did work really well because I got like two really Really big names would would have ever said yes. Without that, one is Dave Sharp and second Jira got stuck if anyone is familiar.
So they replied to that saying that mister Smith.
But I’m curious that if, like, you share your your high ticket packages on the law firm’s sales page or you get them to a call.
Because Oh, gosh. I don’t know if on the sales page, people are resistant.
Okay.
Yeah. For me, okay. I’m sorry. I I interrupted you. How you feel, but, yeah, for me and, those are, like, Jessica and Katie, and Abby, if you’ve seen the site, you would know that I do share our pricing on the sales. But for me, it’s very important to not get on a call and have people get or shock.
So it’s not a good use of their time or mine for that matter. So, so, yeah, I’m, again, always, we’ve always always, even when we do not have high ticket packages or news, but, always had our pricing on the sales, which just kind of makes our life so much simpler. But I’m sure there is, like, again, a case to be made. So you gotta test it out for yourself. You’ve noticed that people are getting on calls and saying yes to you, so I haven’t stick know, you’re not keeping it off the sales very quick. Whatever was for you.
Yeah.
I love that.
I just looked at your And I saw that you put on store and you put a Google Doc.
That’s I hadn’t seen that. Did anyone do that? Honestly, it’s more the product I or the product services. So good for you. That’s really great idea.
I guess you can’t tell how many people are clicking on that.
Yeah. Yeah. That that’s the thing.
You can’t tell the clicks, a, I’ve put a little video so so that I’ve hacked, like, okay, how many people are seeing the Oh, as you mentioned.
Nice. Nice idea.
How many people are clicking? But here’s the question. So people who are only booking the calls are being nurtured via the DMs. And then someone said that you should, like, if it’s this high ticket, you should not reveal the price. I would really like to know, like, how do you approach it? Because in the launch space, some people are saying that or like fifteen k for now, the economy is really downturn and nobody wants to see that unless they’re getting coached on a sales call.
To to really justify the price point. Like, what I would just like to have a conversation about that. What are your thoughts?
I love for the group to kinda weigh in. My thoughts are very straightforward on this.
I’ve closed packages, upwards of fifty k, even a even a hundred k, with a proposal and not a sales call. Like, I mean, I’m just, like, people have come in knowing that, okay, yes, I wouldn’t call it a sales call. It’s more like a, you know, like a what I call our our copy chat where I go in, ask about their the project scope, So so when we sign our hundred k copy project, and then after that, I did another one for eighty k, it was exactly like that. Like, I went in, got the scope, let them know that, you know, they’d come in knowing, you know, what our where our pricing starts.
And also, like, say, the fully they their scope, I had to create proposal to them because their scope was so big that I needed to create proposal. Otherwise, if I can avoid it, I will avoid creating a proposal.
But in both cases, none of the clients had any you know, like, oh, so your sales pitch is like how much? There’s no there was no none of that, you know, because they knew, you know, what we charge. They so that is my argument. Again, very, very important for something to you, and I think everybody know is that you will always find people making an argument for and against something in business, and that’s probably why they fall, you know, you can call them best practices.
Like, people say, oh, the best practice is to do this, but the point is we can make those best practices better for us. So how do you do that? You do that. I’ve seen what works well for you.
For me, it doesn’t And I also tried, like, for my company, for us, it’s very important to build a business that aligned with our values for us financial stewardship and transparency. Super important. So which is why we’ve never charged interest for payment plans, but then something that people always say you should do is like, oh, you know, you’re giving a payment plan for your program, admin costs. So you need to try or The worst is PayPal fees.
You need to bill your client for PayPal fees. Like, your service fees needs to do, like, kind of, that’s Those are the things that I have very, you know, like my hot takes on. But point is it’s not the only way to do something. It’s not this is just what’s working for us.
So I’d love for the group to weigh, and I’m gonna shut up right now.
Yeah. I just wanted to add, I think, as well, when working with coaches, it’s just it’s like about getting in front of the ones that see fifteen k, like, the way that we see, like, a hundred and fifty dollars.
Like not everyone’s gonna see that. I’d be like, whoa, like, if they’re making, like, hundreds of thousands of dollars a month, then it’s like, they’ll see that. I’m gonna be like, oh, cool. So, yeah, I think it’s it’s just getting in front of those people. Like, I’m only just starting to, like, comprehend, like, how much money like some business owners have and yeah.
Yeah. Yeah. Absolutely. Absolutely.
You’re welcome.
Also, ultimately sharing prices.
I’ve like, I’ve talked to clients about how if you have a lot of time and you like getting on calls, like sure test out not sharing the price. But if you, like, friend, I was saying, like, if you more value only speaking to qualified people, then at least having, starting from, like, bracket or something on your site is probably a good idea. Think, like, when I was saying, like, it really comes down to which do you prioritize, like, volume of people that you’re gonna speak to, and then maybe even if they do have a sticker shock, you, like, downsell them into a day rate, or are you really only looking to get on the on a call with, like, people who are prequalified for that specific offer?
Yeah. I just I added a link. I found this, download on the upside.
Definitely check it out. It is probably the only resource to date, and I’d love to know if it helps anybody in Slack. Let me know that it opened my eyes to some of the language to use, as well as the starting point, you know, where what what was a big aha for me is under your services, definitely say starting at you know, let’s say it’s a pack of ten thousand dollars because then to your point, you don’t limit yourself on the upper end because you can scope out the upper end.
But it is anyone who can’t even come close to the ten thousand, let’s say, you weeded them out, and it’s a way of qualifying them. And so I thought it was a really powerful language, that I haven’t seen in many places, but, you know, I I think we saw that who did it recently in the group?
Stacy did it, right, where she had her own you know, buy now link to cart package, which was fantastic. So I I it take a look at it. If anyone comes across anything better than this pricing book, as a tool, please let me know because I’m kind of devouring all these ways of sharing your your fee without having to be selling your self and not in regard.
Perfect. Thank you so much, honey. Awesome. Great. Cool. Last minute questions folks, or do you wanna wrap up?
Can I ask a quick question? Yeah. It’s it’s co quite a nosy one. It’s harder.
So, I follow you with the owner console answer on it, but I’m I’m really curious, like, how many of the fully loaded loaded launch, you sell like a month, and, I would love to know, like, how much time it takes you to Yeah.
Yeah. No. Absolutely.
How many of those do we make So full disclosure, Abby, like, right now, we’re at a stage where most of this fully loaded launch copy packages get expanded.
So they usually include way more emails than what’s on the page right there.
Sometimes they include other collateral, as well, including webinar scripts that are right or create, you know, student onboarding sequences and things like that. So when it is, And because it’s me doing all the writing of the copy, if it gets expanded into something like that, then it usually means I do one of those a month and then book the rest for the rest, you know, rest of the year. Though, and that but I still take on, like, you know, smaller projects, like, say, okay, a short email sequence and to say that because, again, I write really fast.
That’s the others think is I I feel like I, you know, it it’s it’s just fast for me to write. So, So that that helps for sure. How much time does it take? I will I actually, you know, will have hard numbers for you. I tracked all my time, but for maybe an idea. Hang on.
Like, I have, like, show to give you context.
I have the screenshot handy so I’ll share that with you. But Queen is, I we try and keep our hours to, you know, below or around this number for the year. So this is twenty twenty two.
Hang on. Let me Yeah. This is this is twenty twenty two. I also have the numbers for twenty twenty three.
How much time does it take? It’s hard. It’s actually hard for me to say. For instance, twenty twenty two is, I think when we did the hundred k package, which is May and June.
So that, basically, I think, took me this is where it was, but I was also working on other other projects at the time.
I can look up my last, you know, fully loaded copy package numbers and share that with you, but it generally would Katie, I use to follow. I have been using to follow for years, t o g g l. You know what? It’s free.
And it’s amazing.
And I track literally everything I do like from If I’m in Slack chatting with you all, I will track that.
And same with our clients. So for client work, I try calls. I tracked the writing. I tracked the edits. I tracked the communication. I have with them in their Slack. I tracked them or in the Asana or in my Notion workspace or any email.
I track edits, So when I look at the number, it gives me everything.
So, Abby, all of this to say, I can review my toggle stats for the last couple of fully loaded launch copy packages and come back to you, but it generally tends to vary depending on the scope.
Yeah. I mean, I would I would love to look at it if it’s not too much. How soon to share it?
Thank you. Abs absolutely cool with it. So yeah.
I love this idea because I think it’s the starting stats. Like what, you know, for me in particular, I’m like, what success look like out the door? And I know that’s a part of, you know, setting a vision for your business, but also the metrics. And sometimes it’s a little bit like, are you following your like, number of followers on LinkedIn that, you know, then it’s the conversions on the conversations, but it’s the the number of potential KPIs you can have starting out is bewildering and you can almost overemphasize, let’s call social media stats. In some ways, and then that’s where your time goes. But it’s almost like, how do you break down what the most critical stats are for starting out product high service. What’s realistic?
What’s a really great ballpark average? Because I think you can fluctuate between doing a, you know, low end.
Maybe a higher sell or reach, or you can do high end ticket, but it’s sort of like the mix of what, you know, maybe you’ve gone through of okay. Here’s just the baseline. If you can achieve something to this effect over x number of months, These are the metrics that will really help you because I feel that’s what I need. I I work well off of metrics and goals, and I just don’t even know where to start, to be honest.
Yeah. Really important fee. I I’m the same, Monique. I I work well on goals, like tangible metrics and goals. So I would say, you know, you need to kinda figure out what’s most important, for you, for us, it is that number.
It’s, yes, for me, revenue is, like, I love looking at, okay, and gamifying the system and, like, oh, you know, just kind of enjoying the game of entrepreneurship, but so I love the revenue number, but, for us more importantly, it’s also the number of hours work and the kind of work we’re doing.
So, why? Because we have both of us deal, my husband and I do chronic illnesses. When we started our business, our daughter was a toddler, so spending time with her was super important for us and being there for her and just sting her grow up. And, like, she’s sixteen.
She’s gonna be sixteen in March, but it still doesn’t stop. Right? Like, for instance, in March, we’re taking off to you know, taking her to Singapore to see Taylor’s veteran concert. So for us looking at the number of, hours that we spend in our business and the kind of life that we are building for ourselves is what defines success for us because just chasing a constantly moving goal post when it comes to revenue or social media numbers, like you said.
You know? Yeah. It’s easy to just get distracted from the big picture.
So Yeah. I feel like that’s probably where I’m stuck right now, if I’m being very transparent, it’s like that balance between time doing, building authority because, you know, in our authority plans, it’s the book, it’s the the podcast, it’s the newsletter, and I I’m like, oh my god, it’s building all that, and it’s not even the actual business development and the launching of a product.
And If I’m being really clear because I think that’s the whole vulnerability aspect of being in a mastermind is that it’s overwhelming right now. So I don’t know if anyone else is feeling that, but I thought I’d share it.
Sure. You know, like, I think Katie had shared something similar in Slack. You know, I think last month or so, you know, where you’re, Okay. As I have the limit authority, but then how do I also get money into the store, which is a very, very real concern. So thank you for for sharing this. And this is definitely something you could consider chatting about on on a hot seat and, you know, getting more insight there.
Yeah. Yeah. Sometimes it’s I don’t know how to present it, I guess, is the thing when you’re in a hot seat. It’s sort of like you feel like you need to have copy as opposed to or something to react to, not a necessarily a mindset thing. And I I guess when it comes to mind, that’s Well, I mean, hey, I’m open to it. I’m open to it for sure as if I wanna if I wanna be the the case study on it.
Yeah.
Yeah. Yeah. No. I think, mindset is definitely, definitely qualifies for for a hot seat. So you should definitely, you know, volunteer for one. That’s, you know, that’s the whole purpose of being in this room.
Now that I have everything in my calendar, and I’ll say that that was don’t know how I missed some things, but I honestly anyhow. Long story. Cool. Check issues.
Awesome.
I asked one last question, though.
If anyone if anyone else hearing and seeing all these creator opportunities come out like Justin Welsh, so there’s a whole bunch of these courses. There’s the upside that people are sharing with me.
There’s another one Donald Miller, like all these you know, essentially, there are the programs that are kind of said to have answered the the questions and the challenges I’m having. And and I’m wondering whether I should be taking any of them, but I don’t know. Like, you can sign up for endless courses. And I guess any thoughts on that?
Yeah. You need to see what you would will those courses give you what you need? If you can decide that on your first second to agree of a sales page, then it probably not the right thing for you. One of the, you know, I don’t know if this would help, Monique, but one of the things that, you know, Mike and I did way back, we, you know, we need to probably go back to it now because but when we were probably at, I would say, at the stage that you are at right now, what we did was we made a commitment to at least finish a course and get the most get what we wanted out of it before signing up for something else.
Because, again, it kind of tied back to the fact that we had limited energy, limited capacity, limited time because you’re also running a business with it. So signing up for a course is the easy thing going through and doing the work is where you wanna see. Okay. Do I really have the time, mental energy, focus, capacity to be able to take on implementing what, say, Justin Welch or a Donald Miller would teach you.
And if so, what would that look like?
So right now, we we don’t do that as religiously, but then that we all set a very different stage. Of life and business both. So it’s kind of, you know, it’s I would say it’s okay.
But point is, it’s tempting to sign up because it feels like the course would be the band aid or the quick fire solution to the problem, and you still label it. Right? But the fact is that you are You already have access to a lot of the courses that you need and the community and the training.
Mhmm.
What is it that you’re hoping to get from those courses that you’re not getting here and how can we kind of fill that gap?
Yeah. I think that’s a great point. Like, for me when I looked at the upside, it’s like step by step. It’s sort of the for me, it’s and maybe I’ve just missed some aspects of some of the courses along the way in in our our community that I’m just need needing to to get that.
And maybe maybe if there’s anyone in the coaching side that can say, hey, these courses, Munich, you have to take that maybe I haven’t seen or taken. That would be helpful. I just don’t know. Sometimes you just don’t know what you don’t know.
And when you’re driving the yeah.
It seems like a lot.
Personally, Monique, I’ve taken the Justin Washes courses and a couple of other ones.
But I can tell you that there’s nothing new, and most of them are pretty outdated.
It’s stuff that you use to work and now everybody’s doing So it’s, basically, it’s seen as a bit of, like, yeah, pushy, like, even the, like, the LinkedIn stuff and Justin Wiresh, basically, all he’s doing is looking at what tweets work, creating templates out of those tweets, systematizing them, and then basically every day sitting down and doing. Okay. Today, you want to write about this. I’m gonna freeze it this way, changing the words. So it’s kind of like a mechanical thing, a repeatable thing, but you can learn all of that for free. Just reading stuff that these creators write on social media or on their blogs, I think.
Yeah. Okay. Okay.
Okay.
Cool. I wanna chat everybody.
Thank you so much.
Thank you.
Worksheet
4x Your Course Sales with A Relationship Focused Waitlist Strategy
4x Your Course Sales with a Relationship Focused Waitlist Strategy
Transcript
Alright. Over the next training minutes, my goal is to help you create a waitlist page, like, understand the secret to creating a weightless page that attracts you perfect student.
This is personally, this is a strategy that I’ve tested out extensively for our clients, with waitlists. And, of course, then the kind of emails to send to those waitlists, and then, you know, what kind of copy to include on those emails. I’ll also walk you through a quick recipe for, for one of those kind of emails. We will try and see how much you can done in twenty minutes. That would be fun.
Okay. So the to create a wait list page, and I know all of you should have worksheets with this.
Apparently, should I come through to the worksheets? I don’t know. You’ll complete you should complete the after the session. In this case, I would want you to complete them after the session.
And feel free to to tag me if you have questions if you’re working on a wait list, project for a client or for yourself, I would love to see what you come up with, and I would love to get feedback on that, as well. So even after the session, feel free to ping me, in Slack, tag me, and all of that. Alright. The SMS recipe is essentially what kind of goes against the grain when it comes to weightless pages.
Most ways wake us pages that I saw, and this is the niches that I run images essentially, coaches, course creators, authors, and membership side owners. Like, these are the four type of audiences, like that across different niches that I’ve written weightless pages for. And when I was doing my research, what I found was weightless pages were either essentially placeholders or like often pages, you know, like really short name, email address. I have to be the first to know when my book releases those kind of pages, and that’s Probably that’s great that works well for them.
I don’t know. I haven’t, you know, I don’t have the data on that. But what we realized is that if we are running ads to a waitlist page or even from social media organically sending people to a waitlist page. Our goal is that it needs to speak to the ideal student or the ideal reader and it needs to move them from unaware or maybe brand aware to most aware with intent to buy.
There is no point in putting up a way to this page when your highest conversions don’t end up coming from there. So for me, that was the goal going in, and this was the that I kinda came up with was that it needs to speak to our ideal students. So we need to structure it in a way that has their struggles. It’s obviously based on voice customer, it has social proof, it has all of the conversion mechanisms that we would use in a in a regular sales page.
Right? And it needs to move them from unaware to most aware, and then sell them on the signing up to the wait list. So we need to kind of make it worked there a while to sign up to the wait list, and that is where, you know, the next part of the training, which is, you know, the emails come in. You can sell them on signing up to the wait list by, yes, incentivizing them, letting them know, hey, you’ll get the lowest price.
But what if, and wonderful client comes to you and says, okay, I do not want to give a discount.
Right? So because that has happened with me where I’ve had clients and, you know, I authors, especially say, you know, yeah, we can give, like, I don’t wanna we’re not gonna give, like, a discount in the book. DLMS for, like, say, ten books or something like that. But, or I’m not gonna discount the course.
So your wait list page needs to incentivize people to sign up to the wait list because they will be viewing from you regularly, and that is where the emails kick in.
One of the things that I want you to know is that waiters pages don’t have to be long form sales pages.
They’re not, you know, they’re not going to be like eight thousand, thirteen thousand word sales pages. They are going to be shorter than that. Think of them as somewhere, but we, long form opt in page and a short sales page.
What I look at is essentially this, is it’s speaking to the ideal student are we using voice of customer to guide the structure of the page talking about what they will get? Is it moving them from most aware, which means that I need to have, most unaware, like, from unaware to most aware, which means I need to have a bio section and social proof as well. Right? I need to have credibility markers in there. And then is it incentivizing them? Is it selling them on signing up to the wait list? As long as it’s taking all of those wear golden, which is why I don’t have a rinsing repeat kind of a framework.
For this, but these are the three things that I look for. Is it doesn’t speak to a writing student? Is it moving them across the stages of awareness?
And is it selling them on signing up to the wait list?
Once they sign up to the wait list, the emails kick in.
You can complete, like okay. Then test it for yourself, but I have multiple times just use the emails that people will be getting as the incentive for signing up to the wait list.
Why? Because there are two kinds of emails that you wanna send.
This one is the one that people love the most. These are the ones that tend to do really, really well. And again, continuing to move our reader across the stages of awareness and getting them really excited about what’s coming there next. Behind the scenes, they come along for the right email is what I call this.
This is like a friendly introduction. You know, you and then you segue into the right behind launching or creating what course, the bug, whatever. So behind the scenes, the previews, any frustrations, you know, bloopers, highlight reels, a lesson or a chapter, those work really, really well. They’re really easy to write as well.
Especially when you’re writing them for clients, you know, then it makes it really easy to do that, because you would wanna work with them closely for this, but it pretty much on, like, a weekly basis. And and so you would meet with them. You would get to know what’s going on with the launch and then basis that, you know, you would wanna write. The email for them.
The second one is something that you could kind of, you know, almost use what I call my not yet for sales newsletters. For this, this is the TGI Fridays recipe. I don’t know how many of you remember TGI Fridays. I’m like totally dating myself here, but basically, the Fridays here Yeah.
At the FBRs or Fridays where you could send out an email any day of the week. Essentially, you’re sending out one email a week here.
And this works really well for evergreen funnels.
This is also the email that kind of inspired to nurture yourselves newsletter.
I would call it almost a package that I’ve, you know, clients have really, really loved and seen great results with. So with the TGI Friday’s recipe, essentially, you’re sending out a weekly email to the list, letting them know, you know, it could be an idea. It could be, again, it could be something behind the scenes as well, but point is with come along for the right email.
These could just be, you know, you could, like, if you if the wait list is, like, a few months long, This could just be a monthly email. This does not have to be a weekly email. When the wage period isn’t that long, It’s almost like a pre launch thing, which is when these work way better.
For this email, what I find invited why I kind of enjoy writing this email more is because I can write this ahead of time, and I don’t have to do, like, weekly calls. We’re applying to find out what’s going on behind the scenes or, you know, what’s the latest with the, you know, what’s happening with the course prep and and all of that. Is because I can just kind of use introduction, which is based in, you know, in Beijing blur. It could be a short story.
Bonus tip for anyone who’s working with clients here.
When you are onboarding your clients, when you’re kicking off a copy project, You want to ask your clients if they have a story wall. I I call it a story wall. You could call it a story bank. You could call it whatever you want to.
And if they don’t, then you wanna start that off for them. So this really when you’re writing these kind of newsletters emails because those emails need stories. Stories work really well for these.
You segue. So from the introduction, you segue into the insights. So what was your insight from that story, the anecdote, the facts, etcetera, etcetera. These are this is just example, if I’m not gonna read through them, you’ll have the slides. You could look at the slides for the examples to see how it kind of all ties together because I, again, wanna be mindful of the time here.
And then you’ll be into the information you wanna share here with them. Now, This is important. The information that you would share would connect to the book, the membership, or the course that you’re talking about.
Why? Because again, remember, these are very close to emails. And then you wanna implement them. Now implementing could be as simple as signing taking the next step with signing up for your webinar.
So you treat these more like pre launch. Implementation could be tagging you on Instagram. So you’re building that relatability, building that rapport with them. Implementation could be to pre enroll in your course, you know, so you if you have an early, early bird.
Implementation doesn’t always mean that they need to go back, print out worksheet right on their takeaways. That’s an implementation just means they need to take some sort of an action.
Besides these two kind of emails, these are some other, copy ideas that I’ve used for course created specifically when it comes to their latest email strategy.
So problem solving content. Again, You speak to your student. Right? So you know what the problems are and you get them some solutions and and, yes, you share how they can make the solutions. We don’t wanna do the what and the why and keep the how gated here, which is really popular in the online world.
And the reason I don’t do that, you know, I’ve been fortunate that our my clients have been on board with this is because when you share the how, your audience has really, really good aha moments, and they realize that their problem is much bigger. You’re solving a very you know, a very high level problem for them here, but they know that the problem goes much bigger. And and that is when they start to see that they need to work with you in order to kind of, you know, not get stuck once they’ve moved past you. Will there be people who will just take that one or two house that you give them and run with it?
Yes. But those were probably not the ideal people to begin within the first place. So You wanna look again, we’re speaking to that one person in these emails who would be perfect for whatever offer it is that you’re selling. Comparative analysis content, comparison tables are your friends here.
I have used them denseively on sales pages, on emails, like, everywhere possible. Like, probably the only page I haven’t used it is like an ten page, but, maybe I should try that out one day. But, point is comparative analysis goes a long way because your audience is considering alternatives.
It’s really important you go ahead and address the conversation that they’re already having in their head about, okay, should I go for this or should go for that by helping them, you know, weigh the pros and cons and reduce that decision over a little bit. Either which way is whatever decision they make, it’s a decision. So that’s really important that we, you know, we can, we help them see how you fill the gaps or, you know, how are you different? Maybe you’re a good different for them.
Maybe you’re not so good different for them. Either which ways, it’s up to us to do, to help them make that decision. And then walk the top content. So this is, this is essentially value you know, where you show value alignment.
For example, Heather Elon, who’s a who’s been a long term client of ours, what she did was she made it very clear on her opt in page. I basically wrote the opt in page for her, but she and she was on board with it by being very clear that people will be invited to join her course.
Why? Because, again, we were speaking to astrologers.
These are not marketers. They do not know how fattles work. These are like obvious regular people who Yeah. It would be very skeptical of just kinda buying something on the, someone they’ve been watching on YouTube, but so we made it very clear about what’s gonna happened next, we reiterated the fact on, you know, in the follow-up emails as well. So people were coming in eyes wide open, and they will know, like, Oh, here’s a free master class, and now here’s what you’re gonna need to buy to keep moving forward. Point is If your clients have an audience that a is not very marketing savvy, B is or has been burned badly in the past by poor experiences, and or You have a brand that is known for a very high commitment to values, integrity, transparency, You know, it may be a good idea to have some walk the talk content in your waitlist email strategy.
Alright. I think we are very good on time.
Yep. That’s it.
Let’s talk about how are you gonna use wait. Let’s see your programs or services, and I don’t know why my Jeff is frozen. But anyways, go forth and wait list await to your users. Okay. Cool. Questions. And then you can do copy reviews.
What do you consider to be a or for you for you personally, like a good benchmark to aim for for a waitlist.
I’m sorry.
What do I consider to be a a good bed benchmark for a conversion rate for your wait list when you’re launching.
Well, that’s a very good question. So I have seen and this is a how I set benchmarks, Abby, is based on what the client has seen so far from a launch. If they’ve used a rate list, then from that rate list. And if they’ve not used a rate list, then what’s been highest conversion software. And then I go ahead and set benchmarks.
Having said that.
The range that we’ve seen for weightless conversions have has gone anywhere from, I would say, thirteen percent to and almost twenty five percent.
Because I’m gonna hazard a guess. It’s probably more than that, but talking to twenty five percent, which been really, really good because and this is probably just my audience, my clients, sometimes, like, I work with a lot of audiences that are very skeptical. I do work with marketers as well, but I do also work. I do work with audiences that are that have a high resistance to being sold to. I think homesteaders, like, right now, just before this call, I had a call with a client of ours who has a homesteading business. Homesteaders.
Sorry. I just want to similarly, astrologers or crafters or, you know, so It could just be me, but I yeah. That’s what we’ve seen. I would say, thirteen to twenty five percent has been what I’ve seen the waitlists.
Okay. Thank you. Okay.
Any other questions?
I’m curious, permit, like, I’ve seen I’ve seen a lot of wait lists that are just like the sales page, but with the wait list button instead. So I’m curious when you said about, like, having you’re selling them on being on the wait list, which I totally understand, but I wonder, like, how much are you also selling them on the offer like, would you say it’s an exception where there’s kind of two things that you’re selling them on, or how do you how do you prioritize, there?
Yeah.
And I’ve done the same, you know, like with, in fact, with our own brand, the wait list we had was basically the sales page with with the opt in form, you know, just switched out. And my reason for that was essentially because One Ray to sell is Hi, Gosh. And I don’t have, like, a huge number of people I’m looking to get into it. So it just kinda makes more sense from you. Have, like, a way to list of people who know exactly what the offer is and exactly who I am, etcetera, etcetera. So it just made sense for us to do that plus interest of time, did not have the time.
To hire myself to write, from scratch, wait list page, honestly.
But point being, For our clients, though, I have seen that, yes, we do let them know that the offer is what the offer is. And what it’s going to be. The thing I should tell you, Katie, is that when you’re selling a client, on using a waitlist. It’s a good idea to do that, like, say, eight weeks or twelve weeks, you know, like, before the launch.
Like, they’re building a waitlist, three months before they’re launching the offer. So all the details of the offer sometimes are not even hashed out yet. Which means that they have an idea. Sometimes they may not even, you know, know what the final pricing is going to be on hold.
So we don’t really sell all of that. We just talk about what the outcome and the benefits are going to be of the of the program and that they can get a behind the scenes look at how it’s, you know, especially if it’s like a first time launch, even if it’s a relaunch, they can get a behind the scenes look because I’ve what I’ve found is that people really like behind the scenes look, at least on the niches that I’ve worked in.
So, Katie or mute, I think. Sorry.
Let’s focus on, like, how many calls you’ll get or what the bonuses will be and more focus on big picture outcomes benefits and behind the scenes.
Exactly. And then just because what you said about the eight to twelve week timeline, would you consider this a good package to sell, like, your clients just closed a launch in the, like, we’ve done our post launch debrief and now Let me set you up with a wait list.
Yes.
One hundred percent. Yeah. Yeah. That is a this is something that I’ve done again multiple times. I love you calls because of that because not only you can you sell people on a way to this package as the next step, but also the nudged for news, sales newsletters, you know, where especially, you know, when, like, you, Abby, and this is something that you could, if you’re not doing it already, essentially, is, like, where for my clients at least when we implemented their evergreen funnel and it’s running and things like that when we do the I do a debrief with them, either sixty days or ninety days after, implementation, and that is when we have the discussion about the initiative for sales and sales.
Thanks. So yeah.
Right now.
Did someone else start speaking or was it you? No. No. That was me. I was just gonna say that.
Yeah. I have another waitlist question.
What do you think is a good discount? Because I’ve just done this with a client we finished up, but one of the the challenges I run into was I wanna we wanna give a good discount for the wait list, but also, like, if these are the highest intent prospects, we don’t wanna, like, undersell them. So what you how do you kind of navigate binding that sweet spot? Do you have any thoughts on, like, what a good discount is to reward the loyalty without understanding?
So, generally, I found like twenty to thirty percent works well. This is something we’ve we’ve tested out.
Having said that with certain offers, we’ve not done any discounts. Where but we’ve given them, I did this with another homesteading client of ours, where we gave them a fireside chat with the founders off the membership site. You know, again, you need to kinda look at your audience. This audience loved it because the founders are homesteaders.
They’re very well known. So, you know, they really enjoyed the whole it’s a zoom chat with the whole image of a first like chat where you get to ask them your questions about your about your homesteading struggles, etcetera, etcetera. So that worked really well, when we did, we we opened up the launch for the membership site to the wait list stores. So that’s, you know, so you could start at options that are not a discount because those tend to work well as long as they’re kind of tailored, but twenty to thirty percent just works really, really well.
Again, depends on what the offer is.
If it’s if it’s like, say, a membership, which is like twenty nine dollars a month or something like that, you know, then maybe nineteen dollars a month would be just fine as a wait list Right? Yeah. But, if it’s if it’s a three thousand dollars or four thousand dollars, it kinda depends on ultimately offers, right, then all of a sudden paying a thirty percent off for your legacy.
So I think we did three fifty.
Yeah.
So that’s that’s just fine.
Yeah.
Thanks, right now. You’re welcome.
Okay. I have a I have a consult booked with someone who is exactly the kind of consult that I find, like, always gets me into trouble in that She doesn’t say exactly what she wants. She just has an offer and is looking for ideas of what the best next thing to do it.
And I find that these are calls where, like, I get overwhelmed with all of the all of the ideas that I have, and I end up just saying all of those ideas, but then they just go do those ideas because I can’t figure out, like, I I don’t know like, ultimately the time of the call is over, and I haven’t actually sold them anything.
So I would just love if you have, like, I know you said you don’t. You never get strategy away for free. I have she’s looking for, like, this offer selling which funnels to implement next.
I have a funnel strategy session offer.
What do you hold back? Like, I don’t know. I guess just like, do you have tips on not on, like, selling them, like showing that you know what you’re talking about enough to be the person they choose without Yeah. Saying all of the thoughts out loud. In that initial conversation.
Here is her answer to so it’s a course around how to develop a concept for a TV show and sell it in Hollywood.
I can share this is the why do you want a call with me blurb that she shared?
Okay. I need help with sales strategy for an automated course. I’m looking for someone to look at the product I’ve built and help you figure out how to automate funnels sell a smaller package item from revenue, how to automate and convert for high ticket course as well, handing out campaigns and marketing, writing and adapting copy, building funnel pages in writing, adapting email notes or sequences.
Okay.
So this is where I find on, like, it’s one thing if somebody comes to me and they’re like, I need copy.
Like, I can I have a flow, but, where it’s where it there’s, like, so many questions around Okay? What do we do? So alright.
So let’s do this. Right? We have a few minutes.
Let’s see if he can race through this.
Alright.
So, Katie, you’re the client. We’re gonna call you, Katie, Alright. So you can’t do any so guys need help. Yeah.
Yeah. Oh, do you wanna switch roles? We could do that too. No. Okay.
I would much rather be the client.
Okay. Cool. We can do that. Okay. So alright. So you said I need help with sales strategy.
So I’m gonna say okay. Alright. Hi, Katie. Thank you so much for reaching out. I’m for sharing details that you need help with sales strategy for your course.
Tell me a little about it. Like, when have you, you know, you said it’s an automated course Have you launched it before? Have has it been running on automated mode for a while?
I’ll walk you through it.
In the December of twenty twenty three.
That went pretty well.
We Things. I’ve been in business for a while, but things have just really picked up lately. And now I really want to take advantage of some of the opportunities I know are out there.
Excellent. Alright.
And who’s your audience for this course?
Riders who have not yet had a show acquired, in Hollywood or who are hoping to get their show acquired before they go through the whole they they write a bunch of episodes.
They wanna have the idea and then pitch immediately from there.
Excellent. And, So you launched this course and, you know, your audience’s writers have not booked, book to show in Hollywood. It sounds like you’ve got all of that dialed in. How did the, you know, how’s the automated funnel been running so far?
Right now, I have a wait list page up.
Okay. Alright.
And that nothing else is happening on the other end.
Okay. Cool. And what are your goals from this? Like, what do you hope to do? Like, why reach out to me, why did you wanna work with me?
I feel like I have proof of concept, based on the results of our last launch, And so I know that I am leaving money on the table by not by not, having some systems selling this on the back end.
I hear you. Yeah. No. That makes sense. Talk to me a little about here. You said you have a smaller package item, and you wanna automate and convert for high ticket courses as well. So do you have ideas for this, or would you like to work through this with me?
We so I’ve seen it being done successfully and I would like to add that to our offer suite, but we don’t currently have a small to good item ready to go.
Fair enough. Great. And how many students do you currently have in your in your course?
Thirty five.
Cool. Alright. That’s a really good start. Okay. So, Katie, I’m gonna walk you through my process, and then I can tell you how we could work together.
Right? Which is when I walk them through my process and then tell them that it could sign up for a either a profitably or session, which is basically our offer optimization session, or in your case, that would be like a strategy session, or they could sign up for a full launch copy thing. Usually, I tell them for if it’s the first time client, I tell them to go for the strategy session because I wanna get a feel of how whether I would like to work with them or not, and also basically get paid to create the strategies for them.
And if they’re they’re like, no. We wanna do the whole thing. Fine, buddy.
Okay. So, basically, the call, like, I’m not gonna guide you looking at, okay, let’s look at what are the different options here. You may wanna give them a few ideas But again, when you’re giving a few ideas, what I would probably do is, like, I give ideas like, okay.
So Katie, you know what I’m thinking? This makes total sense. I haven’t taken a look at your course, but I’m guessing there are parts of it that we could pull out, and that could become your local offer, which means that you wouldn’t really have to create anything new or what we can do is and again, I’ll need to take a look at your course and understand your audience better for this. What we could do is maybe add a few elements to it to make it the high ticket offer and have the self paced version, which is what you currently have as the, you know, as the one that’s running on Evergreen or even the no ticket offer, so to speak. But I would know more, once I dig deep and take a look.
Add all of the data.
And so she says, okay, I wanna take you up on the strategy session.
I was thinking, like, I have a funnel strategy session, but that’s more for people who want to do it, like, DIY done with you.
She clearly wants from her intake form done for you. So I was thinking of what I call like my golden opportunity audit, which is essentially, like, I go through, like, dig into the offer, look at her existing list, and what sequences she has, like, many offers resources and then would provide, like, a recommendations report essentially of where she could go.
And I was thinking of saying that if we did that, I would roll fifty percent of that investment into her done for you package.
And how much is that? The golden opportunity thing?
Oh, I was planning to put it at seventeen hundred.
You could do that if it’s already part of your process.
Like, profitably or just offer optimization that we pulled out of our process, essentially. So if someone were to if someone were to buy that and say six months later, come back to us, would not roll it over. But if someone were to buy it and because that has happened in the past, where people have taken this, taken that, and then, like, right after we send them that, they’re like, okay, let’s do the whole thing.
Which makes sense. So, yes, you could totally do that.
Would you do half or would you do all of it?
Ours is fourteen ninety seven. Katie, we’d end up doing all of it.
Okay. Into the full fully loaded launch?
Yeah. Yeah.
Yeah. I did. I did like a launch strategy session that was nine nine seven, and then I did all of that for a, like, ten k launch package.
Well, I was just thinking about the seventeen hundred. If that ends up being, like, more than fifteen percent out of yeah. I guess it would depend on what the what the final Yeah. Because it would be. Yeah.
Yeah. Yeah. You wanna take a look at that because, again, remember, for for us, most of our fully loaded launch packages are upwards of twenty five k at this point.
So that fourteen ninety seven is like an easy absorb. Yeah.
Yeah. Plus it’s I mean, I would have done that in any case. Right? I mean, so and I’m not having to do that. So it just kinda makes sense. So, so yeah. Okay.
Okay.
I had so I’m just curious. Would you go that fast or was that for for us?
Oh, gosh. No.
That’s for us because it’s like it. We’re over time. Perfect.
Okay. Good. So my main takeaway is show that you understand what they’re talking about. Ask smart questions, but don’t share the ideas on the call. The ideas come on the in the deliverable.
Yeah.
Yeah. You unless you walk in with a really clear idea, like, you know exactly. In this case, you know, in this particular case, she needs to start with strategy. Like, she needs to get really good on her offer suite and what she needs to sell. Sometimes it will be someone comes to you for a sales page and then when you talking to them, you realize that, no, you don’t need just a sales page you need like the whole of the bank, which is when you do wanna give them the idea so that they can see how the pieces fit together But, but yeah, in this case, this is like a straight shipment. Like, this is this is pure strategy. Yeah.
Yeah. Okay. Okay. I’ll let you know if it goes. It’s a one. So it’s an hour an hour away.
Okay. I’m gonna be in bed. Thank you. Are showing up. Yeah. And, the recording should be in, Slack Cooper usually ends.
That’s it. Thank you.
Bye. Bye, Jessica. Hey, Ralph.
Transcript
Alright. Over the next training minutes, my goal is to help you create a waitlist page, like, understand the secret to creating a weightless page that attracts you perfect student.
This is personally, this is a strategy that I’ve tested out extensively for our clients, with waitlists. And, of course, then the kind of emails to send to those waitlists, and then, you know, what kind of copy to include on those emails. I’ll also walk you through a quick recipe for, for one of those kind of emails. We will try and see how much you can done in twenty minutes. That would be fun.
Okay. So the to create a wait list page, and I know all of you should have worksheets with this.
Apparently, should I come through to the worksheets? I don’t know. You’ll complete you should complete the after the session. In this case, I would want you to complete them after the session.
And feel free to to tag me if you have questions if you’re working on a wait list, project for a client or for yourself, I would love to see what you come up with, and I would love to get feedback on that, as well. So even after the session, feel free to ping me, in Slack, tag me, and all of that. Alright. The SMS recipe is essentially what kind of goes against the grain when it comes to weightless pages.
Most ways wake us pages that I saw, and this is the niches that I run images essentially, coaches, course creators, authors, and membership side owners. Like, these are the four type of audiences, like that across different niches that I’ve written weightless pages for. And when I was doing my research, what I found was weightless pages were either essentially placeholders or like often pages, you know, like really short name, email address. I have to be the first to know when my book releases those kind of pages, and that’s Probably that’s great that works well for them.
I don’t know. I haven’t, you know, I don’t have the data on that. But what we realized is that if we are running ads to a waitlist page or even from social media organically sending people to a waitlist page. Our goal is that it needs to speak to the ideal student or the ideal reader and it needs to move them from unaware or maybe brand aware to most aware with intent to buy.
There is no point in putting up a way to this page when your highest conversions don’t end up coming from there. So for me, that was the goal going in, and this was the that I kinda came up with was that it needs to speak to our ideal students. So we need to structure it in a way that has their struggles. It’s obviously based on voice customer, it has social proof, it has all of the conversion mechanisms that we would use in a in a regular sales page.
Right? And it needs to move them from unaware to most aware, and then sell them on the signing up to the wait list. So we need to kind of make it worked there a while to sign up to the wait list, and that is where, you know, the next part of the training, which is, you know, the emails come in. You can sell them on signing up to the wait list by, yes, incentivizing them, letting them know, hey, you’ll get the lowest price.
But what if, and wonderful client comes to you and says, okay, I do not want to give a discount.
Right? So because that has happened with me where I’ve had clients and, you know, I authors, especially say, you know, yeah, we can give, like, I don’t wanna we’re not gonna give, like, a discount in the book. DLMS for, like, say, ten books or something like that. But, or I’m not gonna discount the course.
So your wait list page needs to incentivize people to sign up to the wait list because they will be viewing from you regularly, and that is where the emails kick in.
One of the things that I want you to know is that waiters pages don’t have to be long form sales pages.
They’re not, you know, they’re not going to be like eight thousand, thirteen thousand word sales pages. They are going to be shorter than that. Think of them as somewhere, but we, long form opt in page and a short sales page.
What I look at is essentially this, is it’s speaking to the ideal student are we using voice of customer to guide the structure of the page talking about what they will get? Is it moving them from most aware, which means that I need to have, most unaware, like, from unaware to most aware, which means I need to have a bio section and social proof as well. Right? I need to have credibility markers in there. And then is it incentivizing them? Is it selling them on signing up to the wait list? As long as it’s taking all of those wear golden, which is why I don’t have a rinsing repeat kind of a framework.
For this, but these are the three things that I look for. Is it doesn’t speak to a writing student? Is it moving them across the stages of awareness?
And is it selling them on signing up to the wait list?
Once they sign up to the wait list, the emails kick in.
You can complete, like okay. Then test it for yourself, but I have multiple times just use the emails that people will be getting as the incentive for signing up to the wait list.
Why? Because there are two kinds of emails that you wanna send.
This one is the one that people love the most. These are the ones that tend to do really, really well. And again, continuing to move our reader across the stages of awareness and getting them really excited about what’s coming there next. Behind the scenes, they come along for the right email is what I call this.
This is like a friendly introduction. You know, you and then you segue into the right behind launching or creating what course, the bug, whatever. So behind the scenes, the previews, any frustrations, you know, bloopers, highlight reels, a lesson or a chapter, those work really, really well. They’re really easy to write as well.
Especially when you’re writing them for clients, you know, then it makes it really easy to do that, because you would wanna work with them closely for this, but it pretty much on, like, a weekly basis. And and so you would meet with them. You would get to know what’s going on with the launch and then basis that, you know, you would wanna write. The email for them.
The second one is something that you could kind of, you know, almost use what I call my not yet for sales newsletters. For this, this is the TGI Fridays recipe. I don’t know how many of you remember TGI Fridays. I’m like totally dating myself here, but basically, the Fridays here Yeah.
At the FBRs or Fridays where you could send out an email any day of the week. Essentially, you’re sending out one email a week here.
And this works really well for evergreen funnels.
This is also the email that kind of inspired to nurture yourselves newsletter.
I would call it almost a package that I’ve, you know, clients have really, really loved and seen great results with. So with the TGI Friday’s recipe, essentially, you’re sending out a weekly email to the list, letting them know, you know, it could be an idea. It could be, again, it could be something behind the scenes as well, but point is with come along for the right email.
These could just be, you know, you could, like, if you if the wait list is, like, a few months long, This could just be a monthly email. This does not have to be a weekly email. When the wage period isn’t that long, It’s almost like a pre launch thing, which is when these work way better.
For this email, what I find invited why I kind of enjoy writing this email more is because I can write this ahead of time, and I don’t have to do, like, weekly calls. We’re applying to find out what’s going on behind the scenes or, you know, what’s the latest with the, you know, what’s happening with the course prep and and all of that. Is because I can just kind of use introduction, which is based in, you know, in Beijing blur. It could be a short story.
Bonus tip for anyone who’s working with clients here.
When you are onboarding your clients, when you’re kicking off a copy project, You want to ask your clients if they have a story wall. I I call it a story wall. You could call it a story bank. You could call it whatever you want to.
And if they don’t, then you wanna start that off for them. So this really when you’re writing these kind of newsletters emails because those emails need stories. Stories work really well for these.
You segue. So from the introduction, you segue into the insights. So what was your insight from that story, the anecdote, the facts, etcetera, etcetera. These are this is just example, if I’m not gonna read through them, you’ll have the slides. You could look at the slides for the examples to see how it kind of all ties together because I, again, wanna be mindful of the time here.
And then you’ll be into the information you wanna share here with them. Now, This is important. The information that you would share would connect to the book, the membership, or the course that you’re talking about.
Why? Because again, remember, these are very close to emails. And then you wanna implement them. Now implementing could be as simple as signing taking the next step with signing up for your webinar.
So you treat these more like pre launch. Implementation could be tagging you on Instagram. So you’re building that relatability, building that rapport with them. Implementation could be to pre enroll in your course, you know, so you if you have an early, early bird.
Implementation doesn’t always mean that they need to go back, print out worksheet right on their takeaways. That’s an implementation just means they need to take some sort of an action.
Besides these two kind of emails, these are some other, copy ideas that I’ve used for course created specifically when it comes to their latest email strategy.
So problem solving content. Again, You speak to your student. Right? So you know what the problems are and you get them some solutions and and, yes, you share how they can make the solutions. We don’t wanna do the what and the why and keep the how gated here, which is really popular in the online world.
And the reason I don’t do that, you know, I’ve been fortunate that our my clients have been on board with this is because when you share the how, your audience has really, really good aha moments, and they realize that their problem is much bigger. You’re solving a very you know, a very high level problem for them here, but they know that the problem goes much bigger. And and that is when they start to see that they need to work with you in order to kind of, you know, not get stuck once they’ve moved past you. Will there be people who will just take that one or two house that you give them and run with it?
Yes. But those were probably not the ideal people to begin within the first place. So You wanna look again, we’re speaking to that one person in these emails who would be perfect for whatever offer it is that you’re selling. Comparative analysis content, comparison tables are your friends here.
I have used them denseively on sales pages, on emails, like, everywhere possible. Like, probably the only page I haven’t used it is like an ten page, but, maybe I should try that out one day. But, point is comparative analysis goes a long way because your audience is considering alternatives.
It’s really important you go ahead and address the conversation that they’re already having in their head about, okay, should I go for this or should go for that by helping them, you know, weigh the pros and cons and reduce that decision over a little bit. Either which way is whatever decision they make, it’s a decision. So that’s really important that we, you know, we can, we help them see how you fill the gaps or, you know, how are you different? Maybe you’re a good different for them.
Maybe you’re not so good different for them. Either which ways, it’s up to us to do, to help them make that decision. And then walk the top content. So this is, this is essentially value you know, where you show value alignment.
For example, Heather Elon, who’s a who’s been a long term client of ours, what she did was she made it very clear on her opt in page. I basically wrote the opt in page for her, but she and she was on board with it by being very clear that people will be invited to join her course.
Why? Because, again, we were speaking to astrologers.
These are not marketers. They do not know how fattles work. These are like obvious regular people who Yeah. It would be very skeptical of just kinda buying something on the, someone they’ve been watching on YouTube, but so we made it very clear about what’s gonna happened next, we reiterated the fact on, you know, in the follow-up emails as well. So people were coming in eyes wide open, and they will know, like, Oh, here’s a free master class, and now here’s what you’re gonna need to buy to keep moving forward. Point is If your clients have an audience that a is not very marketing savvy, B is or has been burned badly in the past by poor experiences, and or You have a brand that is known for a very high commitment to values, integrity, transparency, You know, it may be a good idea to have some walk the talk content in your waitlist email strategy.
Alright. I think we are very good on time.
Yep. That’s it.
Let’s talk about how are you gonna use wait. Let’s see your programs or services, and I don’t know why my Jeff is frozen. But anyways, go forth and wait list await to your users. Okay. Cool. Questions. And then you can do copy reviews.
What do you consider to be a or for you for you personally, like a good benchmark to aim for for a waitlist.
I’m sorry.
What do I consider to be a a good bed benchmark for a conversion rate for your wait list when you’re launching.
Well, that’s a very good question. So I have seen and this is a how I set benchmarks, Abby, is based on what the client has seen so far from a launch. If they’ve used a rate list, then from that rate list. And if they’ve not used a rate list, then what’s been highest conversion software. And then I go ahead and set benchmarks.
Having said that.
The range that we’ve seen for weightless conversions have has gone anywhere from, I would say, thirteen percent to and almost twenty five percent.
Because I’m gonna hazard a guess. It’s probably more than that, but talking to twenty five percent, which been really, really good because and this is probably just my audience, my clients, sometimes, like, I work with a lot of audiences that are very skeptical. I do work with marketers as well, but I do also work. I do work with audiences that are that have a high resistance to being sold to. I think homesteaders, like, right now, just before this call, I had a call with a client of ours who has a homesteading business. Homesteaders.
Sorry. I just want to similarly, astrologers or crafters or, you know, so It could just be me, but I yeah. That’s what we’ve seen. I would say, thirteen to twenty five percent has been what I’ve seen the waitlists.
Okay. Thank you. Okay.
Any other questions?
I’m curious, permit, like, I’ve seen I’ve seen a lot of wait lists that are just like the sales page, but with the wait list button instead. So I’m curious when you said about, like, having you’re selling them on being on the wait list, which I totally understand, but I wonder, like, how much are you also selling them on the offer like, would you say it’s an exception where there’s kind of two things that you’re selling them on, or how do you how do you prioritize, there?
Yeah.
And I’ve done the same, you know, like with, in fact, with our own brand, the wait list we had was basically the sales page with with the opt in form, you know, just switched out. And my reason for that was essentially because One Ray to sell is Hi, Gosh. And I don’t have, like, a huge number of people I’m looking to get into it. So it just kinda makes more sense from you. Have, like, a way to list of people who know exactly what the offer is and exactly who I am, etcetera, etcetera. So it just made sense for us to do that plus interest of time, did not have the time.
To hire myself to write, from scratch, wait list page, honestly.
But point being, For our clients, though, I have seen that, yes, we do let them know that the offer is what the offer is. And what it’s going to be. The thing I should tell you, Katie, is that when you’re selling a client, on using a waitlist. It’s a good idea to do that, like, say, eight weeks or twelve weeks, you know, like, before the launch.
Like, they’re building a waitlist, three months before they’re launching the offer. So all the details of the offer sometimes are not even hashed out yet. Which means that they have an idea. Sometimes they may not even, you know, know what the final pricing is going to be on hold.
So we don’t really sell all of that. We just talk about what the outcome and the benefits are going to be of the of the program and that they can get a behind the scenes look at how it’s, you know, especially if it’s like a first time launch, even if it’s a relaunch, they can get a behind the scenes look because I’ve what I’ve found is that people really like behind the scenes look, at least on the niches that I’ve worked in.
So, Katie or mute, I think. Sorry.
Let’s focus on, like, how many calls you’ll get or what the bonuses will be and more focus on big picture outcomes benefits and behind the scenes.
Exactly. And then just because what you said about the eight to twelve week timeline, would you consider this a good package to sell, like, your clients just closed a launch in the, like, we’ve done our post launch debrief and now Let me set you up with a wait list.
Yes.
One hundred percent. Yeah. Yeah. That is a this is something that I’ve done again multiple times. I love you calls because of that because not only you can you sell people on a way to this package as the next step, but also the nudged for news, sales newsletters, you know, where especially, you know, when, like, you, Abby, and this is something that you could, if you’re not doing it already, essentially, is, like, where for my clients at least when we implemented their evergreen funnel and it’s running and things like that when we do the I do a debrief with them, either sixty days or ninety days after, implementation, and that is when we have the discussion about the initiative for sales and sales.
Thanks. So yeah.
Right now.
Did someone else start speaking or was it you? No. No. That was me. I was just gonna say that.
Yeah. I have another waitlist question.
What do you think is a good discount? Because I’ve just done this with a client we finished up, but one of the the challenges I run into was I wanna we wanna give a good discount for the wait list, but also, like, if these are the highest intent prospects, we don’t wanna, like, undersell them. So what you how do you kind of navigate binding that sweet spot? Do you have any thoughts on, like, what a good discount is to reward the loyalty without understanding?
So, generally, I found like twenty to thirty percent works well. This is something we’ve we’ve tested out.
Having said that with certain offers, we’ve not done any discounts. Where but we’ve given them, I did this with another homesteading client of ours, where we gave them a fireside chat with the founders off the membership site. You know, again, you need to kinda look at your audience. This audience loved it because the founders are homesteaders.
They’re very well known. So, you know, they really enjoyed the whole it’s a zoom chat with the whole image of a first like chat where you get to ask them your questions about your about your homesteading struggles, etcetera, etcetera. So that worked really well, when we did, we we opened up the launch for the membership site to the wait list stores. So that’s, you know, so you could start at options that are not a discount because those tend to work well as long as they’re kind of tailored, but twenty to thirty percent just works really, really well.
Again, depends on what the offer is.
If it’s if it’s like, say, a membership, which is like twenty nine dollars a month or something like that, you know, then maybe nineteen dollars a month would be just fine as a wait list Right? Yeah. But, if it’s if it’s a three thousand dollars or four thousand dollars, it kinda depends on ultimately offers, right, then all of a sudden paying a thirty percent off for your legacy.
So I think we did three fifty.
Yeah.
So that’s that’s just fine.
Yeah.
Thanks, right now. You’re welcome.
Okay. I have a I have a consult booked with someone who is exactly the kind of consult that I find, like, always gets me into trouble in that She doesn’t say exactly what she wants. She just has an offer and is looking for ideas of what the best next thing to do it.
And I find that these are calls where, like, I get overwhelmed with all of the all of the ideas that I have, and I end up just saying all of those ideas, but then they just go do those ideas because I can’t figure out, like, I I don’t know like, ultimately the time of the call is over, and I haven’t actually sold them anything.
So I would just love if you have, like, I know you said you don’t. You never get strategy away for free. I have she’s looking for, like, this offer selling which funnels to implement next.
I have a funnel strategy session offer.
What do you hold back? Like, I don’t know. I guess just like, do you have tips on not on, like, selling them, like showing that you know what you’re talking about enough to be the person they choose without Yeah. Saying all of the thoughts out loud. In that initial conversation.
Here is her answer to so it’s a course around how to develop a concept for a TV show and sell it in Hollywood.
I can share this is the why do you want a call with me blurb that she shared?
Okay. I need help with sales strategy for an automated course. I’m looking for someone to look at the product I’ve built and help you figure out how to automate funnels sell a smaller package item from revenue, how to automate and convert for high ticket course as well, handing out campaigns and marketing, writing and adapting copy, building funnel pages in writing, adapting email notes or sequences.
Okay.
So this is where I find on, like, it’s one thing if somebody comes to me and they’re like, I need copy.
Like, I can I have a flow, but, where it’s where it there’s, like, so many questions around Okay? What do we do? So alright.
So let’s do this. Right? We have a few minutes.
Let’s see if he can race through this.
Alright.
So, Katie, you’re the client. We’re gonna call you, Katie, Alright. So you can’t do any so guys need help. Yeah.
Yeah. Oh, do you wanna switch roles? We could do that too. No. Okay.
I would much rather be the client.
Okay. Cool. We can do that. Okay. So alright. So you said I need help with sales strategy.
So I’m gonna say okay. Alright. Hi, Katie. Thank you so much for reaching out. I’m for sharing details that you need help with sales strategy for your course.
Tell me a little about it. Like, when have you, you know, you said it’s an automated course Have you launched it before? Have has it been running on automated mode for a while?
I’ll walk you through it.
In the December of twenty twenty three.
That went pretty well.
We Things. I’ve been in business for a while, but things have just really picked up lately. And now I really want to take advantage of some of the opportunities I know are out there.
Excellent. Alright.
And who’s your audience for this course?
Riders who have not yet had a show acquired, in Hollywood or who are hoping to get their show acquired before they go through the whole they they write a bunch of episodes.
They wanna have the idea and then pitch immediately from there.
Excellent. And, So you launched this course and, you know, your audience’s writers have not booked, book to show in Hollywood. It sounds like you’ve got all of that dialed in. How did the, you know, how’s the automated funnel been running so far?
Right now, I have a wait list page up.
Okay. Alright.
And that nothing else is happening on the other end.
Okay. Cool. And what are your goals from this? Like, what do you hope to do? Like, why reach out to me, why did you wanna work with me?
I feel like I have proof of concept, based on the results of our last launch, And so I know that I am leaving money on the table by not by not, having some systems selling this on the back end.
I hear you. Yeah. No. That makes sense. Talk to me a little about here. You said you have a smaller package item, and you wanna automate and convert for high ticket courses as well. So do you have ideas for this, or would you like to work through this with me?
We so I’ve seen it being done successfully and I would like to add that to our offer suite, but we don’t currently have a small to good item ready to go.
Fair enough. Great. And how many students do you currently have in your in your course?
Thirty five.
Cool. Alright. That’s a really good start. Okay. So, Katie, I’m gonna walk you through my process, and then I can tell you how we could work together.
Right? Which is when I walk them through my process and then tell them that it could sign up for a either a profitably or session, which is basically our offer optimization session, or in your case, that would be like a strategy session, or they could sign up for a full launch copy thing. Usually, I tell them for if it’s the first time client, I tell them to go for the strategy session because I wanna get a feel of how whether I would like to work with them or not, and also basically get paid to create the strategies for them.
And if they’re they’re like, no. We wanna do the whole thing. Fine, buddy.
Okay. So, basically, the call, like, I’m not gonna guide you looking at, okay, let’s look at what are the different options here. You may wanna give them a few ideas But again, when you’re giving a few ideas, what I would probably do is, like, I give ideas like, okay.
So Katie, you know what I’m thinking? This makes total sense. I haven’t taken a look at your course, but I’m guessing there are parts of it that we could pull out, and that could become your local offer, which means that you wouldn’t really have to create anything new or what we can do is and again, I’ll need to take a look at your course and understand your audience better for this. What we could do is maybe add a few elements to it to make it the high ticket offer and have the self paced version, which is what you currently have as the, you know, as the one that’s running on Evergreen or even the no ticket offer, so to speak. But I would know more, once I dig deep and take a look.
Add all of the data.
And so she says, okay, I wanna take you up on the strategy session.
I was thinking, like, I have a funnel strategy session, but that’s more for people who want to do it, like, DIY done with you.
She clearly wants from her intake form done for you. So I was thinking of what I call like my golden opportunity audit, which is essentially, like, I go through, like, dig into the offer, look at her existing list, and what sequences she has, like, many offers resources and then would provide, like, a recommendations report essentially of where she could go.
And I was thinking of saying that if we did that, I would roll fifty percent of that investment into her done for you package.
And how much is that? The golden opportunity thing?
Oh, I was planning to put it at seventeen hundred.
You could do that if it’s already part of your process.
Like, profitably or just offer optimization that we pulled out of our process, essentially. So if someone were to if someone were to buy that and say six months later, come back to us, would not roll it over. But if someone were to buy it and because that has happened in the past, where people have taken this, taken that, and then, like, right after we send them that, they’re like, okay, let’s do the whole thing.
Which makes sense. So, yes, you could totally do that.
Would you do half or would you do all of it?
Ours is fourteen ninety seven. Katie, we’d end up doing all of it.
Okay. Into the full fully loaded launch?
Yeah. Yeah.
Yeah. I did. I did like a launch strategy session that was nine nine seven, and then I did all of that for a, like, ten k launch package.
Well, I was just thinking about the seventeen hundred. If that ends up being, like, more than fifteen percent out of yeah. I guess it would depend on what the what the final Yeah. Because it would be. Yeah.
Yeah. Yeah. You wanna take a look at that because, again, remember, for for us, most of our fully loaded launch packages are upwards of twenty five k at this point.
So that fourteen ninety seven is like an easy absorb. Yeah.
Yeah. Plus it’s I mean, I would have done that in any case. Right? I mean, so and I’m not having to do that. So it just kinda makes sense. So, so yeah. Okay.
Okay.
I had so I’m just curious. Would you go that fast or was that for for us?
Oh, gosh. No.
That’s for us because it’s like it. We’re over time. Perfect.
Okay. Good. So my main takeaway is show that you understand what they’re talking about. Ask smart questions, but don’t share the ideas on the call. The ideas come on the in the deliverable.
Yeah.
Yeah. You unless you walk in with a really clear idea, like, you know exactly. In this case, you know, in this particular case, she needs to start with strategy. Like, she needs to get really good on her offer suite and what she needs to sell. Sometimes it will be someone comes to you for a sales page and then when you talking to them, you realize that, no, you don’t need just a sales page you need like the whole of the bank, which is when you do wanna give them the idea so that they can see how the pieces fit together But, but yeah, in this case, this is like a straight shipment. Like, this is this is pure strategy. Yeah.
Yeah. Okay. Okay. I’ll let you know if it goes. It’s a one. So it’s an hour an hour away.
Okay. I’m gonna be in bed. Thank you. Are showing up. Yeah. And, the recording should be in, Slack Cooper usually ends.
That’s it. Thank you.
Bye. Bye, Jessica. Hey, Ralph.
A Crash Course in Optimization for Copywriters
A Crash Course in Optimization for Copywriters
Transcript
Today’s training though is if you look at that sunshine growth model that we talked about in the intensive freelancing, it’s on the skills side of thing, and this is skills that you sell. So the skills that you sell are copywriting services, whatever, whatever, whatever. These are the skills that probably turned you into a copywriter.
Then everything else, on that sunshine growth model is all business y stuff.
So we rarely need to really talk about this at this level, talk about skills at this level.
However, I’ve been getting a lot of questions lately around optimizing. What do how do I optimize this thing?
And as we’re talking about a retainer offer being built on your standardized offer, the retainer again needs to mat it needs to build on the work that you did in that initial standardized offer, and the way to build on it is not by doing a bunch of new work, but by optimizing the work that you did. There is definitely a desire for that work out there for you to optimize.
So just keep that in mind. Suspend disbelief if you’re like, nobody really wants me to optimize. All they want is for me to keep churning out more work. Well, that might be that you’re possibly doing, working with the wrong clients to begin with. But what I wanna talk about today then is how do we optimize a thing? How do you start optimizing something?
And it’s tricky. Right? So we’re all gonna come at this from different angles, different amounts of experience.
So bear with me if you’re like, this is, obvious, Joe. I’m not trying to start at an obvious place, but I am trying to, like like, level set, like, where just make sure we’re all starting from the same, same place. So before, so backing up for me, when copywriting started to actually really click for me was when we started split testing it when I was at Intuit. Prior to that, it was a big guessing game, and I felt I felt frustrated by that.
I didn’t wanna guess at it. I don’t like that feeling. I don’t like that someone else can guess at my job and possibly win against me. There’s a little bit of competition there.
But if someone else can say, well, we should try it this way instead, and it’s very hard as a copywriter to say, no. Let’s not do it that way. Because then they go, well, why not? And it turns into a bit of a, a challenge I found. And maybe this isn’t your experience, but it was mine when I was in house at a big tech company.
Why are you right was always the question. And then when you could start testing it, then you could build up that, like, this is why I’m right because I’ve been right on these ones, and, here’s what we learned from it, etcetera etcetera. So it turns your job from this guessing game into something that’s really, measurable, and you know. It’s not just that others know, but you know if what you’re doing is performing well.
And that’s really important for a lot of type a’s. If I don’t know where everybody sits, but it’s pretty it’s I think it’s important for everybody. I can only speak as someone who is quite type a. For me, it’s very important to know how it’s working and to be able to say, this is what I did.
I rock. And I wanna have that experience, and I want everybody to have that too.
When I’ve been teaching optimization before, again, it doesn’t have to be experimentation all the time, but in most cases, it should be. There has to be a form of measurement going on that’s reliable, so keep that in mind. I was teaching one of my Boxcar team members, back before she was at Boxcar. She was, still at the other agency as it was wasn’t called the other agency.
It was called CH Agency, but she was there. And she was really frustrated with with testing and how to do it. And I said to her, it got to the place where in our conversation, I said, look. If you start from a place where you understand everything is always a little wrong, if you understand that you’re never right, then you can start optimizing.
Then you can, like, explore what that means, that nothing is ever right. If that doesn’t help you, throw it away. But if it does, just try to keep that in mind that we’re not aiming for perfection.
We are always challenging the thing we did before because the thing we did before was an educated guess. And in control even though it’s never been, like, tested as a control. We just control even though it’s never been, like, tested as a control. We just call it the control because that’s, like, the language you use when it’s really variation a, not a control. A control is typically just for everybody who doesn’t know, and that’s cool.
A control usually has to be, put up against something else and then beat it. You can’t just say my home page that I created on the clear blue sky is the control because it’s not it’s it doesn’t fit into a control. It’s a variation a. It’s a starting point.
It’s a. Now we’re gonna create b against it. The headline on that page is a. Now we’re gonna create headline b and test it against it.
It’s not the control. We just it’s just, like, easy language to say, but what we really do mean is variation. A.
A control is, like, a respected thing. You want to beat a, like, proven control. And when you can do that, that’s a really good thing to, like, to brag about if you’re looking for that. But what’s important to keep in mind is that everything that we’re up against, everything you’re trying to beat, including the own work you did, was likely an educated guess. So So what I want you to do right now, just, like, take a few minutes and chat out to me in chat out to all of us In the most recent project that you did where you wrote copy, what did you guess at?
Just chat it to everybody. What did you guess at?
I’ve listed a few of them here. These are those yeah.
Nobody guessed at anything? Everything was perfect?
Value prop headline over SEO optimized headline on a product page. Okay.
So the headline, what it was about, how it was messaged, what formula to use for it, what VOC to pull in for it, Those are four things that you guessed at.
An SQL sequence without a CTA. They wanted no CTA, and then you gotta talk them out of that shit. That’s bad.
What are you gonna do without a CTA?
Caroline guessed at the biggest reader desire. Johnson guessed at target audience’s main points. Even if you can interview even if you can interview, you’re guessing. Do you you come up with a list.
You get all this stuff out of an interview, and then you go through and go, I think that one. And that’s how we choose. I think that one sounds best. And that might not be true for what you say.
You might prioritize what to say in a way that feels calculated and scientific, but how we say it is almost no. It’s always guessed at. It’s always a guess. Headlines, stage of awareness.
Right? Which stage of awareness do you lead with? Take a guess.
The freebie use? Yeah. What offer? How do we message the offer? What do we lead with in the offer?
What’s the most important thing? What’s the headline for the offer? What’s the cross head there? What’s the call to action?
Is it a call to value? How do we message that? Every single thing. Everything, the format, how you talk about it.
Should we say on the page that it’s a video or that it’s a PDF?
Should we say on the page that it’s a video or that it’s a PDF? You have to say. You have to guess. You’re guessing. So that’s okay. Knowing that that’s true for everybody.
We are data driven and, like, data informed, but we are guessing from top to bottom. We’re better guessers because we’re informed, because we don’t just, like, stare at a blank page and start throwing stuff on. That’s really, really bad guessing. That person shouldn’t be allowed anywhere near marketing. It’s too too much guessing. But we’re still otherwise, we’re there’s still an element of guessing in every single thing that you do.
Jessica has more. Yep. Open loop at the end of email too. Should we do that?
I don’t know. Should we? Okay. Let’s do it. I have a guess.
You might a hypothesis is still a guess. A research question is a guess phrased as a question. So know that. And once you recognize that every single thing that you write is guessed at, and that that’s okay, then you know that if I guessed at it, then there’s gotta be a way to beat it.
Right? It’s gotta be another, possibly better guess out there. I can learn more. I can do more.
There’s a better guess because everything is always a little wrong. Nothing’s ever a hun there’s nothing that’s converting at a hundred percent out there at scale. Maybe a hundred percent one to one, but not not at scale. So and we work at scale largely.
Okay. If you didn’t chat out something you guessed at, I hope it’s because you couldn’t think of it, not because you believe that you don’t guess at things. We all do. We all do. I’ve made a very good living out of guessing at this stuff.
And we can guess better and better as we go, but it’s a guess. Okay.
So this week for this is just one part of what we’re gonna be talking about when it comes to optimization and how to beat variation a in most cases, the control in some cases.
What do we need to start with? So most of the time, copywriters are as guilty as any marketer on the planet of jumping straight to copy. Here’s the copy, and that’s why a lot of us feel imposter syndrome. It’s because you’re so certain that the copy was wrong that you then worry like, oh, that’s gotta be it. Shit. I really blew it with this copy.
We don’t start there. Sometimes you can quickly analyze and go like, oh, who let the f word slip in this headline? Maybe that’s a copy problem. Maybe we shouldn’t have done that.
But it’s that never happens. That literally that never happens. So what else is it if it’s not really obvious report. You don’t have to read the analytics report.
You have to ask for it. You have to say, show me this, or does anybody have the numbers on that? Here’s a data point that we need to see. Here’s the metric that I need measured.
Who can help me out with this? You can guide people. You don’t. Your job is not to be a data analyst either, but you do need to get the numbers.
Before you come up with any sort of hypothesis for what to do differently in the next iteration before you come up with a research question, You need to know what the pages or email or ad or whatever funnel is, being measured on. And there are two parts of that. K? There’s the KPI.
Again, if you already know this, just be like, it’s okay. Some people don’t know this. So just roll with it. KPI is a key performance indicator that’s indicator that’s typically a higher level business y goal, but not so high.
It’s not like grow the business. They’re lower than that. And then metrics are subpoints for that. And, also, sometimes, a metric can be a KPI too.
Just keep that in mind. But we have KPI, key performance indicator, the thing that you are specializing in, the offer that you’re putting out into the world. And I know this is newer to Copy School Pro and talked about more in the intensive, and that’s why you’ve been invited to the intensive so we can talk about the same things the same way.
What you’re putting out into the world has a way of being measured. There’s success metrics associated with it or else the business wouldn’t hire you for it. Businesses have better things to do with their money than just throw it at random freelancers and say, well, I don’t know. Hopefully, something good happens.
They’ve got an idea in their head. Right? So we need to identify what the primary key performance indicators are for the offer we’re putting out into the world. And then what those supporting metrics are for each of the KPIs so that not so we can, like, identify what to do next, but so that we can keep a good handle on how the thing that we made is actually performing so that we’re not busting something that’s not close to or we’re not trying to fix something that’s not broken and in turn breaking it.
So this is the general checklist. You need to identify It’s usually a lot of KPIs the more you think about it, so try to just narrow it down to three KPIs. If there are two, that’s cool. Then two to three supporting metrics for each KPI.
We’ll get into metrics on the next page. You’ll see that there are a lot of metrics, and this is, like, a small list of the many metrics that are out there. So we need to tighten everything up, and that’s why it’s good to specialize and have a single standardized offer that turns into a retainer offer. So you’re always so you’re becoming an expert on these three KPIs as they relate to your offer, and you expertly know how to use the metrics, how to measure them, who you talk to versus having to know everything.
And since copy is everywhere in marketing, in sales, in product, it’s everywhere, the metrics are endless. There’s endless questions you could have if you were a generalist. There are far fewer questions that you’re required to answer if you’re a specialist. So we need to come up with those metrics that matter.
That means the real ones. If it it only matters if it matters.
Keep that in mind as you’re moving forward. When it comes to optimizing anything, it only matters if it matters. You can get a lot of questions thrown at you as you optimize stuff. What about this? What about that? It only matters if it matters, and you know it matters if it ties back to one of your key performance indicators with the metrics underneath them.
Now I have here that you should map the KPIs and MTMs on a triangle simply because we’ve been talking about triangles so far. But the golden triangle, we have your diagnostic that might have looked like a triangle.
It doesn’t have to be a triangle, but I’m trying to just when you see triangle, know it means model. Some sort of model, some way to look at things, in a controlled way that isn’t just a table that feels changing. You need it to look like it is the final version of a thing.
And that’s important as signals to your client going forward that, like, you’ve got this handled. You’ve thought about it a lot. You’ve put in the legwork. They don’t have to think about it.
Here’s the model. Here’s how it works. K? So we come up with that triangle, which we’ll talk about, then you need to educate your client on that diagnostic.
So when they hire you for the standardized offer and the retainer offer, ideally, that follows it, you need to be able to walk them through. Okay. Here are the KPIs that we usually are measuring for when it comes to this offer, this way, this thing that I’m doing for you.
Here’s why. Here’s what we’re gonna measure to make sure we’re on track. Now should we talk through these KPIs and you can, like, walk them through that, get their buy in on it, help them see that you’re the expert because you’re leading with important stuff that businesses talk about, like KPIs and metrics. You’re talking about measuring.
You’re not saying just things around voice of customer data, which is great data, but also the quantitative side of it. So qualitative, cool. You know that in and out. Quantitative is where you’re asking them for that data.
You’re talking with them. You don’t have to go in and run the report. Just as another reminder, if you love data, you can go run the report. Add that in as an extra layer of service.
Cool. Charge more, though. Then you wanna measure those metrics at regular scheduled intervals.
A big mistake people make who have not been coached through how to do conversion rate optimization is they, measure whenever they feel like it, or they don’t have it in their calendar, like, diarized.
And so you’re just like, oh, shit. I haven’t looked at that test in a while. And then you go look at it, but you haven’t been doing it on a regular basis. So it’s very it’s like in a lab, if you put stuff in a beaker and walk away and then come back three minutes later and measure it and then come back three months later and measure it and try to do anything with that, anybody would be like, you just lost your grant.
Like, you don’t know what you’re doing. Please stop. So we don’t wanna do that. We wanna do regular scheduled interviews for or intervals for, the things that we’re measuring.
Okay?
And measuring month over month and year over year, which can be really tricky because a lot of the stuff that we’re standing up doesn’t have a year over year, barely has a month over month.
So know that that’s difficult. But as you move forward in your retainer, you are looking at month over month performance and year over year performance, not hour over hour. That’s that’s really far too narrow. It would do this up and down, up and down like crazy. We don’t want that. We wanna look at things in controlled, disciplined ways because that is what we do as consultants.
And then we wanna report on progress toward KPIs.
So when you do, we’ll talk about this in the intensive freelancing.
When you do present your results monthly to your clients, you don’t have to dig into here are the six or nine, metrics, but rather here’s how we’re progressing toward these three KPIs that we have. And then you can support it. But we wanna stay higher level when talking to our clients because the lower and deeper we get into it, the more murky it becomes, and then people try to draw insights from it. Like, oh, no.
Our click through rate is changing, and it went down. Let’s all go look at the call to action. Like, pause. There’s so many things that could be happening here that we wanna keep the client up, There’s so many things that could be happening here that we wanna keep the client up at KPI level.
That’s where they wanna be. They didn’t hire you for a better click through rate. They hired you for a result, so we keep them at the result level. Is this making sense?
Cool. I’m talking a blue streak, but but, hopefully, it’s okay. Alright. Cool.
So, yeah, I had a whole mind map. It’s already twenty five minutes into this, and there are so many more things to discuss. So we’re gonna we’re gonna finish off this worksheet, which I the page numbers aren’t updating automatically. Sorry about that. So this is not page page two. We’re gonna finish this off and then just know that going forward, we’ll have other sessions on, like, okay. At this level, when there’s a bounce rate happening on a long form sales page, what might we do with that data?
Unlikely. Maybe bounce rate would be important. Anyway, we’ll get into that.
So you need to identify what your KPIs and metrics that matter are for your standardized offer.
You can understand that if you don’t have a standardized offer and just to be clear, a standardized offer gets measured the same way your retainer offer gets measured because they’re building on each other. Well, the retainer offer builds on the standardized, so, of course, your retainer is constantly trying to improve the results that come out of the thing that you did up front, that project.
So they both have the same KPIs. They both have the same metrics that matter. These are unchanging things during the course of your retainer. It’s not like suddenly you see engagement is way up, but that wasn’t a metric that matters.
You don’t start reporting on engagement being way up. That’s cool. That’s nice. Maybe change your model in the future so it it reflects engagement as an important metric, but you don’t start reporting on it suddenly.
Just just know that we only wanna report on things that matter to the client that they agreed on. That’s how they’re gonna see value in you and feel like you’ve got this under control.
Okay.
So I want you to just take a couple minutes. We’re gonna go through this. Try to think of your standardized offer if you’re not there yet. Think about the project that you most commonly get hired to do or that you most want to do going forward, whatever that thing is that you’re going to be creating and then optimizing.
What is the number one goal that your client has or is likely to have for that thing?
Write that in.
I have a question about this.
Can I ask it now because it’s relevant, or should I wait until afterwards when you’re done with the whole Oh, go for it?
Let’s hear it. Okay.
So in the most of the companies that I’ve worked for, they measure things differently, and this is especially relevant for different sized companies. And I would say that the kind of ups more upscale company that I would want to target, they’re definitely gonna have, individual metrics that they use Yeah. That their own data science team, creates, especially if they’re measuring the quality of the lead. And when when I mean qualitative data, I mean, quantitative qualitative data.
Like Sure. Sure. How long they are are around. Right? Yeah. And then also these metrics are gonna go out of date.
Like, I don’t know anyone that I work with that uses CAC anymore.
But, like, ten years ago, everyone was people that still use CAC so completely.
But keep going. Keep going. Just know that there’s a Like, MQL. Gigantic world out there with businesses doing all sorts of things at all sorts times. Okay. Keep going.
So I feel like if I come in and say, we’re gonna measure this, they’re gonna be like, don’t tell us what to do. We measure this because we have our whole, like, we have our whole, like, Tableau set up, and this is how we measure things. And this is what’s important to us us because this is our model.
And, like, you need to adapt. I feel like it’ll come off as very aggressive and, like, not customer serving.
Nope. Okay. Although it depends it depends on how you do it. Right? You go in and use buy in isn’t me telling you clients what to do. Buy in is getting is showing them, like, okay.
I’ve done this. They you come into the conversation knowing where everybody knows that they have, that you’ve done this before. K? You’re not here to guess at it. You’re not here to do whatever the client wants you to do. You’re here to help them get the result that they’re looking for.
You measure the work this way. Now do they agree that the primary KPI for the thing that they’ve just hired you for is x?
If they’re like, no. That’s the secondary KPI. Here is the top one. Then you just turn the triangle for them.
But you have to have the three key, performance indicators on there. You will know what those are. I don’t care how different businesses are. There’s a CMO at the top of it who is doing the right things for their business and is thinking of the same KPIs for their different departments within marketing, the CTO, or the chief product officer, or whoever also has certain KPIs.
And those are not such changing things across organizations that we need to be afraid or, uncertain that we can come in and say, here’s how I measure success.
Here’s why.
What do you think of that?
You need to be able to consult with your clients. And I would say, if it feels too aggressive, try it because that’s how consultants actually come in. Someone comes in. Perna comes in. She’s charging a hundred thousand dollars for a project.
If she comes in and goes, how do you wanna measure it? What do you want this to be like? Now I’m like, what did I hire you for? Why am I paying you all this money if I’m the one who has to make up all the rules as we go? What I want is for you to take this outcome that I’m looking for and make it happen for me in a way where I feel very little effect of it other than smiley faces every time I look through your report at the end of the month. That’s what people are looking for at a higher level when it comes to copy that converts.
Social media posts are another thing. I’m not in the business of social media posts or other ways of creating content.
I’m talking about real copy that people are looking for that does the thing that the business needs it to do. Does that make sense, Naomi?
But, like, even in terms of, like, lead quality. Like, I’ve worked with companies that use lead to sale. I’ve worked with companies that you I don’t even remember. It’s ATV or ACV. They had their own metric. Mhmm.
And so, like, if I use lead to sale, one company would be like, well, we never use that.
So wouldn’t it make more sense to be a little bit less specific and say measure quality, based on how you measure that. Because when I say MQL for one company, they’re not gonna take me seriously because they see MQLs as sort of garbage leads and sort of, like, not super high quality. This is based on, like, my own experience. I’m sure it’s different elsewhere.
It’s clearly based on your experience, and that’s good.
Great. That’s a real legit experience. It’s not reflective of an experience that I go through in these scenarios. So I would say, how is it working for you when you go in and the client does the leading? How is it working? Are you able to close fifty thousand dollar projects, or is that a scary number?
It’s not a scary number for me. And I do go into these organizations and have these conversations, and no one says you’re overstepping.
No one has said that to me since I was at Intuit, and I had to just go into the consulting world where they line up for it. So I would I would say how is it working out for you when they get to dictate everything about how things are gonna be be measured and stuff like that.
Really, like, analyze how it’s working.
And it’s okay if you go into an organization and they’re like, we don’t use MQLs.
Anybody who is, like, laughing about that or thinks it’s outdated, I feel like they’re they’re probably not very professional if they go into a space and go, like, nobody uses MQLs anymore. Like, no. Like, lots of people use MQLs still, like, the vast majority. And whether they see it as a garbage lead is really on, like, them. It’s got nothing to do with and you don’t have to also, nobody’s saying for you that you have to go in and say MQL is the metric that matters here. If you know this, if the people that you’re selling this to don’t it means marketing qualified lead, and then there’s sales qualified lead, and that’s an SQL. So if you go into these and there’s other types of qualified leads that gets it gets detailed when you’re dealing with product led growth versus sales led.
So there’s also just stuff going on there, but just know that it’s okay that you might measure things differently than your client does. This isn’t about trends. It’s not about what the latest thing is that people care about. Cost to acquire a customer is always going to be a critical, metric.
It doesn’t mean you have to call it that. Call it whatever they call it then. You don’t have to fill in the metrics with them. You can say these are the three KPIs that I’m generally measuring for.
Do you agree with these that these are the three outcomes you’re looking for when you’re hiring me for this? Yes. We do. Cool.
I know businesses, measure these things differently. What are the two primary metrics you use to measure this KPI? Me through that. And then you can draw that on the model.
But what I don’t want you to do is shy away from taking the lead and saying, this is what I do. This is how I do it well, and then talking with the client about that. Does that make sense, Naomi?
Yeah. For sure. For sure. I can, like, outline the metrics that I use. But my idea would be to go in and say, okay.
We’re gonna measure leads. Do you measure MQLs? Do you measure leads, or do you measure opportunities? And then have that as one side of the triangle and then say quality.
Do you have a metric or quality that you have, like, as an algorithm? And then have that as one And then ask them specifically, like, do you have a specific metric that you created with your own algorithm, or do you use something in like, what would you use? And then add that later on rather than coming in specifically and using something that’s not actually programmed into their database.
For sure. That’s great. We’re totally aligned on that. Just make sure that you’re guiding the conversation and you go in there knowing what your standard KPIs are, what the most common metrics that matter are so that when you’re guiding them through this conversation, they might also stare at you and go, I don’t know.
Not because they don’t know, but because they’re trying to figure out what you like to connect a dot between what they wanna share with you and what you want to hear from them. So when you’re asking those questions, it’s good to have a backup that’s like so here’s an example of a KPI that we use. Does that match what you use for this or what you had in mind for this? Yes.
It does. Okay. Perfect. And if it doesn’t, then they can say that at the same time too.
Cool. Something wrong.
Because if I’m speaking yeah.
If I’m speaking to somebody who’s more product marketing oriented or more brand oriented, like, sure. I can come in with very specific data and lead the conversation. But if I’m coming into somebody who’s a campaign manager, then I wanna make sure that I’m speaking to them on their level and Sure. Sort of engaging them in the conversation.
Hundred percent. Love it. Awesome. Cool.
Okay. Excellent.
Did we get our primary goal for your offer? Does anybody wanna check that out, what they or just share it?
Everybody timid about this? It’s okay.
Nobody got what’d you do? John said you’re looking down at your page.
K. Naomi has conversion rate. Awesome.
Jessica?
Is it okay to ask a question?
Sure. Katie, you have increased lifetime customer value. Nice.
Web traffic. Yeah. That’s a good KPI.
High level.
Jessica, are you asking it or what’s that?
Oh, yeah. Sorry. I wasn’t sure when you wanted me to ask.
So I was gonna Go for it.
Go for it.
Sorry. Okay. So with the seasonal sale, right, conversion rate? Yes.
I’ve been looking more into the, attributable revenue, but that’s not I guess that’s not the word. But, anyway, the one where I’m kind of struggling, though, is the idea of instead of just general ROAS, which was really big when I was working in house with my ecommerce client Yeah. It seems to me that given my specialty and what I would like to do, that new customer ROAS would be an interesting metric. K.
But where I’m getting kind of stuck is if they have a high lifetime customer value, right, and it’s so a really high one, then they might be able to spend a little bit more with their ads and invest a little so they’re so the ROAS on a new customer may not you know, they may be able to lose a little bit.
Right? Yeah.
Yeah. So I guess that’s where I get a little stuck in the muck of KPIs and all that because given the especially, it seems like it comes back a lot of times to lifetime value. Based off of what they can get long term, you can make different decisions in the short term for the seasonal sale. And that’s where I’m kind of struggling with what how to standardize, I guess.
So that’s where I mean, a lot of experience will help with that. Like, the more you go and try this with different groups, but also your perspective on it. That’s why specializing on the sunshine growth model is right next to thought leadership. Like, the two work hand in hand.
So if you draw a line in the sand and you say, look, I work with clients or with brands that are spending money to acquire new customers and have high lifetime value, or customer lifetime value, that’s who you work with now. That’s what you build thought leadership on. You say you’re gonna lose money on the first one. And by the way, you’re not the only person saying this.
Like, every ad agency we talk to is like, oh, no. No. No. You need something further down the line because you’re gonna barely breakeven on the first ones.
So but that’s cool. Why not draw a line in the sand and say this is this is the case? You need to be willing to lose money on that new customer acquisition in order to upsell them on things later. So you have to have a high customer lifetime value that is realized after that first purchase.
Okay. Okay. So that’s an acceptable option. Okay. I did not even think about that with the thought leadership, so you’re right.
And thank you for pointing that out.
Cool. Awesome. Good question. Okay. So I’m looking at time.
A bunch of metrics listed here, all sorts of them that matter across different things for different businesses. Some businesses will care a lot about some of these and others will not. Some of the work you do, this will matter for it, and some of the work, it won’t matter. The way attention and attraction are written together really mess with my head. Did I spell one of those wrong? I couldn’t.
No matter how many times I read that over, I’m like, there’s something wrong with that. Anyway, it’s messing with my eyes, and has ever since I started working on this.
Then there are conversion sales revenue. So are you working more closely with sales, with the sales team, or more with the product team, or more with the marketing team? That’s gonna vary based on what you’re doing. Obviously, cart abandonment is more for ecommerce than it will be for SaaS. But you may still find some people who work in SaaS and say cart abandonment largely because they came from an ecommerce background, which is very, very normal. So just, like, be ready.
Be ready to not be too shocked by the number of things that you may hear in an organization. Not everybody is running at an expert level. So that’s important to keep in mind when you’re like, what did they mean by car dependent meant when we’re in SaaS? Just like, oh, they just meant this.
They meant that. So keep that in mind. And then there’s way more to this. I don’t work in engagement referrals or necessarily sometimes in retention, but I don’t, like, even consult with people on this side.
So I didn’t have a lot of metrics to list out here, so there’s probably more if this is the thing that you work in. Just keep adding to it and know that these lists are not exhaustive. The reason they’re in here is to help you if you’re like think I know what one goal is.
And I think I know how they measure that, but there are, like, fifteen things that they use to measure that goal, and they’re all listed in here, then you need to decide what the most important ones are, the metrics that matter for the work that you’re being brought in to do. So this is the sort of thing you’d wanna fill out. It doesn’t have to go in any sort of order. Like I said, depending on what their primary KPI is, you just, like, tilt tilt the triangle around until the one that’s number one is, like, up at the top if that even matters visually. But just keep that in mind. This doesn’t have to go in any certain order. It sometimes does go clockwise.
Cool. Sometimes it has the flat part down at the bottom. Whatever. That doesn’t have to be drawn as a triangle either, but what you want to do is be sure that you’re able to talk your client through how you do it.
So let’s say that a standardized offer is for an ad funnel audit. When the ad funnel audit is done, there’s a road map of optimization tweaks that gets produced at the end of the ad funnel audit. So this is an example. Okay?
The example.
What might that person do if that was their standardized offer and the retainer that comes out of it? Great.
They could have and they talk they go into the conversation with their, client talking about this. Right? So the KPIs that are most common when I’m doing an ad funnel audit and then the work to optimize that ad funnel, they are more leads, more calls booked, and greater profitability. Does that match what you’re thinking?
And they look through it, and they might wanna unpack. Okay. What do you mean? Like, how would we even measure more leads?
Great question. There’s lots of ways to measure more leads. We typically use impressions and click through rate. And they’re like, oh, just to your point, Naomi, they’re like, no.
We don’t use that. We use blank and click through rate. Okay. Cool. Let’s do that.
We’re aligned that those are the two ways we’re gonna measure more leads. Yes. We are. Perfect.
Now let’s move on to more calls booked. What we’re looking at, because this is on the landing page in this ad funnel, is bounce rate. Are they staying on the page, or are they abandoning it? And sales demos booked.
Does that match what you would like to how you’d like to measure success for more calls booked? Well, we definitely need sales demo booked. I don’t know about bounce rate, though. Is that the most important thing?
And then you have a discussion with them about why that is. And then we get into greater profitability, cost to acquire, and cost per lead. Those are the key ones that we’re typically working at working with. Naomi, to your point, they’re like, we don’t say cost to acquire customers anymore.
Like, okay. Fine. What do you use then? Great. We’ll use that, but we’re good with cost per lead.
We say dollars spent per lead. Okay. Fine. We’ll call it dollars spent per lead. Are we good with that?
Yes. We are. Cool. This is how we’re going to measure success going forward. At the end of every month, when I report results to you, you’re going to see these KPIs on the page with month over month.
And once we get there, year over year data. How does that sound? So we can actually measure how this is working. Cool beans.
We’re set. Good. Now you’ve walked them through that.
Everybody is on board with it, and you’ve also addressed things that aren’t, that don’t match what they typically do, which is good for anybody who is maybe of a large organization that does have a data team.
Okay.
We’re really low on time here, but what I want you to do is once you’ve completed this this is homework. Once you’ve completed this triangle for your standardized offer with the metrics that matter, it’s not set in stone. You’ll change this. The sunshine growth model has been coming together for, like, four years, so it changes over time.
It changed from the beginning of the, CopySchool Pro. We didn’t even have those four categories. So it will change. That’s okay.
That’s why we use Canva so we can always be editing things. So it’s going to change. That’s okay. Just start with the metrics that you believe matter.
Then this is where we start to think through. We’re not gonna get into it today, but this is where we start to think through. Okay. Now that I know how we’re measuring this, what can I do to start chipping away at systematizing ways to optimize that metric?
So for that metric, I mean. So let me skip ahead. This is the blank one for you to fill in for your own triangle or whatever diagnostic you use. This is what we’ll start to use to identify areas of opportunity for optimization.
So if we’re like impressions, again, if they changed if the client has changed it, then you change this too.
Impressions is how where is one metric. So what are things that could impact impressions? Well, the audience might be too narrow, too broad, or whatever. The image might be impacting impressions.
Maybe it’s a video, and it needs to be a static image or maybe the opposite, a hook or a keyword. Now we don’t wanna list every possible thing. That’s what a full mind map is for. That’s what I’ll share with you down the road.
All we really wanna do right now is start saying, like, okay.
If I implement this, what might be going on when things aren’t performing well or when they’re performing really well? And this will mean referring back to your list of guesses. Right? Like, you made guesses at every stage.
What did you guess at that could be impacting positively or negatively bounce rate, for example. Well, the headline, I guessed at the headline, so it’s maybe that. It’s the I guess, at the formula that we use for it, I guessed at the message, I guessed at how. So headline could be doing it.
Could be trust factors because that’s what bounce rate is largely about. Do people trust you when they landed on that page?
Load time is also another one. Right? So you’ll work through these. And then when you’re going through and doing the measuring and bounce rate is high, now you can say, okay.
If bounce rate’s high, we don’t worry about that or that. We only worry about these things. Let’s look at these things. And that’s how we can start to put together hypotheses for what could be going wrong and what we could do instead.
So you’ll fill that in, and then there’s all these other pages where you can then take every one of these you have. This is a lot of systematizing, but it does mean if you do this work upfront, then when the time comes for you to hire somebody to help you with optimizing, you train them on this. And you say, like, okay. These are the six metrics that matter.
These are the things that are probably going on if that metric is underperforming or if it’s doing really, really well. So if we see that click rate has gone through the roof, it’s amazing, Then we’ll look at offer and CTA and develop hypotheses for those. How do we develop hypotheses for those? We go through and we fill in one of these for each one that comes underneath this table.
I’m scrolling around a lot, but you can see here we have impressions, audience, impressions, audience. We wanna list out all the things that could be going on with audience that is possibly affecting impressions. Is the audience too narrow? Is it too broad?
Is it too new to us? It’s different from what we’ve been doing successfully. Is there no look alike as a starting point? And, again, that’s kind of moving toward towards, like, a new to us.
Too close to our existing list of nonconverters. Like, they’re just bad even though they reflect a lookalike. Too hard to reach, etcetera, etcetera. So we start brain dumping what might be going on there knowing that it usually comes down to these things. Either there’s a wrong x, wrong tone, wrong wrong voice, wrong message, wrong framework, wrong formula, wrong audience, changed all of those things again so the audience we thought it was has actually changed.
Changed seasonality, that’s a big one too. There’s no x. There’s no one upper. There’s no CTA on that one admin that you were men that you’re mentioning.
No CTA, or it’s a weak CTA. It’s get started when it should be more of a call to value. So it’ll come down to wrong, change, no, or weak, and then you fill in anything after that. Then it’s too much of something.
Too narrow, too broad, too many, too few, too clever, too timid, too different, not different enough. And then there’s, like, this kind of bucket of other random shit that could also be true. It’s introducing a new something, a new component to an offer that is unnecessary, new friction in form fields. It’s introducing new anxieties by saying something about trust when nobody was even thinking about trust.
And, oh my gosh, should I trust these people now? It’s swiped, not strategic. That’s what most junior copywriters are going through or guest steps. That’s also what most junior copywriters are going through.
Like, I like this headline, so I wrote it. Well, that’s a guess, and we can really say, like, no. No. That’s probably what’s going on, or it’s ego based.
Someone, the highest paid opinion said this is what the headline should be. You all, like, put your your head down and went, okay. Let’s make that the headline. But you know that that was ego.
Or it was you. You wrote a poem or a email.
Nobody gives a shit about your poetry. So don’t write a poem. Go back and write something that matters for the customer. So that’s what it’s likely to come down to. It’s kind of like an absolute crash course in things that could be going on that are negatively or positively sometimes affecting whatever your goals are or the metrics that matter are underneath those.
I’m gonna stop there because there’s a lot here as I knew there would be, and there’s even more planned. This is this is scaled back. But, hopefully, that is helpful to you. Yes. This is in the Slack under copywriting advanced in that channel if you couldn’t find it. Do you have any questions, thoughts, concerns?
Yes, Katie.
Okay. I’m gonna preface this by saying I have several questions, thoughts, and concerns. So, like, what is the best place and time to like, are we gonna revisit this large topic?
Yes.
Yeah. We’re just scratching the surface. This is, like, intro. Not super intro, but yeah. Yeah. There’s more to come.
So I would say Mike ask now, and then Mike can say, like, we’ll tackle that later.
Okay. So one project that comes to mind that I actually have, like, is a quiz funnel I wrote. It went live about six months ago, and I’ve been putting off, like, checking in the after data, because I don’t know if you remember. I’ve I’ve Slacked about this client’s team. It was a social media manager who really, like, took over a lot of decisions about the email marketing.
So I guess, like, the thing that needs to be optimized is it’s not readable on mobile, and all of their traffic is coming from Instagram.
So how do you how do you navigate the conversations when you think that the thing that needs to be optimized isn’t your yours to own?
So I’ve had this happen. Ari, is it safe for you to talk to your point of contact about this team member taking over on the thing that they shouldn’t have taken over on?
Well, the problem really at the end of the project was that I could not get the client on a call without the team member being there.
Like, I tried a lot. I have, like, a two a one on one call, and he was just always also on the call.
So then it’s not safe too. That’s not possible.
So, I mean, there’s upfront work going forward where you can say you can put the rules around it. Right? Like, if if we’re going to ever measure this, you need to implement as we agree.
They’ll have reasons not to. They’ll always say we’re the one paying the invoice. It’s on it’s our business. We can do whatever we want, and they’re absolutely right.
So it is a matter of them getting on board with you being the deliverer of better performing KPIs for them. If they can recognize that you hold the key to that, then they’d be silly to get in the way. Silly is a big word though because there’s all sorts of internal politics going on. Nobody wants to fire a team member.
Who knows what’s going on? But lots of team members are underperforming out in the world, and that’s why you were brought in in the first place. It’s no offense to them. They go home at four o’clock.
Nothing. You’re like you’re an expert.
So what do you do up front? Try to do things up front to get them to buy in to the idea that and, again, the more money they’re spending on you, the less likely they are to be like, hey, Sue from accounting. What did you think of this? Like, no. No. No.
Katie knows. We trust Katie. That doesn’t mean that’s always true. Charging more isn’t gonna be, like, the the silver bullet, but it helps.
And then I the tricky thing is if you can’t get them on a call to talk to them about that, that’s the kind of thing where I would just, there’s nothing you can do about it. They’ve implemented the wrong copy. If they ever reach out to you and go, why is it working, then you say, let’s hop on a call, and I’ll tell you exactly why it’s not working.
And then you can walk them through. And this is the conversation I’ve had to have have before. It’s like, is so and so a conversion copywriter?
No. What are they? They’re a marketing intern. Yeah. So why are they writing this copy then?
And you can ask that question. And if they’re the CMO, same question. Doesn’t matter where they’re at. They’re not you.
Why are they editing your copy and doing whatever they want? And if they’re if the if the culture of the organization is allowing that, you can’t do anything about that. All you can do is step away and try to do your best to avoid that kind of client in the future. But you’re allowed to have real talks with that person and say, you brought me in for this.
It’s it’s important to me that my copy perform well for you. It’s important for me as important as it is for your team member to not feel disengaged from this. This is my this is my livelihood. Like, this is everything that I do.
And if I’m not getting results for you, that’s really bad for me. So how can we implement my copy? What’s stopping that?
And if they don’t have anything to say, then this call is very likely down to there’s something going on internally.
There’s nothing they can do about it, and there’s nothing you can do about it either in my experience.
Yeah.
And so, like, I I totally understand and respect that as, like, the way forward with this client. I’m curious how you would approach that in general when it’s like you’re the copywriter. You were brought on to to optimize the copy, but you have a hunch that a design component is what’s impacting the performance of that page? Like, do you just provide we’re like, we think we should test button color or something like that, and then and then you put that on their team to implement?
Yeah. So everything that we’re working on, it’s good to align with their designer or design team right up front wherever you can. Always, always, always. And if you can do that, then also share that as they know.
Copy doesn’t live in a silo. Copy and art work together. The creative department is copy and art and now other digital stuff too. But it’s always been art and copy.
There’s a documentary called art and copy. Like, it’s always been art and copy. So you need to work with the artist just like the artist needs to work with the copywriter to get it to its best place. If you the problem is that the designer may not feel empowered to be part of conversion rate optimization.
They’re just like they’ve been beat down over the years by every marketer saying, just change it to this color, and they’re like, they kinda wanna dye a lot of them, just like a lot of in house copywriters kinda wanna dye.
So if you have empathy for that, it doesn’t mean it’s always true, but I would start from that point. Like, I really respect what you do. Have a one on one with the designer, their design team. Really love what you are doing here.
I really wanna be part of making this better. Here’s how I work. How do you work? Let’s let’s figure out how to align on this.
If you can do that, then you can get them on board. Some people will still never be receptive. And in those cases, for me, I get a little bullish, and, take over. And then just say, like, here’s the road map for what we’re gonna do to optimize this.
And you can use data to support that. Right? If you’re like, here’s the email.
I went and I put it on, user testing dot com and had people speak to it, or I did validation, like, a five second test or whatever the hell you wanna do to get that little bit of data to say, like, people are not seeing this button. It’s gray, y’all.
Why is the button gray? But you don’t have to be the bad guy then. You can say people aren’t clicking on it. Let’s hypothesize why people aren’t clicking on it. Do we think they can find it?
Sure. They can find it. Okay. But when they find it, does it look clickable? Well, great things are clickable.
Well, great things aren’t clickable, actually. So you can have that discussion with them. But if they’re if they’re weird about it and you’ve done everything you can to make nice and be friendly with them, you’re the consultant.
Take over. You don’t have to make best friends in this organization.
And a lot of a lot of people are gonna go, does Katie know? And that’s just the way it is.
But they’re probably miserable in their jobs too in my experience. So I don’t know how helpful that is. People are trying to do their best, but they’re also calling it in a lot, like, a lot a lot.
So sometimes you have to kinda be the bad guy if being the good guy didn’t work. Yeah.
Johnson, you have a question, or at least one of the two Johnsons that are here has a raised hand.
I, I’ve got my laptop so I could see the see what’s going on. I was using my phone because it’s got a camera.
Yeah. This isn’t, well, it’s sort of I mean, it’s tied into this, of course, but, you know, we talked last time, about moving towards email, getting to know my market better and the the offer.
And, yeah, I mean, it’s it’s more or less a reiteration of the same thing. In terms of offer, I don’t know what I know. Don’t know. And I do know what I know.
But I don’t know what yeah. And I I know you have a lot of experience in email, and, honestly, I would just love to hear what your thoughts are in terms of offers that fit this model well, and, that that you think are interesting because that would that might be a really good starting point for me.
Okay. So you’re just looking for, like, ideas on what to do as your standardized offer?
Yeah. Basically. Yeah. I’m pretty open to to whatever, and I’m I’m I’m pretty excited. So yeah.
Yeah. Okay. Love it. Who do you like working with? Who’s your target audience? Who is in closest proximity to you that you can reach?
So, I mean, it’s part you you mean, in terms of, like, next client or just in general?
Well, it’s probably that client with my cousin Lee. That’s but that’s gonna be in, financing.
But, I mean, it’s tech financing, so that’s kind of kind of a sort of blend.
K. And that’s gonna happen in q two or q three now. So, that’s the project I’ve done yet, which I’m excited about. Nice. Oh, so that will win. And, Yeah. So that’s probably where I’m going next.
Do you like working with tech?
Well, yeah. I mean, broadly speaking, yes.
But, again, broadly speaking, I mean, aside from, I don’t know, helping our company kill the rainforests, and, I’m I’m happy to work in any industry, as well as I don’t hate.
So yeah.
Love it.
Okay. So the thing that seems to be an unlimited gold mine, is life cycle emails, because of you just problem is you have to go narrower than that because there are so many emails that I’m I’m saying tech, but I really, in this case, mean SaaS. I don’t mean NVIDIA or other more complex behind the scenes things. I mean, SaaS.
I mean, there’s a sign in, there’s a login, and people and users use it, and it’s usually product led growth. Doesn’t mean it has to be, though. So Envision has a sales team, for enterprise organizations. Envision’s not a good example.
They just went bankrupt.
But they were really good for a long, long time.
But point here is if you work with SaaS, there are loads of good reasons too, which I won’t get into because I know I already talk too much as this.
But SaaS life cycle emails or SaaS depends on which part of the life cycle you wanna work on, but that nobody’s doing it. I’ve said this before. Nobody’s doing it when they are they’re inundated with work. They can’t hire fast enough, so that becomes your problem. Like, cool. There’s so much money in work, but I actually can’t hire and train fast enough. So that’s a real like, that’s a first world problem, but it’s legit.
And there’s lots of money. Lots and lots and lots and lots and lots of money for a life cycle. So just do life cycle, stand up, life cycle of some kind, activation through to revenue, whatever that looks like. You have a standard model in place that you, modify.
So you always know we’re gonna probably have these three box scars, but there might be a fourth or a fifth on there. We’re always gonna do segmentation around this part. We’re gonna try to do if we can do triggered emails, then this is true. Some SaaS companies, you still can’t do triggered.
Everybody on the development team is, like, homegrown stuff, so it gets messy. Point is, you figure that out.
Stand it up. That’s your project. That’s a standardized offer, and then you just optimize it from there on out. And because SaaS businesses need this so badly and have a real problem of a database that is packed with email addresses that they’ve been ignoring hard.
If you can come in and start to untangle that, like, that’s why Boxcar that’s why I started it. Just it’s endless, the amount.
The amount of of need there. It’s directly it’s back to revenue where they have users right there. They’re just not touching.
Is that what Boxcar specialize in then?
Yeah.
Yeah. And that’s what Boxcar so I’ve exited Boxcar. They’re off doing their own thing, and they’ve added in other landing pages mostly because there’s also a lot of demand for landing pages, and things like that. But I continue.
Like, I’m consulting with clients right now, on exactly this stuff, and it’s endless. I can’t even stop the engagement when I try to. When I say, okay. I’m ready to hand this over to others.
No. No. Way. Confused. There’s too much money on the line. Yeah.
Okay. A follow-up question I have then is, when would you recommend looking to, gain a a solid understanding around this area in terms of self education?
Yeah. I mean, given that software companies use intercom so much, I would read through all the intercom resources, watch all the things.
Also, Gong, though, like, Gong dot io, they’ve got a really good resource center and software companies that are using Gong usually have a lot of money to spend. They’ve got a sales team as well, but they’re probably trying to also do product led growth. So check out everything that Gong. Io has.
Intercoms, yeah, really obvious one.
Yeah.
Those are Okay.
Those are Like, I don’t think I English.
Yeah. You can start there and have a really solid education at the end of it. Yeah.
Alright. Great. That’s amazing.
And and just before, is there anything else, just seeing as this is something you’re so passionate about, is there anything else you think I should know about approaching this?
My only pause on doing it at all is that you will have to get really strong at saying no to coming on board as an in house person.
So I would say build out your team sooner. Yeah.
The Right.
You’re gonna make us a a crazy offer to bring you in because it’s so valuable or just right. Okay. Got it.
It’s it’s just so hard to I most people who started an email went off and did something else for god knows why, So there just aren’t that many experts out there. If you become that trusted life cycle person for them, yeah, there will be annoyingly compelling offers that you’ll have to be stronger then because when good freelancers go in house, they regret it. Two years later, they’re like, damn it. Why did I not just keep doing the thing? And I have story after story that I’m not allowed to share, but just know. This happens all the freaking time.
Don’t say yes to that offer. You can make more money on your own and be happier.
Anyway, we’ll get in we’ll cross that road when we get there, but that’s the only thing I would say. Yeah.
No. No. No. I think that just made me wanna do it more, honestly, because I’m never gonna go in house.
So, Never say never.
The offers can be very compelling.
So it’s stupid. Sure. Okay. Okay.
Cool. Cool. Awesome. Thanks, Jonathan. Anybody else? Anything else? We’re good. Edna.
Hey. So I was gonna ask you, apart from the click rates or the conversion rates on a pricing page, what else can you track?
Like, the like, the scrolling with the heat maps and That’s a page I took out of today’s presentation.
Easy oh, wait. No. It’s in the tips area at the very end. I didn’t get to the tips page. The last page is full of tips.
Easy on scrolling, and pricing pages are typically not bad. Okay.
I hear you.
There’s the FAQs at the bottom that are, like, expandable too.
You know, I wouldn’t what I would look at on a pricing page, depending on if it’s on the website versus if it’s where people in product lend or lend from emails for users, not trial. So website versus other pricing page would likely have two different ways of like, two different models that you would put together for how to measure success there and what the KPIs are.
Bounce is actually really important, and it might be more at that point, it’s like exit because bounce is, like, when you enter a site and then bounce it versus exit rate is different. So you’d probably call it exit rate. On the pricing page, did they spend less than ten seconds there, which could mean all sorts of things.
And that’s where it’s like, okay. Well, that’s a metric. That’s not a KPI. So you have to first figure out what the KPI is.
Is it, hold more people on the page longer, whatever that looks like as the actual, like, goal, in which case, exit rate would be huge. And then you would go down to the table below and say what’s affecting exit rate on here. Is the price too large, too high? Are we not giving them enough time to scroll?
Like, you’d have all sorts of questions you could ask.
But it really does depend. What you want out of a pricing page is for people to choose an option, but that’s not as important as just starting to be a user. So click a button is gonna be a really important thing. It doesn’t always matter which button they click.
However, if increasing average revenue per user is important to you and if they are the kind of company that starts, that like, a lot of companies, when you land on their pricing page, you don’t have to choose a plan. You’ll choose that plan when you go. Other ones, you do choose a plan. So for the ones where you do choose a plan, it might be that you’re trying to optimize to get more people into a higher tier plan.
So that could be something, increase average revenue per user. It could be both a KPI in this case and a metric underneath that KPI.
But we’re really just looking at increasing average revenue per user, and there’s lots of ways to figure that out and lots of hypotheses you can come up with if you’re like, oh, no. We’re not. Our our poo went down.
So if that’s the case anyway, there’s that to consider.
Okay.
All sorts of things. All sorts of things.
Okay. But start with their goal. So you could also just go out there and do some research on what people want, what business owners want, what SaaS people, or even course creators want out of their pricing table.
Yeah.
There’s Thank you. Loss.
Yeah. Alright. Fun. Cool. Anything else? Anyone else? We good.
Can you just tell me when it I don’t wanna take up more time today. But I am I have some random ideas, I guess, about what might work as a retainer, or may not. And so I guess what is the best time to start discussing and then knowing because I was reading through the workbooks for all this stuff, And at one point, I think I saw something scary like, if you cannot do this, we need to go back to the standard offer and change it. I was like, oh, shoot.
I need to figure this out sooner rather than later. So what is, like, the best time would you say just talk about it in Slack? And if you guys say, nope. None of this works, then I need to look at that.
I’m a little concerned about how much time I’m wasting on seasonal campaign if I can’t figure out a retainer an optimization performance retainer for it. That makes sense.
That’s fair.
What can you I mean, now is a good time. We are in this afternoon talking about standardized offers. And with that, it’s important for you to think about the retainer offer. But next week will be full on retainer offer stuff.
Okay.
So what do you have right now?
Now is a good time?
Okay. Well, the one that to me seems to there’s obviously the seasonal sale campaign, any it could be a product launch campaign, right, where you learn from that campaign, and you can take some of those learnings and apply it to retention strategies and other things like that or just your future campaign. But a future campaign, like you said, is a new project. Yeah. So I’m trying to also avoid that. And so then the major things that I kind of was trying to get it down to was my focus on seasonal sales can also lay a great foundation for ongoing customer retention.
And, so, yes, the average order value that yes. You can do that. And, yes, you can get them to come in during the seasonal sale and buy a second time. That’s all great. But we can also start laying the foundation for increasing lifetime value and all that kind of stuff. So then the only thing that to me made sense in terms of value was ongoing work around their customer retention KPIs.
But what I was still struggling with is I’m not doing enough to opt I’m not doing enough, I don’t think, in the seasonal the standard thing for post purchase experience and all that to kinda make it not a brand new project that almost requires an email audit or something like that. So then I’m like, I don’t know. I just keep hitting the same off. Okay.
Well, I might as well just do an email program audit because they I don’t have the full picture if they bring me on for a seasonal sale. Right? And I wanna keep their customer attention going and doing all those things. It feels like if I don’t see the full picture, how do I say, yes.
We should focus on a win back versus something else. You know? Yeah. That’s what keep kinda coming against a wall of my brain.
I think you’re getting close. I do. Because it feels like okay.
If you have a point of view on standardizing seasonal campaigns Mhmm.
You can start with an audit of their past. That could be, like, your project out of the gate, potentially. Like, we’re just brainstorming here, and it might break. It might not be right.
But, if you were to start with seasonal audit, you go over their last six seasonal campaigns, and you audit them against, like, a rubric, just a some sort of analysis that you come up with. It’s your thought leadership. You own it. You’ve made sense of the best ways that seasonal campaigns work.
And then you could be responsible on an ongoing basis for running their seasonal campaigns against what you found in the audit. Doesn’t mean that’s the thing to do, but there might be if you have thought leadership and a point of view on how to run killer seasonal campaigns, All all you need is that.
Just that, Jessica. You just need outstanding thought leadership on seasonal campaigns.
Right. But that really could be you could build something out of that. You would still have So for every part of the retainer, there is still a certain level of original work that has to be done. Yeah.
But you need to try to systematize.
I say sixty percent of that. That’s not a real number. That’s just to give you a sense for it should be more systematized than custom.
Mhmm. So if you can break it down to here are the templates that work great for these campaigns.
If you could come up with that, if you could own that, then that could be a really interesting retainer where you are doing original work each time, but it’s based on your brand’s hypothesis about what is what to do to make seasonal campaigns work really well so that you attract customers that will pay pay more money to you down the road or whatever that thing is that you’re say that you end up saying in the end. I feel like you could do something, but it would require a lot of, like, really dig into what your point of view is on this.
Mhmm. Yeah. Does anybody have anything to add or any thoughts there?
I would just add that I’m totally in exactly the same boat of wondering, like, the ideas that I have for the retention offer, how do I stop them from snowballing into new projects?
Like, just, yeah, just finding that right, like, golden ratio of what goes in the standardized offer versus what’s the ongoing.
And then kind of adjacent to that, I know we were talking about, like, web copy. Like, so many of us having web copy as a standard project, but not wanting that to be the standardized one going forward.
Like, if I’ve landed on the, like, automated email sequences to increase lifetime customer value, But I’m like, how I don’t know if that’s close enough to the pain point that people like, you know, needing a sales page feels like a strong like, I don’t have the sales page. I don’t feel like it’s converting or, you know, I just feel like the post sales automated sequences feels like an add on to a painkiller product versus, like, a standardized offer in its own right.
Okay. So we were talking about this last time or on Friday. Right? And so if we’re at a so if I’m recalling correctly, it came down to sales page as standardized offer that then gets optimized, emails as standardized offer that then get optimized, or both, a standardized offer that then get optimized. And this is where you’re you’re still working through that. Is that accurate?
Well, I mean, I so I was like, okay. Shut up and make it easy. Choose the emails.
But what I because I’m reading a hundred million dollar lead nice.
Leads right now and just and I really wanna be close to the pain. Like, I wanna be fine. I want people to be like, please help me with this. And I don’t feel like the automated emails is the place where they’re like, we desperately need this support.
Can you then so you’re saying that the pain is the sales page?
No? Well, okay. I acknowledge that I’m talking about working with a different audience that I work with right now, but I was yes.
Because nobody’s ever come to me being, like, give us these emails, but people come to me all the time for the sales page.
Do they want you to continually optimize the sales page, or is it a one and done project?
Well, for my current audience, it’s a one and done project, but I’ve also never pitched sales page optimization before.
Okay. Cool. Great. So if you were to say the pain is closest to the sales page, My target audience that maybe I’m expanding to, feels great pain and wants that page optimized on an evergreen basis. They want to just continually optimize it, I’m going to sell that. That’ll be my thing. That sounds great.
No? What could be wrong with that?
Well, I feel like the sales page is harder to own than the emails just in that there’s more people doing it.
More contractors doing it. More more copywriter in my space talking about sales pages versus the behavior based automations feeling like a more like a bluer ocean.
Okay. That’s interesting. Yeah. I I don’t think it’s red ocean, though. I really don’t like I mean option?
You know best. You don’t You know. But, like, your target audience who is a person that needs a sales page that they’re continually optimizing? What’s the brand that you would want to work with?
Let’s say, like, Jerisha Hawk is a coach that I would like to work with.
Okay. Cool.
Mhmm.
So there are and do you feel like this person sorry. I’m not familiar with them. They’re always being pitched by others, or, like, they’re does it feel like they’re staring at a red ocean of people pitching them on these services?
Well, I’m like, from how engages with hers with her Instagram posts, I feel like there’s definitely at least a handful of other other copywriters, like, circling the wanting to work with her.
Who’s really killing it, though? Like, who in this red ocean is kill is it a red ocean full of sharks tearing everybody apart, or is it, like, a a goldfish pond where there’s lots of little ones in there doing their best, but may like, is there room for you to come in and be the shark?
Okay. I like that. That’s a good analogy for me. That works.
Okay. Good. Then we’ll leave it at that. I’ll quit while I’m ahead.
Alright.
Thank you.
Awesome.
Anybody else?
No? Okay. Cool beans.
Then if you’re sticking around, I’ll see you in an hour and a half for the next training.
And thank you for those who are letting their brains fill up with this stuff. Hopefully, it’s getting you to a good place, but we’ll talk more in a little bit. Okay? Thanks y’all. Bye. Bye. Bye.
Worksheet
Worksheet
Transcript
Today’s training though is if you look at that sunshine growth model that we talked about in the intensive freelancing, it’s on the skills side of thing, and this is skills that you sell. So the skills that you sell are copywriting services, whatever, whatever, whatever. These are the skills that probably turned you into a copywriter.
Then everything else, on that sunshine growth model is all business y stuff.
So we rarely need to really talk about this at this level, talk about skills at this level.
However, I’ve been getting a lot of questions lately around optimizing. What do how do I optimize this thing?
And as we’re talking about a retainer offer being built on your standardized offer, the retainer again needs to mat it needs to build on the work that you did in that initial standardized offer, and the way to build on it is not by doing a bunch of new work, but by optimizing the work that you did. There is definitely a desire for that work out there for you to optimize.
So just keep that in mind. Suspend disbelief if you’re like, nobody really wants me to optimize. All they want is for me to keep churning out more work. Well, that might be that you’re possibly doing, working with the wrong clients to begin with. But what I wanna talk about today then is how do we optimize a thing? How do you start optimizing something?
And it’s tricky. Right? So we’re all gonna come at this from different angles, different amounts of experience.
So bear with me if you’re like, this is, obvious, Joe. I’m not trying to start at an obvious place, but I am trying to, like like, level set, like, where just make sure we’re all starting from the same, same place. So before, so backing up for me, when copywriting started to actually really click for me was when we started split testing it when I was at Intuit. Prior to that, it was a big guessing game, and I felt I felt frustrated by that.
I didn’t wanna guess at it. I don’t like that feeling. I don’t like that someone else can guess at my job and possibly win against me. There’s a little bit of competition there.
But if someone else can say, well, we should try it this way instead, and it’s very hard as a copywriter to say, no. Let’s not do it that way. Because then they go, well, why not? And it turns into a bit of a, a challenge I found. And maybe this isn’t your experience, but it was mine when I was in house at a big tech company.
Why are you right was always the question. And then when you could start testing it, then you could build up that, like, this is why I’m right because I’ve been right on these ones, and, here’s what we learned from it, etcetera etcetera. So it turns your job from this guessing game into something that’s really, measurable, and you know. It’s not just that others know, but you know if what you’re doing is performing well.
And that’s really important for a lot of type a’s. If I don’t know where everybody sits, but it’s pretty it’s I think it’s important for everybody. I can only speak as someone who is quite type a. For me, it’s very important to know how it’s working and to be able to say, this is what I did.
I rock. And I wanna have that experience, and I want everybody to have that too.
When I’ve been teaching optimization before, again, it doesn’t have to be experimentation all the time, but in most cases, it should be. There has to be a form of measurement going on that’s reliable, so keep that in mind. I was teaching one of my Boxcar team members, back before she was at Boxcar. She was, still at the other agency as it was wasn’t called the other agency.
It was called CH Agency, but she was there. And she was really frustrated with with testing and how to do it. And I said to her, it got to the place where in our conversation, I said, look. If you start from a place where you understand everything is always a little wrong, if you understand that you’re never right, then you can start optimizing.
Then you can, like, explore what that means, that nothing is ever right. If that doesn’t help you, throw it away. But if it does, just try to keep that in mind that we’re not aiming for perfection.
We are always challenging the thing we did before because the thing we did before was an educated guess. And in control even though it’s never been, like, tested as a control. We just control even though it’s never been, like, tested as a control. We just call it the control because that’s, like, the language you use when it’s really variation a, not a control. A control is typically just for everybody who doesn’t know, and that’s cool.
A control usually has to be, put up against something else and then beat it. You can’t just say my home page that I created on the clear blue sky is the control because it’s not it’s it doesn’t fit into a control. It’s a variation a. It’s a starting point.
It’s a. Now we’re gonna create b against it. The headline on that page is a. Now we’re gonna create headline b and test it against it.
It’s not the control. We just it’s just, like, easy language to say, but what we really do mean is variation. A.
A control is, like, a respected thing. You want to beat a, like, proven control. And when you can do that, that’s a really good thing to, like, to brag about if you’re looking for that. But what’s important to keep in mind is that everything that we’re up against, everything you’re trying to beat, including the own work you did, was likely an educated guess. So So what I want you to do right now, just, like, take a few minutes and chat out to me in chat out to all of us In the most recent project that you did where you wrote copy, what did you guess at?
Just chat it to everybody. What did you guess at?
I’ve listed a few of them here. These are those yeah.
Nobody guessed at anything? Everything was perfect?
Value prop headline over SEO optimized headline on a product page. Okay.
So the headline, what it was about, how it was messaged, what formula to use for it, what VOC to pull in for it, Those are four things that you guessed at.
An SQL sequence without a CTA. They wanted no CTA, and then you gotta talk them out of that shit. That’s bad.
What are you gonna do without a CTA?
Caroline guessed at the biggest reader desire. Johnson guessed at target audience’s main points. Even if you can interview even if you can interview, you’re guessing. Do you you come up with a list.
You get all this stuff out of an interview, and then you go through and go, I think that one. And that’s how we choose. I think that one sounds best. And that might not be true for what you say.
You might prioritize what to say in a way that feels calculated and scientific, but how we say it is almost no. It’s always guessed at. It’s always a guess. Headlines, stage of awareness.
Right? Which stage of awareness do you lead with? Take a guess.
The freebie use? Yeah. What offer? How do we message the offer? What do we lead with in the offer?
What’s the most important thing? What’s the headline for the offer? What’s the cross head there? What’s the call to action?
Is it a call to value? How do we message that? Every single thing. Everything, the format, how you talk about it.
Should we say on the page that it’s a video or that it’s a PDF?
Should we say on the page that it’s a video or that it’s a PDF? You have to say. You have to guess. You’re guessing. So that’s okay. Knowing that that’s true for everybody.
We are data driven and, like, data informed, but we are guessing from top to bottom. We’re better guessers because we’re informed, because we don’t just, like, stare at a blank page and start throwing stuff on. That’s really, really bad guessing. That person shouldn’t be allowed anywhere near marketing. It’s too too much guessing. But we’re still otherwise, we’re there’s still an element of guessing in every single thing that you do.
Jessica has more. Yep. Open loop at the end of email too. Should we do that?
I don’t know. Should we? Okay. Let’s do it. I have a guess.
You might a hypothesis is still a guess. A research question is a guess phrased as a question. So know that. And once you recognize that every single thing that you write is guessed at, and that that’s okay, then you know that if I guessed at it, then there’s gotta be a way to beat it.
Right? It’s gotta be another, possibly better guess out there. I can learn more. I can do more.
There’s a better guess because everything is always a little wrong. Nothing’s ever a hun there’s nothing that’s converting at a hundred percent out there at scale. Maybe a hundred percent one to one, but not not at scale. So and we work at scale largely.
Okay. If you didn’t chat out something you guessed at, I hope it’s because you couldn’t think of it, not because you believe that you don’t guess at things. We all do. We all do. I’ve made a very good living out of guessing at this stuff.
And we can guess better and better as we go, but it’s a guess. Okay.
So this week for this is just one part of what we’re gonna be talking about when it comes to optimization and how to beat variation a in most cases, the control in some cases.
What do we need to start with? So most of the time, copywriters are as guilty as any marketer on the planet of jumping straight to copy. Here’s the copy, and that’s why a lot of us feel imposter syndrome. It’s because you’re so certain that the copy was wrong that you then worry like, oh, that’s gotta be it. Shit. I really blew it with this copy.
We don’t start there. Sometimes you can quickly analyze and go like, oh, who let the f word slip in this headline? Maybe that’s a copy problem. Maybe we shouldn’t have done that.
But it’s that never happens. That literally that never happens. So what else is it if it’s not really obvious report. You don’t have to read the analytics report.
You have to ask for it. You have to say, show me this, or does anybody have the numbers on that? Here’s a data point that we need to see. Here’s the metric that I need measured.
Who can help me out with this? You can guide people. You don’t. Your job is not to be a data analyst either, but you do need to get the numbers.
Before you come up with any sort of hypothesis for what to do differently in the next iteration before you come up with a research question, You need to know what the pages or email or ad or whatever funnel is, being measured on. And there are two parts of that. K? There’s the KPI.
Again, if you already know this, just be like, it’s okay. Some people don’t know this. So just roll with it. KPI is a key performance indicator that’s indicator that’s typically a higher level business y goal, but not so high.
It’s not like grow the business. They’re lower than that. And then metrics are subpoints for that. And, also, sometimes, a metric can be a KPI too.
Just keep that in mind. But we have KPI, key performance indicator, the thing that you are specializing in, the offer that you’re putting out into the world. And I know this is newer to Copy School Pro and talked about more in the intensive, and that’s why you’ve been invited to the intensive so we can talk about the same things the same way.
What you’re putting out into the world has a way of being measured. There’s success metrics associated with it or else the business wouldn’t hire you for it. Businesses have better things to do with their money than just throw it at random freelancers and say, well, I don’t know. Hopefully, something good happens.
They’ve got an idea in their head. Right? So we need to identify what the primary key performance indicators are for the offer we’re putting out into the world. And then what those supporting metrics are for each of the KPIs so that not so we can, like, identify what to do next, but so that we can keep a good handle on how the thing that we made is actually performing so that we’re not busting something that’s not close to or we’re not trying to fix something that’s not broken and in turn breaking it.
So this is the general checklist. You need to identify It’s usually a lot of KPIs the more you think about it, so try to just narrow it down to three KPIs. If there are two, that’s cool. Then two to three supporting metrics for each KPI.
We’ll get into metrics on the next page. You’ll see that there are a lot of metrics, and this is, like, a small list of the many metrics that are out there. So we need to tighten everything up, and that’s why it’s good to specialize and have a single standardized offer that turns into a retainer offer. So you’re always so you’re becoming an expert on these three KPIs as they relate to your offer, and you expertly know how to use the metrics, how to measure them, who you talk to versus having to know everything.
And since copy is everywhere in marketing, in sales, in product, it’s everywhere, the metrics are endless. There’s endless questions you could have if you were a generalist. There are far fewer questions that you’re required to answer if you’re a specialist. So we need to come up with those metrics that matter.
That means the real ones. If it it only matters if it matters.
Keep that in mind as you’re moving forward. When it comes to optimizing anything, it only matters if it matters. You can get a lot of questions thrown at you as you optimize stuff. What about this? What about that? It only matters if it matters, and you know it matters if it ties back to one of your key performance indicators with the metrics underneath them.
Now I have here that you should map the KPIs and MTMs on a triangle simply because we’ve been talking about triangles so far. But the golden triangle, we have your diagnostic that might have looked like a triangle.
It doesn’t have to be a triangle, but I’m trying to just when you see triangle, know it means model. Some sort of model, some way to look at things, in a controlled way that isn’t just a table that feels changing. You need it to look like it is the final version of a thing.
And that’s important as signals to your client going forward that, like, you’ve got this handled. You’ve thought about it a lot. You’ve put in the legwork. They don’t have to think about it.
Here’s the model. Here’s how it works. K? So we come up with that triangle, which we’ll talk about, then you need to educate your client on that diagnostic.
So when they hire you for the standardized offer and the retainer offer, ideally, that follows it, you need to be able to walk them through. Okay. Here are the KPIs that we usually are measuring for when it comes to this offer, this way, this thing that I’m doing for you.
Here’s why. Here’s what we’re gonna measure to make sure we’re on track. Now should we talk through these KPIs and you can, like, walk them through that, get their buy in on it, help them see that you’re the expert because you’re leading with important stuff that businesses talk about, like KPIs and metrics. You’re talking about measuring.
You’re not saying just things around voice of customer data, which is great data, but also the quantitative side of it. So qualitative, cool. You know that in and out. Quantitative is where you’re asking them for that data.
You’re talking with them. You don’t have to go in and run the report. Just as another reminder, if you love data, you can go run the report. Add that in as an extra layer of service.
Cool. Charge more, though. Then you wanna measure those metrics at regular scheduled intervals.
A big mistake people make who have not been coached through how to do conversion rate optimization is they, measure whenever they feel like it, or they don’t have it in their calendar, like, diarized.
And so you’re just like, oh, shit. I haven’t looked at that test in a while. And then you go look at it, but you haven’t been doing it on a regular basis. So it’s very it’s like in a lab, if you put stuff in a beaker and walk away and then come back three minutes later and measure it and then come back three months later and measure it and try to do anything with that, anybody would be like, you just lost your grant.
Like, you don’t know what you’re doing. Please stop. So we don’t wanna do that. We wanna do regular scheduled interviews for or intervals for, the things that we’re measuring.
Okay?
And measuring month over month and year over year, which can be really tricky because a lot of the stuff that we’re standing up doesn’t have a year over year, barely has a month over month.
So know that that’s difficult. But as you move forward in your retainer, you are looking at month over month performance and year over year performance, not hour over hour. That’s that’s really far too narrow. It would do this up and down, up and down like crazy. We don’t want that. We wanna look at things in controlled, disciplined ways because that is what we do as consultants.
And then we wanna report on progress toward KPIs.
So when you do, we’ll talk about this in the intensive freelancing.
When you do present your results monthly to your clients, you don’t have to dig into here are the six or nine, metrics, but rather here’s how we’re progressing toward these three KPIs that we have. And then you can support it. But we wanna stay higher level when talking to our clients because the lower and deeper we get into it, the more murky it becomes, and then people try to draw insights from it. Like, oh, no.
Our click through rate is changing, and it went down. Let’s all go look at the call to action. Like, pause. There’s so many things that could be happening here that we wanna keep the client up, There’s so many things that could be happening here that we wanna keep the client up at KPI level.
That’s where they wanna be. They didn’t hire you for a better click through rate. They hired you for a result, so we keep them at the result level. Is this making sense?
Cool. I’m talking a blue streak, but but, hopefully, it’s okay. Alright. Cool.
So, yeah, I had a whole mind map. It’s already twenty five minutes into this, and there are so many more things to discuss. So we’re gonna we’re gonna finish off this worksheet, which I the page numbers aren’t updating automatically. Sorry about that. So this is not page page two. We’re gonna finish this off and then just know that going forward, we’ll have other sessions on, like, okay. At this level, when there’s a bounce rate happening on a long form sales page, what might we do with that data?
Unlikely. Maybe bounce rate would be important. Anyway, we’ll get into that.
So you need to identify what your KPIs and metrics that matter are for your standardized offer.
You can understand that if you don’t have a standardized offer and just to be clear, a standardized offer gets measured the same way your retainer offer gets measured because they’re building on each other. Well, the retainer offer builds on the standardized, so, of course, your retainer is constantly trying to improve the results that come out of the thing that you did up front, that project.
So they both have the same KPIs. They both have the same metrics that matter. These are unchanging things during the course of your retainer. It’s not like suddenly you see engagement is way up, but that wasn’t a metric that matters.
You don’t start reporting on engagement being way up. That’s cool. That’s nice. Maybe change your model in the future so it it reflects engagement as an important metric, but you don’t start reporting on it suddenly.
Just just know that we only wanna report on things that matter to the client that they agreed on. That’s how they’re gonna see value in you and feel like you’ve got this under control.
Okay.
So I want you to just take a couple minutes. We’re gonna go through this. Try to think of your standardized offer if you’re not there yet. Think about the project that you most commonly get hired to do or that you most want to do going forward, whatever that thing is that you’re going to be creating and then optimizing.
What is the number one goal that your client has or is likely to have for that thing?
Write that in.
I have a question about this.
Can I ask it now because it’s relevant, or should I wait until afterwards when you’re done with the whole Oh, go for it?
Let’s hear it. Okay.
So in the most of the companies that I’ve worked for, they measure things differently, and this is especially relevant for different sized companies. And I would say that the kind of ups more upscale company that I would want to target, they’re definitely gonna have, individual metrics that they use Yeah. That their own data science team, creates, especially if they’re measuring the quality of the lead. And when when I mean qualitative data, I mean, quantitative qualitative data.
Like Sure. Sure. How long they are are around. Right? Yeah. And then also these metrics are gonna go out of date.
Like, I don’t know anyone that I work with that uses CAC anymore.
But, like, ten years ago, everyone was people that still use CAC so completely.
But keep going. Keep going. Just know that there’s a Like, MQL. Gigantic world out there with businesses doing all sorts of things at all sorts times. Okay. Keep going.
So I feel like if I come in and say, we’re gonna measure this, they’re gonna be like, don’t tell us what to do. We measure this because we have our whole, like, we have our whole, like, Tableau set up, and this is how we measure things. And this is what’s important to us us because this is our model.
And, like, you need to adapt. I feel like it’ll come off as very aggressive and, like, not customer serving.
Nope. Okay. Although it depends it depends on how you do it. Right? You go in and use buy in isn’t me telling you clients what to do. Buy in is getting is showing them, like, okay.
I’ve done this. They you come into the conversation knowing where everybody knows that they have, that you’ve done this before. K? You’re not here to guess at it. You’re not here to do whatever the client wants you to do. You’re here to help them get the result that they’re looking for.
You measure the work this way. Now do they agree that the primary KPI for the thing that they’ve just hired you for is x?
If they’re like, no. That’s the secondary KPI. Here is the top one. Then you just turn the triangle for them.
But you have to have the three key, performance indicators on there. You will know what those are. I don’t care how different businesses are. There’s a CMO at the top of it who is doing the right things for their business and is thinking of the same KPIs for their different departments within marketing, the CTO, or the chief product officer, or whoever also has certain KPIs.
And those are not such changing things across organizations that we need to be afraid or, uncertain that we can come in and say, here’s how I measure success.
Here’s why.
What do you think of that?
You need to be able to consult with your clients. And I would say, if it feels too aggressive, try it because that’s how consultants actually come in. Someone comes in. Perna comes in. She’s charging a hundred thousand dollars for a project.
If she comes in and goes, how do you wanna measure it? What do you want this to be like? Now I’m like, what did I hire you for? Why am I paying you all this money if I’m the one who has to make up all the rules as we go? What I want is for you to take this outcome that I’m looking for and make it happen for me in a way where I feel very little effect of it other than smiley faces every time I look through your report at the end of the month. That’s what people are looking for at a higher level when it comes to copy that converts.
Social media posts are another thing. I’m not in the business of social media posts or other ways of creating content.
I’m talking about real copy that people are looking for that does the thing that the business needs it to do. Does that make sense, Naomi?
But, like, even in terms of, like, lead quality. Like, I’ve worked with companies that use lead to sale. I’ve worked with companies that you I don’t even remember. It’s ATV or ACV. They had their own metric. Mhmm.
And so, like, if I use lead to sale, one company would be like, well, we never use that.
So wouldn’t it make more sense to be a little bit less specific and say measure quality, based on how you measure that. Because when I say MQL for one company, they’re not gonna take me seriously because they see MQLs as sort of garbage leads and sort of, like, not super high quality. This is based on, like, my own experience. I’m sure it’s different elsewhere.
It’s clearly based on your experience, and that’s good.
Great. That’s a real legit experience. It’s not reflective of an experience that I go through in these scenarios. So I would say, how is it working for you when you go in and the client does the leading? How is it working? Are you able to close fifty thousand dollar projects, or is that a scary number?
It’s not a scary number for me. And I do go into these organizations and have these conversations, and no one says you’re overstepping.
No one has said that to me since I was at Intuit, and I had to just go into the consulting world where they line up for it. So I would I would say how is it working out for you when they get to dictate everything about how things are gonna be be measured and stuff like that.
Really, like, analyze how it’s working.
And it’s okay if you go into an organization and they’re like, we don’t use MQLs.
Anybody who is, like, laughing about that or thinks it’s outdated, I feel like they’re they’re probably not very professional if they go into a space and go, like, nobody uses MQLs anymore. Like, no. Like, lots of people use MQLs still, like, the vast majority. And whether they see it as a garbage lead is really on, like, them. It’s got nothing to do with and you don’t have to also, nobody’s saying for you that you have to go in and say MQL is the metric that matters here. If you know this, if the people that you’re selling this to don’t it means marketing qualified lead, and then there’s sales qualified lead, and that’s an SQL. So if you go into these and there’s other types of qualified leads that gets it gets detailed when you’re dealing with product led growth versus sales led.
So there’s also just stuff going on there, but just know that it’s okay that you might measure things differently than your client does. This isn’t about trends. It’s not about what the latest thing is that people care about. Cost to acquire a customer is always going to be a critical, metric.
It doesn’t mean you have to call it that. Call it whatever they call it then. You don’t have to fill in the metrics with them. You can say these are the three KPIs that I’m generally measuring for.
Do you agree with these that these are the three outcomes you’re looking for when you’re hiring me for this? Yes. We do. Cool.
I know businesses, measure these things differently. What are the two primary metrics you use to measure this KPI? Me through that. And then you can draw that on the model.
But what I don’t want you to do is shy away from taking the lead and saying, this is what I do. This is how I do it well, and then talking with the client about that. Does that make sense, Naomi?
Yeah. For sure. For sure. I can, like, outline the metrics that I use. But my idea would be to go in and say, okay.
We’re gonna measure leads. Do you measure MQLs? Do you measure leads, or do you measure opportunities? And then have that as one side of the triangle and then say quality.
Do you have a metric or quality that you have, like, as an algorithm? And then have that as one And then ask them specifically, like, do you have a specific metric that you created with your own algorithm, or do you use something in like, what would you use? And then add that later on rather than coming in specifically and using something that’s not actually programmed into their database.
For sure. That’s great. We’re totally aligned on that. Just make sure that you’re guiding the conversation and you go in there knowing what your standard KPIs are, what the most common metrics that matter are so that when you’re guiding them through this conversation, they might also stare at you and go, I don’t know.
Not because they don’t know, but because they’re trying to figure out what you like to connect a dot between what they wanna share with you and what you want to hear from them. So when you’re asking those questions, it’s good to have a backup that’s like so here’s an example of a KPI that we use. Does that match what you use for this or what you had in mind for this? Yes.
It does. Okay. Perfect. And if it doesn’t, then they can say that at the same time too.
Cool. Something wrong.
Because if I’m speaking yeah.
If I’m speaking to somebody who’s more product marketing oriented or more brand oriented, like, sure. I can come in with very specific data and lead the conversation. But if I’m coming into somebody who’s a campaign manager, then I wanna make sure that I’m speaking to them on their level and Sure. Sort of engaging them in the conversation.
Hundred percent. Love it. Awesome. Cool.
Okay. Excellent.
Did we get our primary goal for your offer? Does anybody wanna check that out, what they or just share it?
Everybody timid about this? It’s okay.
Nobody got what’d you do? John said you’re looking down at your page.
K. Naomi has conversion rate. Awesome.
Jessica?
Is it okay to ask a question?
Sure. Katie, you have increased lifetime customer value. Nice.
Web traffic. Yeah. That’s a good KPI.
High level.
Jessica, are you asking it or what’s that?
Oh, yeah. Sorry. I wasn’t sure when you wanted me to ask.
So I was gonna Go for it.
Go for it.
Sorry. Okay. So with the seasonal sale, right, conversion rate? Yes.
I’ve been looking more into the, attributable revenue, but that’s not I guess that’s not the word. But, anyway, the one where I’m kind of struggling, though, is the idea of instead of just general ROAS, which was really big when I was working in house with my ecommerce client Yeah. It seems to me that given my specialty and what I would like to do, that new customer ROAS would be an interesting metric. K.
But where I’m getting kind of stuck is if they have a high lifetime customer value, right, and it’s so a really high one, then they might be able to spend a little bit more with their ads and invest a little so they’re so the ROAS on a new customer may not you know, they may be able to lose a little bit.
Right? Yeah.
Yeah. So I guess that’s where I get a little stuck in the muck of KPIs and all that because given the especially, it seems like it comes back a lot of times to lifetime value. Based off of what they can get long term, you can make different decisions in the short term for the seasonal sale. And that’s where I’m kind of struggling with what how to standardize, I guess.
So that’s where I mean, a lot of experience will help with that. Like, the more you go and try this with different groups, but also your perspective on it. That’s why specializing on the sunshine growth model is right next to thought leadership. Like, the two work hand in hand.
So if you draw a line in the sand and you say, look, I work with clients or with brands that are spending money to acquire new customers and have high lifetime value, or customer lifetime value, that’s who you work with now. That’s what you build thought leadership on. You say you’re gonna lose money on the first one. And by the way, you’re not the only person saying this.
Like, every ad agency we talk to is like, oh, no. No. No. You need something further down the line because you’re gonna barely breakeven on the first ones.
So but that’s cool. Why not draw a line in the sand and say this is this is the case? You need to be willing to lose money on that new customer acquisition in order to upsell them on things later. So you have to have a high customer lifetime value that is realized after that first purchase.
Okay. Okay. So that’s an acceptable option. Okay. I did not even think about that with the thought leadership, so you’re right.
And thank you for pointing that out.
Cool. Awesome. Good question. Okay. So I’m looking at time.
A bunch of metrics listed here, all sorts of them that matter across different things for different businesses. Some businesses will care a lot about some of these and others will not. Some of the work you do, this will matter for it, and some of the work, it won’t matter. The way attention and attraction are written together really mess with my head. Did I spell one of those wrong? I couldn’t.
No matter how many times I read that over, I’m like, there’s something wrong with that. Anyway, it’s messing with my eyes, and has ever since I started working on this.
Then there are conversion sales revenue. So are you working more closely with sales, with the sales team, or more with the product team, or more with the marketing team? That’s gonna vary based on what you’re doing. Obviously, cart abandonment is more for ecommerce than it will be for SaaS. But you may still find some people who work in SaaS and say cart abandonment largely because they came from an ecommerce background, which is very, very normal. So just, like, be ready.
Be ready to not be too shocked by the number of things that you may hear in an organization. Not everybody is running at an expert level. So that’s important to keep in mind when you’re like, what did they mean by car dependent meant when we’re in SaaS? Just like, oh, they just meant this.
They meant that. So keep that in mind. And then there’s way more to this. I don’t work in engagement referrals or necessarily sometimes in retention, but I don’t, like, even consult with people on this side.
So I didn’t have a lot of metrics to list out here, so there’s probably more if this is the thing that you work in. Just keep adding to it and know that these lists are not exhaustive. The reason they’re in here is to help you if you’re like think I know what one goal is.
And I think I know how they measure that, but there are, like, fifteen things that they use to measure that goal, and they’re all listed in here, then you need to decide what the most important ones are, the metrics that matter for the work that you’re being brought in to do. So this is the sort of thing you’d wanna fill out. It doesn’t have to go in any sort of order. Like I said, depending on what their primary KPI is, you just, like, tilt tilt the triangle around until the one that’s number one is, like, up at the top if that even matters visually. But just keep that in mind. This doesn’t have to go in any certain order. It sometimes does go clockwise.
Cool. Sometimes it has the flat part down at the bottom. Whatever. That doesn’t have to be drawn as a triangle either, but what you want to do is be sure that you’re able to talk your client through how you do it.
So let’s say that a standardized offer is for an ad funnel audit. When the ad funnel audit is done, there’s a road map of optimization tweaks that gets produced at the end of the ad funnel audit. So this is an example. Okay?
The example.
What might that person do if that was their standardized offer and the retainer that comes out of it? Great.
They could have and they talk they go into the conversation with their, client talking about this. Right? So the KPIs that are most common when I’m doing an ad funnel audit and then the work to optimize that ad funnel, they are more leads, more calls booked, and greater profitability. Does that match what you’re thinking?
And they look through it, and they might wanna unpack. Okay. What do you mean? Like, how would we even measure more leads?
Great question. There’s lots of ways to measure more leads. We typically use impressions and click through rate. And they’re like, oh, just to your point, Naomi, they’re like, no.
We don’t use that. We use blank and click through rate. Okay. Cool. Let’s do that.
We’re aligned that those are the two ways we’re gonna measure more leads. Yes. We are. Perfect.
Now let’s move on to more calls booked. What we’re looking at, because this is on the landing page in this ad funnel, is bounce rate. Are they staying on the page, or are they abandoning it? And sales demos booked.
Does that match what you would like to how you’d like to measure success for more calls booked? Well, we definitely need sales demo booked. I don’t know about bounce rate, though. Is that the most important thing?
And then you have a discussion with them about why that is. And then we get into greater profitability, cost to acquire, and cost per lead. Those are the key ones that we’re typically working at working with. Naomi, to your point, they’re like, we don’t say cost to acquire customers anymore.
Like, okay. Fine. What do you use then? Great. We’ll use that, but we’re good with cost per lead.
We say dollars spent per lead. Okay. Fine. We’ll call it dollars spent per lead. Are we good with that?
Yes. We are. Cool. This is how we’re going to measure success going forward. At the end of every month, when I report results to you, you’re going to see these KPIs on the page with month over month.
And once we get there, year over year data. How does that sound? So we can actually measure how this is working. Cool beans.
We’re set. Good. Now you’ve walked them through that.
Everybody is on board with it, and you’ve also addressed things that aren’t, that don’t match what they typically do, which is good for anybody who is maybe of a large organization that does have a data team.
Okay.
We’re really low on time here, but what I want you to do is once you’ve completed this this is homework. Once you’ve completed this triangle for your standardized offer with the metrics that matter, it’s not set in stone. You’ll change this. The sunshine growth model has been coming together for, like, four years, so it changes over time.
It changed from the beginning of the, CopySchool Pro. We didn’t even have those four categories. So it will change. That’s okay.
That’s why we use Canva so we can always be editing things. So it’s going to change. That’s okay. Just start with the metrics that you believe matter.
Then this is where we start to think through. We’re not gonna get into it today, but this is where we start to think through. Okay. Now that I know how we’re measuring this, what can I do to start chipping away at systematizing ways to optimize that metric?
So for that metric, I mean. So let me skip ahead. This is the blank one for you to fill in for your own triangle or whatever diagnostic you use. This is what we’ll start to use to identify areas of opportunity for optimization.
So if we’re like impressions, again, if they changed if the client has changed it, then you change this too.
Impressions is how where is one metric. So what are things that could impact impressions? Well, the audience might be too narrow, too broad, or whatever. The image might be impacting impressions.
Maybe it’s a video, and it needs to be a static image or maybe the opposite, a hook or a keyword. Now we don’t wanna list every possible thing. That’s what a full mind map is for. That’s what I’ll share with you down the road.
All we really wanna do right now is start saying, like, okay.
If I implement this, what might be going on when things aren’t performing well or when they’re performing really well? And this will mean referring back to your list of guesses. Right? Like, you made guesses at every stage.
What did you guess at that could be impacting positively or negatively bounce rate, for example. Well, the headline, I guessed at the headline, so it’s maybe that. It’s the I guess, at the formula that we use for it, I guessed at the message, I guessed at how. So headline could be doing it.
Could be trust factors because that’s what bounce rate is largely about. Do people trust you when they landed on that page?
Load time is also another one. Right? So you’ll work through these. And then when you’re going through and doing the measuring and bounce rate is high, now you can say, okay.
If bounce rate’s high, we don’t worry about that or that. We only worry about these things. Let’s look at these things. And that’s how we can start to put together hypotheses for what could be going wrong and what we could do instead.
So you’ll fill that in, and then there’s all these other pages where you can then take every one of these you have. This is a lot of systematizing, but it does mean if you do this work upfront, then when the time comes for you to hire somebody to help you with optimizing, you train them on this. And you say, like, okay. These are the six metrics that matter.
These are the things that are probably going on if that metric is underperforming or if it’s doing really, really well. So if we see that click rate has gone through the roof, it’s amazing, Then we’ll look at offer and CTA and develop hypotheses for those. How do we develop hypotheses for those? We go through and we fill in one of these for each one that comes underneath this table.
I’m scrolling around a lot, but you can see here we have impressions, audience, impressions, audience. We wanna list out all the things that could be going on with audience that is possibly affecting impressions. Is the audience too narrow? Is it too broad?
Is it too new to us? It’s different from what we’ve been doing successfully. Is there no look alike as a starting point? And, again, that’s kind of moving toward towards, like, a new to us.
Too close to our existing list of nonconverters. Like, they’re just bad even though they reflect a lookalike. Too hard to reach, etcetera, etcetera. So we start brain dumping what might be going on there knowing that it usually comes down to these things. Either there’s a wrong x, wrong tone, wrong wrong voice, wrong message, wrong framework, wrong formula, wrong audience, changed all of those things again so the audience we thought it was has actually changed.
Changed seasonality, that’s a big one too. There’s no x. There’s no one upper. There’s no CTA on that one admin that you were men that you’re mentioning.
No CTA, or it’s a weak CTA. It’s get started when it should be more of a call to value. So it’ll come down to wrong, change, no, or weak, and then you fill in anything after that. Then it’s too much of something.
Too narrow, too broad, too many, too few, too clever, too timid, too different, not different enough. And then there’s, like, this kind of bucket of other random shit that could also be true. It’s introducing a new something, a new component to an offer that is unnecessary, new friction in form fields. It’s introducing new anxieties by saying something about trust when nobody was even thinking about trust.
And, oh my gosh, should I trust these people now? It’s swiped, not strategic. That’s what most junior copywriters are going through or guest steps. That’s also what most junior copywriters are going through.
Like, I like this headline, so I wrote it. Well, that’s a guess, and we can really say, like, no. No. That’s probably what’s going on, or it’s ego based.
Someone, the highest paid opinion said this is what the headline should be. You all, like, put your your head down and went, okay. Let’s make that the headline. But you know that that was ego.
Or it was you. You wrote a poem or a email.
Nobody gives a shit about your poetry. So don’t write a poem. Go back and write something that matters for the customer. So that’s what it’s likely to come down to. It’s kind of like an absolute crash course in things that could be going on that are negatively or positively sometimes affecting whatever your goals are or the metrics that matter are underneath those.
I’m gonna stop there because there’s a lot here as I knew there would be, and there’s even more planned. This is this is scaled back. But, hopefully, that is helpful to you. Yes. This is in the Slack under copywriting advanced in that channel if you couldn’t find it. Do you have any questions, thoughts, concerns?
Yes, Katie.
Okay. I’m gonna preface this by saying I have several questions, thoughts, and concerns. So, like, what is the best place and time to like, are we gonna revisit this large topic?
Yes.
Yeah. We’re just scratching the surface. This is, like, intro. Not super intro, but yeah. Yeah. There’s more to come.
So I would say Mike ask now, and then Mike can say, like, we’ll tackle that later.
Okay. So one project that comes to mind that I actually have, like, is a quiz funnel I wrote. It went live about six months ago, and I’ve been putting off, like, checking in the after data, because I don’t know if you remember. I’ve I’ve Slacked about this client’s team. It was a social media manager who really, like, took over a lot of decisions about the email marketing.
So I guess, like, the thing that needs to be optimized is it’s not readable on mobile, and all of their traffic is coming from Instagram.
So how do you how do you navigate the conversations when you think that the thing that needs to be optimized isn’t your yours to own?
So I’ve had this happen. Ari, is it safe for you to talk to your point of contact about this team member taking over on the thing that they shouldn’t have taken over on?
Well, the problem really at the end of the project was that I could not get the client on a call without the team member being there.
Like, I tried a lot. I have, like, a two a one on one call, and he was just always also on the call.
So then it’s not safe too. That’s not possible.
So, I mean, there’s upfront work going forward where you can say you can put the rules around it. Right? Like, if if we’re going to ever measure this, you need to implement as we agree.
They’ll have reasons not to. They’ll always say we’re the one paying the invoice. It’s on it’s our business. We can do whatever we want, and they’re absolutely right.
So it is a matter of them getting on board with you being the deliverer of better performing KPIs for them. If they can recognize that you hold the key to that, then they’d be silly to get in the way. Silly is a big word though because there’s all sorts of internal politics going on. Nobody wants to fire a team member.
Who knows what’s going on? But lots of team members are underperforming out in the world, and that’s why you were brought in in the first place. It’s no offense to them. They go home at four o’clock.
Nothing. You’re like you’re an expert.
So what do you do up front? Try to do things up front to get them to buy in to the idea that and, again, the more money they’re spending on you, the less likely they are to be like, hey, Sue from accounting. What did you think of this? Like, no. No. No.
Katie knows. We trust Katie. That doesn’t mean that’s always true. Charging more isn’t gonna be, like, the the silver bullet, but it helps.
And then I the tricky thing is if you can’t get them on a call to talk to them about that, that’s the kind of thing where I would just, there’s nothing you can do about it. They’ve implemented the wrong copy. If they ever reach out to you and go, why is it working, then you say, let’s hop on a call, and I’ll tell you exactly why it’s not working.
And then you can walk them through. And this is the conversation I’ve had to have have before. It’s like, is so and so a conversion copywriter?
No. What are they? They’re a marketing intern. Yeah. So why are they writing this copy then?
And you can ask that question. And if they’re the CMO, same question. Doesn’t matter where they’re at. They’re not you.
Why are they editing your copy and doing whatever they want? And if they’re if the if the culture of the organization is allowing that, you can’t do anything about that. All you can do is step away and try to do your best to avoid that kind of client in the future. But you’re allowed to have real talks with that person and say, you brought me in for this.
It’s it’s important to me that my copy perform well for you. It’s important for me as important as it is for your team member to not feel disengaged from this. This is my this is my livelihood. Like, this is everything that I do.
And if I’m not getting results for you, that’s really bad for me. So how can we implement my copy? What’s stopping that?
And if they don’t have anything to say, then this call is very likely down to there’s something going on internally.
There’s nothing they can do about it, and there’s nothing you can do about it either in my experience.
Yeah.
And so, like, I I totally understand and respect that as, like, the way forward with this client. I’m curious how you would approach that in general when it’s like you’re the copywriter. You were brought on to to optimize the copy, but you have a hunch that a design component is what’s impacting the performance of that page? Like, do you just provide we’re like, we think we should test button color or something like that, and then and then you put that on their team to implement?
Yeah. So everything that we’re working on, it’s good to align with their designer or design team right up front wherever you can. Always, always, always. And if you can do that, then also share that as they know.
Copy doesn’t live in a silo. Copy and art work together. The creative department is copy and art and now other digital stuff too. But it’s always been art and copy.
There’s a documentary called art and copy. Like, it’s always been art and copy. So you need to work with the artist just like the artist needs to work with the copywriter to get it to its best place. If you the problem is that the designer may not feel empowered to be part of conversion rate optimization.
They’re just like they’ve been beat down over the years by every marketer saying, just change it to this color, and they’re like, they kinda wanna dye a lot of them, just like a lot of in house copywriters kinda wanna dye.
So if you have empathy for that, it doesn’t mean it’s always true, but I would start from that point. Like, I really respect what you do. Have a one on one with the designer, their design team. Really love what you are doing here.
I really wanna be part of making this better. Here’s how I work. How do you work? Let’s let’s figure out how to align on this.
If you can do that, then you can get them on board. Some people will still never be receptive. And in those cases, for me, I get a little bullish, and, take over. And then just say, like, here’s the road map for what we’re gonna do to optimize this.
And you can use data to support that. Right? If you’re like, here’s the email.
I went and I put it on, user testing dot com and had people speak to it, or I did validation, like, a five second test or whatever the hell you wanna do to get that little bit of data to say, like, people are not seeing this button. It’s gray, y’all.
Why is the button gray? But you don’t have to be the bad guy then. You can say people aren’t clicking on it. Let’s hypothesize why people aren’t clicking on it. Do we think they can find it?
Sure. They can find it. Okay. But when they find it, does it look clickable? Well, great things are clickable.
Well, great things aren’t clickable, actually. So you can have that discussion with them. But if they’re if they’re weird about it and you’ve done everything you can to make nice and be friendly with them, you’re the consultant.
Take over. You don’t have to make best friends in this organization.
And a lot of a lot of people are gonna go, does Katie know? And that’s just the way it is.
But they’re probably miserable in their jobs too in my experience. So I don’t know how helpful that is. People are trying to do their best, but they’re also calling it in a lot, like, a lot a lot.
So sometimes you have to kinda be the bad guy if being the good guy didn’t work. Yeah.
Johnson, you have a question, or at least one of the two Johnsons that are here has a raised hand.
I, I’ve got my laptop so I could see the see what’s going on. I was using my phone because it’s got a camera.
Yeah. This isn’t, well, it’s sort of I mean, it’s tied into this, of course, but, you know, we talked last time, about moving towards email, getting to know my market better and the the offer.
And, yeah, I mean, it’s it’s more or less a reiteration of the same thing. In terms of offer, I don’t know what I know. Don’t know. And I do know what I know.
But I don’t know what yeah. And I I know you have a lot of experience in email, and, honestly, I would just love to hear what your thoughts are in terms of offers that fit this model well, and, that that you think are interesting because that would that might be a really good starting point for me.
Okay. So you’re just looking for, like, ideas on what to do as your standardized offer?
Yeah. Basically. Yeah. I’m pretty open to to whatever, and I’m I’m I’m pretty excited. So yeah.
Yeah. Okay. Love it. Who do you like working with? Who’s your target audience? Who is in closest proximity to you that you can reach?
So, I mean, it’s part you you mean, in terms of, like, next client or just in general?
Well, it’s probably that client with my cousin Lee. That’s but that’s gonna be in, financing.
But, I mean, it’s tech financing, so that’s kind of kind of a sort of blend.
K. And that’s gonna happen in q two or q three now. So, that’s the project I’ve done yet, which I’m excited about. Nice. Oh, so that will win. And, Yeah. So that’s probably where I’m going next.
Do you like working with tech?
Well, yeah. I mean, broadly speaking, yes.
But, again, broadly speaking, I mean, aside from, I don’t know, helping our company kill the rainforests, and, I’m I’m happy to work in any industry, as well as I don’t hate.
So yeah.
Love it.
Okay. So the thing that seems to be an unlimited gold mine, is life cycle emails, because of you just problem is you have to go narrower than that because there are so many emails that I’m I’m saying tech, but I really, in this case, mean SaaS. I don’t mean NVIDIA or other more complex behind the scenes things. I mean, SaaS.
I mean, there’s a sign in, there’s a login, and people and users use it, and it’s usually product led growth. Doesn’t mean it has to be, though. So Envision has a sales team, for enterprise organizations. Envision’s not a good example.
They just went bankrupt.
But they were really good for a long, long time.
But point here is if you work with SaaS, there are loads of good reasons too, which I won’t get into because I know I already talk too much as this.
But SaaS life cycle emails or SaaS depends on which part of the life cycle you wanna work on, but that nobody’s doing it. I’ve said this before. Nobody’s doing it when they are they’re inundated with work. They can’t hire fast enough, so that becomes your problem. Like, cool. There’s so much money in work, but I actually can’t hire and train fast enough. So that’s a real like, that’s a first world problem, but it’s legit.
And there’s lots of money. Lots and lots and lots and lots and lots of money for a life cycle. So just do life cycle, stand up, life cycle of some kind, activation through to revenue, whatever that looks like. You have a standard model in place that you, modify.
So you always know we’re gonna probably have these three box scars, but there might be a fourth or a fifth on there. We’re always gonna do segmentation around this part. We’re gonna try to do if we can do triggered emails, then this is true. Some SaaS companies, you still can’t do triggered.
Everybody on the development team is, like, homegrown stuff, so it gets messy. Point is, you figure that out.
Stand it up. That’s your project. That’s a standardized offer, and then you just optimize it from there on out. And because SaaS businesses need this so badly and have a real problem of a database that is packed with email addresses that they’ve been ignoring hard.
If you can come in and start to untangle that, like, that’s why Boxcar that’s why I started it. Just it’s endless, the amount.
The amount of of need there. It’s directly it’s back to revenue where they have users right there. They’re just not touching.
Is that what Boxcar specialize in then?
Yeah.
Yeah. And that’s what Boxcar so I’ve exited Boxcar. They’re off doing their own thing, and they’ve added in other landing pages mostly because there’s also a lot of demand for landing pages, and things like that. But I continue.
Like, I’m consulting with clients right now, on exactly this stuff, and it’s endless. I can’t even stop the engagement when I try to. When I say, okay. I’m ready to hand this over to others.
No. No. Way. Confused. There’s too much money on the line. Yeah.
Okay. A follow-up question I have then is, when would you recommend looking to, gain a a solid understanding around this area in terms of self education?
Yeah. I mean, given that software companies use intercom so much, I would read through all the intercom resources, watch all the things.
Also, Gong, though, like, Gong dot io, they’ve got a really good resource center and software companies that are using Gong usually have a lot of money to spend. They’ve got a sales team as well, but they’re probably trying to also do product led growth. So check out everything that Gong. Io has.
Intercoms, yeah, really obvious one.
Yeah.
Those are Okay.
Those are Like, I don’t think I English.
Yeah. You can start there and have a really solid education at the end of it. Yeah.
Alright. Great. That’s amazing.
And and just before, is there anything else, just seeing as this is something you’re so passionate about, is there anything else you think I should know about approaching this?
My only pause on doing it at all is that you will have to get really strong at saying no to coming on board as an in house person.
So I would say build out your team sooner. Yeah.
The Right.
You’re gonna make us a a crazy offer to bring you in because it’s so valuable or just right. Okay. Got it.
It’s it’s just so hard to I most people who started an email went off and did something else for god knows why, So there just aren’t that many experts out there. If you become that trusted life cycle person for them, yeah, there will be annoyingly compelling offers that you’ll have to be stronger then because when good freelancers go in house, they regret it. Two years later, they’re like, damn it. Why did I not just keep doing the thing? And I have story after story that I’m not allowed to share, but just know. This happens all the freaking time.
Don’t say yes to that offer. You can make more money on your own and be happier.
Anyway, we’ll get in we’ll cross that road when we get there, but that’s the only thing I would say. Yeah.
No. No. No. I think that just made me wanna do it more, honestly, because I’m never gonna go in house.
So, Never say never.
The offers can be very compelling.
So it’s stupid. Sure. Okay. Okay.
Cool. Cool. Awesome. Thanks, Jonathan. Anybody else? Anything else? We’re good. Edna.
Hey. So I was gonna ask you, apart from the click rates or the conversion rates on a pricing page, what else can you track?
Like, the like, the scrolling with the heat maps and That’s a page I took out of today’s presentation.
Easy oh, wait. No. It’s in the tips area at the very end. I didn’t get to the tips page. The last page is full of tips.
Easy on scrolling, and pricing pages are typically not bad. Okay.
I hear you.
There’s the FAQs at the bottom that are, like, expandable too.
You know, I wouldn’t what I would look at on a pricing page, depending on if it’s on the website versus if it’s where people in product lend or lend from emails for users, not trial. So website versus other pricing page would likely have two different ways of like, two different models that you would put together for how to measure success there and what the KPIs are.
Bounce is actually really important, and it might be more at that point, it’s like exit because bounce is, like, when you enter a site and then bounce it versus exit rate is different. So you’d probably call it exit rate. On the pricing page, did they spend less than ten seconds there, which could mean all sorts of things.
And that’s where it’s like, okay. Well, that’s a metric. That’s not a KPI. So you have to first figure out what the KPI is.
Is it, hold more people on the page longer, whatever that looks like as the actual, like, goal, in which case, exit rate would be huge. And then you would go down to the table below and say what’s affecting exit rate on here. Is the price too large, too high? Are we not giving them enough time to scroll?
Like, you’d have all sorts of questions you could ask.
But it really does depend. What you want out of a pricing page is for people to choose an option, but that’s not as important as just starting to be a user. So click a button is gonna be a really important thing. It doesn’t always matter which button they click.
However, if increasing average revenue per user is important to you and if they are the kind of company that starts, that like, a lot of companies, when you land on their pricing page, you don’t have to choose a plan. You’ll choose that plan when you go. Other ones, you do choose a plan. So for the ones where you do choose a plan, it might be that you’re trying to optimize to get more people into a higher tier plan.
So that could be something, increase average revenue per user. It could be both a KPI in this case and a metric underneath that KPI.
But we’re really just looking at increasing average revenue per user, and there’s lots of ways to figure that out and lots of hypotheses you can come up with if you’re like, oh, no. We’re not. Our our poo went down.
So if that’s the case anyway, there’s that to consider.
Okay.
All sorts of things. All sorts of things.
Okay. But start with their goal. So you could also just go out there and do some research on what people want, what business owners want, what SaaS people, or even course creators want out of their pricing table.
Yeah.
There’s Thank you. Loss.
Yeah. Alright. Fun. Cool. Anything else? Anyone else? We good.
Can you just tell me when it I don’t wanna take up more time today. But I am I have some random ideas, I guess, about what might work as a retainer, or may not. And so I guess what is the best time to start discussing and then knowing because I was reading through the workbooks for all this stuff, And at one point, I think I saw something scary like, if you cannot do this, we need to go back to the standard offer and change it. I was like, oh, shoot.
I need to figure this out sooner rather than later. So what is, like, the best time would you say just talk about it in Slack? And if you guys say, nope. None of this works, then I need to look at that.
I’m a little concerned about how much time I’m wasting on seasonal campaign if I can’t figure out a retainer an optimization performance retainer for it. That makes sense.
That’s fair.
What can you I mean, now is a good time. We are in this afternoon talking about standardized offers. And with that, it’s important for you to think about the retainer offer. But next week will be full on retainer offer stuff.
Okay.
So what do you have right now?
Now is a good time?
Okay. Well, the one that to me seems to there’s obviously the seasonal sale campaign, any it could be a product launch campaign, right, where you learn from that campaign, and you can take some of those learnings and apply it to retention strategies and other things like that or just your future campaign. But a future campaign, like you said, is a new project. Yeah. So I’m trying to also avoid that. And so then the major things that I kind of was trying to get it down to was my focus on seasonal sales can also lay a great foundation for ongoing customer retention.
And, so, yes, the average order value that yes. You can do that. And, yes, you can get them to come in during the seasonal sale and buy a second time. That’s all great. But we can also start laying the foundation for increasing lifetime value and all that kind of stuff. So then the only thing that to me made sense in terms of value was ongoing work around their customer retention KPIs.
But what I was still struggling with is I’m not doing enough to opt I’m not doing enough, I don’t think, in the seasonal the standard thing for post purchase experience and all that to kinda make it not a brand new project that almost requires an email audit or something like that. So then I’m like, I don’t know. I just keep hitting the same off. Okay.
Well, I might as well just do an email program audit because they I don’t have the full picture if they bring me on for a seasonal sale. Right? And I wanna keep their customer attention going and doing all those things. It feels like if I don’t see the full picture, how do I say, yes.
We should focus on a win back versus something else. You know? Yeah. That’s what keep kinda coming against a wall of my brain.
I think you’re getting close. I do. Because it feels like okay.
If you have a point of view on standardizing seasonal campaigns Mhmm.
You can start with an audit of their past. That could be, like, your project out of the gate, potentially. Like, we’re just brainstorming here, and it might break. It might not be right.
But, if you were to start with seasonal audit, you go over their last six seasonal campaigns, and you audit them against, like, a rubric, just a some sort of analysis that you come up with. It’s your thought leadership. You own it. You’ve made sense of the best ways that seasonal campaigns work.
And then you could be responsible on an ongoing basis for running their seasonal campaigns against what you found in the audit. Doesn’t mean that’s the thing to do, but there might be if you have thought leadership and a point of view on how to run killer seasonal campaigns, All all you need is that.
Just that, Jessica. You just need outstanding thought leadership on seasonal campaigns.
Right. But that really could be you could build something out of that. You would still have So for every part of the retainer, there is still a certain level of original work that has to be done. Yeah.
But you need to try to systematize.
I say sixty percent of that. That’s not a real number. That’s just to give you a sense for it should be more systematized than custom.
Mhmm. So if you can break it down to here are the templates that work great for these campaigns.
If you could come up with that, if you could own that, then that could be a really interesting retainer where you are doing original work each time, but it’s based on your brand’s hypothesis about what is what to do to make seasonal campaigns work really well so that you attract customers that will pay pay more money to you down the road or whatever that thing is that you’re say that you end up saying in the end. I feel like you could do something, but it would require a lot of, like, really dig into what your point of view is on this.
Mhmm. Yeah. Does anybody have anything to add or any thoughts there?
I would just add that I’m totally in exactly the same boat of wondering, like, the ideas that I have for the retention offer, how do I stop them from snowballing into new projects?
Like, just, yeah, just finding that right, like, golden ratio of what goes in the standardized offer versus what’s the ongoing.
And then kind of adjacent to that, I know we were talking about, like, web copy. Like, so many of us having web copy as a standard project, but not wanting that to be the standardized one going forward.
Like, if I’ve landed on the, like, automated email sequences to increase lifetime customer value, But I’m like, how I don’t know if that’s close enough to the pain point that people like, you know, needing a sales page feels like a strong like, I don’t have the sales page. I don’t feel like it’s converting or, you know, I just feel like the post sales automated sequences feels like an add on to a painkiller product versus, like, a standardized offer in its own right.
Okay. So we were talking about this last time or on Friday. Right? And so if we’re at a so if I’m recalling correctly, it came down to sales page as standardized offer that then gets optimized, emails as standardized offer that then get optimized, or both, a standardized offer that then get optimized. And this is where you’re you’re still working through that. Is that accurate?
Well, I mean, I so I was like, okay. Shut up and make it easy. Choose the emails.
But what I because I’m reading a hundred million dollar lead nice.
Leads right now and just and I really wanna be close to the pain. Like, I wanna be fine. I want people to be like, please help me with this. And I don’t feel like the automated emails is the place where they’re like, we desperately need this support.
Can you then so you’re saying that the pain is the sales page?
No? Well, okay. I acknowledge that I’m talking about working with a different audience that I work with right now, but I was yes.
Because nobody’s ever come to me being, like, give us these emails, but people come to me all the time for the sales page.
Do they want you to continually optimize the sales page, or is it a one and done project?
Well, for my current audience, it’s a one and done project, but I’ve also never pitched sales page optimization before.
Okay. Cool. Great. So if you were to say the pain is closest to the sales page, My target audience that maybe I’m expanding to, feels great pain and wants that page optimized on an evergreen basis. They want to just continually optimize it, I’m going to sell that. That’ll be my thing. That sounds great.
No? What could be wrong with that?
Well, I feel like the sales page is harder to own than the emails just in that there’s more people doing it.
More contractors doing it. More more copywriter in my space talking about sales pages versus the behavior based automations feeling like a more like a bluer ocean.
Okay. That’s interesting. Yeah. I I don’t think it’s red ocean, though. I really don’t like I mean option?
You know best. You don’t You know. But, like, your target audience who is a person that needs a sales page that they’re continually optimizing? What’s the brand that you would want to work with?
Let’s say, like, Jerisha Hawk is a coach that I would like to work with.
Okay. Cool.
Mhmm.
So there are and do you feel like this person sorry. I’m not familiar with them. They’re always being pitched by others, or, like, they’re does it feel like they’re staring at a red ocean of people pitching them on these services?
Well, I’m like, from how engages with hers with her Instagram posts, I feel like there’s definitely at least a handful of other other copywriters, like, circling the wanting to work with her.
Who’s really killing it, though? Like, who in this red ocean is kill is it a red ocean full of sharks tearing everybody apart, or is it, like, a a goldfish pond where there’s lots of little ones in there doing their best, but may like, is there room for you to come in and be the shark?
Okay. I like that. That’s a good analogy for me. That works.
Okay. Good. Then we’ll leave it at that. I’ll quit while I’m ahead.
Alright.
Thank you.
Awesome.
Anybody else?
No? Okay. Cool beans.
Then if you’re sticking around, I’ll see you in an hour and a half for the next training.
And thank you for those who are letting their brains fill up with this stuff. Hopefully, it’s getting you to a good place, but we’ll talk more in a little bit. Okay? Thanks y’all. Bye. Bye. Bye.